How A Secretive Elite Created The EU To Build A World Government May 15 2016 | From: TheTelegraph
Voters in Britain's referendum need to understand that the European Union was about building a federal superstate from day one.
As the debate over the forthcoming EU referendum gears up, it would be wise perhaps to remember how Britain was led into membership in the first place. It seems to me that most people have little idea why one of the victors of the Second World War should have become almost desperate to join this "club".
That's a shame, because answering that question is key to understanding why the EU has gone so wrong.
Others seem to believe that after the Second World War Britain needed to recast her geopolitical position away from empire, and towards a more realistic one at the heart of Europe. Neither of these arguments, however, makes any sense at all.
The EEC in the 1960s and 1970s was in no position to regenerate anyone’s economy. It spent most of its meagre resources on agriculture and fisheries and had no means or policies to generate economic growth.
"When we entered the EEC our annual growth rate was a record 7.4 per cent. The present Chancellor would die for such figures"
When growth did happen, it did not come from the EU. From Ludwig Erhard's supply-side reforms in West Germany in 1948 to Thatcher's privatisation of nationalised industry in the Eighties, European growth came from reforms introduced by individual countries which were were copied elsewhere. EU policy has always been either irrelevant or positively detrimental (as was the case with the euro).
Nor did British growth ever really lag behind Europe's. Sometimes it surged ahead. In the 1950s Western Europe had a growth rate of 3.5 per cent; in the 1960s, it was 4.5 per cent.
But in 1959, when Harold Macmillan took office, the real annual growth rate of British GDP, according to the Office of National Statistics, was almost 6 per cent. It was again almost 6 per cent when de Gaulle vetoed our first application to join the EEC in 1963.
In 1973, when we entered the EEC, our annual national growth rate in real terms was a record 7.4 per cent. The present Chancellor would die for such figures. So the economic basket-case argument doesn’t work.
What about geopolitics? What argument in the cold light of hindsight could have been so compelling as to make us kick our Second-World-War Commonwealth allies in the teeth to join a combination of Belgium, the Netherlands, Luxembourg, France, Germany and Italy?
Four of these countries held no international weight whatsoever. Germany was occupied and divided. France, meanwhile, had lost one colonial war in Vietnam and another in Algeria. De Gaulle had come to power to save the country from civil war. Most realists must surely have regarded these states as a bunch of losers.
De Gaulle, himself a supreme realist, pointed out that Britain had democratic political institutions, world trade links, cheap food from the Commonwealth, and was a global power. Why would it want to enter the EEC?
"Harold Macmillan and his closest advisers were part of an intellectual tradition that saw the salvation of the world in some form of world government."
Harold Macmillan, here with Edward Heath, couldn't get a free-trade deal
The answer is that Harold Macmillan and his closest advisers were part of an intellectual tradition that saw the salvation of the world in some form of world government based on regional federations. He was also a close acquaintance of Jean Monnet, who believed the same.
It was therefore Macmillan who became the representative of the European federalist movement in the British cabinet.
In a speech in the House of Commons he even advocated a European Coal and Steel Community (ECSC) before the real thing had been announced.
He later arranged for a Treaty of Association to be signed between the UK and the ECSC, and it was he who ensured that a British representative was sent to the Brussels negotiations following the Messina Conference, which gave birth to the EEC.
In the late 1950s he pushed negotiations concerning a European Free Trade Association towards membership of the EEC.
Then, when General de Gaulle began to turn the EEC into a less federalist body, he took the risk of submitting a full British membership application in the hope of frustrating Gaullist ambitions.
His aim, in alliance with US and European proponents of a federalist world order, was to frustrate the emerging Franco-German alliance which was seen as one of French and German nationalism.
The French statesman Jean Monnet, (1888 - 1979), who in 1956 was appointed president of the Action Committee for the United States of Europe
Monnet met secretly with Heath and Macmillan on innumerable occasions to facilitate British entry. Indeed, he was informed before the British Parliament of the terms in which the British approach to Europe would be framed.
Despite advice from the Lord Chancellor, Lord Kilmuir, that membership would mean the end of British parliamentary sovereignty, Macmillan deliberately misled the House of Commons - and practically everyone else, from Commonwealth statesmen to cabinet colleagues and the public - that merely minor commercial negotiations were involved.
He even tried to deceive de Gaulle that he was an anti-federalist and a close friend who would arrange for France, like Britain, to receive Polaris missiles from the Americans. De Gaulle saw completely through him and vetoed the British bid to enter.
Macmillan left Edward Heath to take matters forward, and Heath, along with Douglas Hurd, arranged - according to the Monnet papers - for the Tory Party to become a (secret) corporate member of Monnet’s Action Committee for a United States of Europe.
According to Monnet’s chief aide and biographer, Francois Duchene, both the Labour and Liberal Parties later did the same. Meanwhile the Earl of Gosford, one of Macmillan’s foreign policy ministers in the House of Lords, actually informed the House that the aim of the government’s foreign policy was world government.
"The Anglo-American establishment was now committed to the creation of a federal United States of Europe."
Today, this is still the case. Powerful international lobbies are already at work attempting to prove that any return to democratic self-government on the part of Britain will spell doom. American officials have already been primed to state that such a Britain would be excluded from any free trade deal with the USA and that the world needs the TTIP trade treaty which is predicated on the survival of the EU.
Fortunately, Republican candidates in the USA are becoming Eurosceptics and magazines there like The National Interest are publishing the case for Brexit. The international coalition behind Macmillan and Heath will find things a lot more difficult this time round - especially given the obvious difficulties of the Eurozone, the failure of EU migration policy and the lack of any coherent EU security policy.
Most importantly, having been fooled once, the British public will be much more difficult to fool again.
Ten Years On: Al Gore's 'Inconvenient Truth' Propaganda Film Turns Out To Be Total Bunk - How Is His Profit From Carbon Taxes Not Criminal Fraud? May 15 2016 | From: NaturalNews
However, in the decade since the documentary was produced, its creator has raked in millions of dollars from the entire "global warming" scam, and is now poised to become "Our first carbon billionaire."
In the 2006 film, Gore made a number of wild claims regarding what we could expect to see happening over the next few years due to global warming, but virtually all of his alarmist prognostications have turned out to be false.
Arctic Didn't Melt, Polar Bears are Thriving
For instance, the film predicted that that the Arctic could become ice-free within the next decades, and that polar bears would begin drowning. Both claims were untrue.
As reported by Investor's Business Daily:
"In the mid- to late-2000s, Gore repeatedly predicted that an ice-free Arctic Ocean was coming soon. But as usual, his fortune-telling was wrong. By 2014, Arctic ice had grown thicker and covered a greater area than it did when he made his prediction."
And the polar bears?
The Daily Caller reports:
"A new study by Canadian scientists once again debunks the notion polar bears are currently being harmed by global warming. Researchers with Canada's Lakehead University found 'no evidence' polar bears are currently threatened by warming.""
Kilimanjaro's Snow Hasn't Disappeared
Another prediction made in the film was that Mt. Kilimanjaro would be snow-free "within the decade." But in fact:
"In 2014, ecologists actually monitoring Kilimanjaro's snowpack found it was not even close to being gone. It may have shrunk a little, but ecologists were confident it would be around for the foreseeable future."
In Inconvenient Truth, Gore also forecasted that storms would begin occurring more often and at higher intensities.
Wrong again, Al:
"Gore's claim is more hype than actual science, since storms aren't more extreme since 2006. In fact, not even findings from the United Nations's Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) support Gore's claim.
"The IPCC found in 2013 there 'is limited evidence of changes in extremes associated with other climate variables since the mid-20th century.'
The IPCC also found 'no significant observed trends in global tropical cyclone frequency over the past century' and '[n]o robust trends in annual numbers of tropical storms, hurricanes and major hurricanes counts have been identified over the past 100 years in the North Atlantic basin.'
"Gore should probably take these findings seriously since he shared the Nobel Prize in 2007 with the IPCC for its work on global warming."
Despite False Claims, Gore Grows Richer from Climate Change Myth
Although Gore's claims have been thoroughly debunked by a number of experts, he has been quietly amassing a huge fortune based on the climate change scam.
Mad World News reports:
"Gore's wealth went from $700,000 in 2000 to an estimated net worth of $172.5 million by 2015 thanks to his environmentalist activism. Gore and the former chief of Goldman Sachs Asset Management made nearly $218 million in profits between 2008 and 2011 from a carbon trading company they co-founded. By 2008, Gore was able to put a whopping $35 million into hedge funds and other investments."
He was apparently upset about the post below which states that 5 sitting MP’s have name suppression for child abuse, and features a picture of Nick Smith.
If you read the full poster, it does not actually say Nick Smith is one of them, it simply highlights the fact that Kiwis do not know which MP’s it is.
Five sitting / current New Zealand Members of Parliament have name suppression for child abuse convictions.
The problem is obviously - the public have no idea who.
But is there more to this story?
Facebook whistle blower Justin Davis has also stated publicly that Nick Smith is in fact involved in a child abuse ring being operated from his Nelson office.
Justin Davis’ allegation is posted below – and is taken from a total of 58 pages of allegations Justin has made about child abuse rings operating across various NZ Crown agencies with the full protection of the NZ police and judiciary.
"Make no mistake the pedophiles have police and CYFS in there pockets.
M.P. Nick Smith got a child rape club running right out of his office by a guy called Dan Dolejs, who has links to the most powerful pedophiles in this country.
If the head of the wellington hospital emergency department Dr Paul Quigley is getting away with drugging and raping children, which is filmed , what else do you think might be going on ?”
Please visit Justin Davis on Facebook- add as friend – read his posts – check out his photo album – ask him questions- and show your support- his life is in danger.
It seems astounding doesn’t it? Is it possible that those in the highest positions of power and prestige in our little Nation are in fact pedophiles?
Yet if we look over to the UK at the recent Westminster Scandal we in fact see that their Government has been run by pedophiles and pedophile rings, which have operated for at least 40 years with the apparent full protection of the UK Judiciary and power structure.
Over 100,000 children have come forward and claimed they were raped (or worse) by British Lords, judges, celebrities and MP’s, and yet there has still not been one arrest. In fact, NZ Judge Lowell Goddard has been put in charge of that “investigation” – which is of course just another cover up.
It seems that this is the way that our Governments are controlled, by promoting then bribing and controlling pedophiles into positions of power.
John Key pictured feeling up Ponytails at every opportunity.
We should make it clear here that we have no hard evidence that Nick Smith or anyone else named in the Justin Davis files are directly involved in NZ pedophile rings – but if you read the document, the level of detail is astounding. It is almost impossible to think it is all made up, in our opinion.
Perhaps one clue as to this alleged situation, is to look at the portfolios these MP’s are given to manage. Nick Smith has of course been put in charge of Auckland Housing and we have seen that market destroyed by foreign buyers and immigration since the Key regime came to power, leaving almost an entire generation of Kiwis out of the market.
Smith has been kicked out of parliament because of his screw ups, but as in the case with others such as Judith Collins - after a few months in the dog box (or more to the point when the sheeply have forgotten about their past crimes) they get shoe-horned back into parliament!
Nick Smith has been fronting that entire scam - possibly one of the biggest scams of any NZ government in history, and Nick Smith is there in front of the cameras making excuses and telling lies day after day. How do you make someone do that?
His other portfolio is the Environment, as we have seen our lakes and rivers be destroyed by intensive dairy farming to feed Chinese babies.
Again, there is MP Nick Smith on the news telling lies and helping cover up the extent of the damage. How does the shadow government convince someone to make such a complete asshole out of themselves day after day? And could that be related to the allegations above?
We have also seen at least one MP stand down suddenly in recent years, in a swirl of allegations, that being Northland MP Mike Sabin. The public were left guessing what that was all about.
Then there is PM John Key’s numerous pedophilia gaffs – from pulling little girls ponytails at primary schools up and down the Nation, to making “jokes” about escaped pedophile and murderer Phillip Smith at the G20 meeting in Brazil a couple of years ago. “John Key’s killer pedophile joke disgusts family” .
John Key’s own daughter Stephanie Key is now doing soft porn in Paris, which looks very much like a cry for attention and help in our view.
In our opinion- the question must be asked, are we governed over by an elite group of child sex offenders and perverts who are all being bribed and controlled into taxing us all to fund the Rothschild bank debt we have been laden with in recent years?
Are we indeed Governed by a Global gang of inbred Rothschild pedophiles? Many across the internet seem to agree that we are. just chuck “Rothschild pedophiles” into Youtube and Google and read the evidence all day long.
And hugging Bill Clinton, a serial rapist named in the Epstein pedophile ring court documents. Also Stephanie Key’s “art” or cry for help?)
Related Research and Docos:
NZ author Greg Hallett alleges the NZ judiciary is a pedophile movement:
"The judiciary shows itself to be a paedophile and crime creation movement whose primary goal is fatherless families.”
Brendon O’Connell exposes pedophile Freemasons in the Australian Government and Councils:
Only Half Of Americans Realise Election System Is Rigged + Why Vote When Our Votes Really Don’t Count? May 14 2016 | From: TheDailySheeple / ActivistPost
In politics, nothing happens by accident. If it happens, you can bet it was planned that way.
According to a Reuters/Ipsos poll, about half of American voters believe that the system U.S. political parties use to pick their candidates for the White House is “rigged” and more than two-thirds want to see the process changed.
One would think that, by now, most (if not all) people would realize that the entire voting system is a sham.
"The United States is one of just a handful of countries that gives regular voters any say in who should make it onto the presidential ballot. But the state-by-state system of primaries, caucuses and conventions is complex.
The contests historically were always party events, and while the popular vote has grown in influence since the mid-20th century, the parties still have considerable sway.
One quirk of the U.S. system – and the area where the parties get to flex their muscle – is the use of delegates, party members who are assigned to support contenders at their respective conventions, usually based on voting results. The parties decide how delegates are awarded in each state, with the Republicans and Democrats having different rules.
The delegates’ personal opinions can come into play at the party conventions if the race is too close to call – an issue that has become a lightning rod in the current political season.
Another complication is that state governments have different rules about whether voters must be registered as party members to participate. In some states, parties further restrict delegate selection to small committees of party elites, as the Republican Party in Colorado did this year.”
In other words: the establishment selects two candidates and “allows” us to choose from them on election day. Same deal everywhere. Do you want the blue party or the red party? Same agenda - different muppets to the fore.
Third-party candidates? Forget about it. The mainstream media largely ignores them. Suggest voting for one, and most Americans will tell you that you are “wasting your vote.” Unfortunately, they aren’t wrong: the elite will never allow a third-party non-establishment candidate a real shot at the presidency.
"The rise of anti-establishment candidates like Sanders and Trump has thrown into sharp relief the mess of rules and processes deliberately designed to keep these candidates from clinching the nomination.
For these voters, and the many more across the political spectrum just waking up to the ground rules of the highest-stakes game in the country, the primary races can seem horribly unfair.”
The Guardian also polled Americans to ask what they think about the election system. More than 300 readers responded, and many expressed their misgivings about the way the parties select nominees, describing the modern primary process as “rigged”, “undemocratic,” and a “charade.”
"Why should the states, the party organizations and the voters go through all the hype, expense and time to have a primary when the party poobahs make the ultimate decision?”
- Don Grafues
“Now that we have true grassroots, anti-establishment, populist candidates on both sides [Sanders and Trump], the political machine is in full survival mode to maintain the status quo. Party leaders sense a real and direct threat from both campaigns…
and both major parties are going to use every tool they have to block what they feel is a threat to their very existence.”
“The reason I never voted is because I thought of corruption. I thought maybe I was wrong or unfair, but it’s [the electoral process this year] kind of making me think there’s a lot of corruption and your voice doesn’t count.”
- Wendy Kranmer
Earlier this month, RT discussed the rigging of elections with Dr. Ron Paul, who called the system “rotten” and a “charade”:
"…as the saying goes, “the path to hell is paved with good intentions”. In a ponerized society with a corrupt political system, good intention, hope and voting don’t result in positive change, but merely wishful thinking and denial.
There are no free elections in this country. There hasn’t been in a long time. The Voting System is a fraud sold to the public to give them the illusion of choice. The same goes for the two-party set-up. Democrats and Republicans. Back and forth. Two sides of the same coin. Despite popular belief we actually don’t live in a democracy anymore. People are so caught up in this left/right tunnel vision that they don’t see how they’re being duped and played with.”
Elections are nonsense. They serve to maintain the illusion that we actually have a say in selecting a new master every four years. Participating in this system gives it validity – voters are giving their permission to keep the current system in place.
Why Vote When Our Votes Really Don’t Count
For years I never could understand why people said it was not worth voting and that things were rigged. I found that to be anathema to both my studies and beliefs.
However, the last several general election cycles seem to have impressed upon me and others, apparently, that there may be some validation for such remarks.
Personally, I’m a registered Independent! I’m not very impressed with party politics, since Democratic candidates usually are, or have been, Republicans who switched parties, and vice versa. Current political shenanigans only leave me cold since the political agenda ‘de jour’ is about “political correctness” and memes restructuring society into a moral morass, in my opinion, rather than dealing with real issues that are pushing us into a Corporatocracy. But that’s my opinion!
One of the more famous political party ‘fence jumpers’ was the late Ronald Reagan, the Republican 40th President of the USA, who started out as a registered Democrat and an FDR’s New Deal supporter in California.
Hillary Clinton - yes - the 2016 Democratic presidential nominee hopeful campaigned for Republican presidential campaigner Richard Nixon, and also worked for Barry Goldwater’s campaign in 1964.
Hillary even was elected president of Wellesley College’s Young Republican Club!
Leon Panetta joined the Nixon (R) administration as director of the Office of Civil Rights only later to become Bill Clinton’s (D) White House Chief of Staff!
Condoleezza Rice was a registered Democrat, who voted for Jimmy Carter (D) but switched and became a rather high ranking Republican in the George W Bush (R) administration.
Former NYC mayor Michael Bloomberg was a lifelong Democrat, who became the Republican mayor of New York City. The late Senator Arlen Spector represented the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in the U.S. Senate as a Republican from 1981 to 2009, but was a Democrat from 2009 to 2011.
Democratic political ‘gadfly’ Senator Elizabeth Warren of Massachusetts was a Republican at one time too! Arianna Huffington of The Huffington Post also is a political ‘fence jumper’. Former Secretary of Labor Elizabeth Dole switched from being a Democrat in 1969, and eventually wound up being in Republican president Reagan’s administration and Cabinet.
This website lists 21 of the most famous political party switchers of all time.
Those who bang political party drums seem not to see the forest for the trees, in my opinion. Party politics infighting and voting party lines really leave me to wonder;
"Can’t anyone think outside the box he or she has pledged their loyalties and surrendered their minds to?”
All the above leads up to this overlooked theme regarding politics, elections, and voting: Party politics rule-making and rigging! A friend recently emailed James Perloff’s Blog wherein Perloff tells the story of what happened to a 2012 alternate delegate at the Republican convention in Tampa, Florida, who was representing candidate Ron Paul.
Delegate Rachel McIntosh obviously had a very rude awakening about the dark, stinky underside belly of presidential campaign politics, conventions, and party national committees, which I think you will find equally disturbing after your read about her experiences here.
The upshot of McIntosh’s story is how Ron Paul was ‘railroaded’ at the convention and Mitt Romney wound up being the ‘favorite son’ and nominee of the Republican Party. It would seem that the very same shenanigans are going on now and the RNC is between a rock and a hard place regarding Donald Trump’s popularity, including his majority of pledged delegates.
Frankly, what I don’t understand is how voters will allow party bosses to manipulate who becomes any party’s presidential nominee, instead of what the people decide.
What’s the use of holding caucuses, primaries, or even general elections, if it’s all rigged? I think all that political BS boils down to whom they - the controllers - can control while in the White House. The current president seems to be the ideal example. Hillary would be the perfect follow through president to sink the U.S. ship of state, in my opinion.
However, with twelve FBI agents investigating her State Department emails, there’s a possibility that her derriere may wind up in ‘Quantico’ or somewhere like that, I offer. Since most legal minds agree there are legal problems for Hillary, see what you think after this news analyst explains.
Hillary, like Barack Obama has, will rubber stamp the New World Order-Rockefeller-Rothschild-U.N. Agenda. However, Ron Paul would not march to party bosses dictums or the New World Order contingent’s plans and dreams for our future.
Will The Donald or Bernie?
As Perloff says;
"If you want to glimpse how far back this sort of power-brokering goes, read Ferdinand Lundberg’s 1937 classic America’s Sixty Families.
He related how, a century ago, the rich were scorning voters and maneuvering their own choices into nominations, whether a Democrat like Woodrow Wilson in 1912 or a Republican like Herbert Hoover in 1928.”
So, shouldn’t we be asking, “What’s voting all about, and do our votes really count?”
This YouTube video, wherein a computer programmer, Clinton Eugene Curtis, under oath in Florida says that in October of 2000 he was asked to write a program to rig elections; that “would flip the vote 51-49”; and confirmed that there is “vote rigging software.”
His testimony will make you cringe when you hear him say, “… to control the votes in South Florida.” The 2000 presidential election is the one the U.S. Supreme Court decided! What happened to the voters’ votes?
Can, or will, that happen again, especially in 2016? The inside word would suggest no, not this time. Game's up and shortly to be out.
Foreign Control Of New Zealand: Key Facts May 13 2016 | From: CAFCA
Foreign direct investment (ownership of companies) in New Zealand increased from $15.7 billion in March 1989 to $110.6 billion at March 2015 – over seven times.
As a proportion of the total output of the economy, Gross Domestic Product, it has risen from 22% to 46%.
Ownership of overseas companies by New Zealand residents has not grown as fast over that period (over five times) so net foreign direct investment has grown eight and a half times from a net liability of $8.8 billion to $74.6 billion, and as a percentage of GDP multiplied two and half times from 13% of GDP to 31%.
Foreign Direct Investment from International Investment Position, National Accounts, Statistics New Zealand, InfoShare series IIP088AA. GDP from National Accounts, Statistics New Zealand, InfoShare series SNE038AA.
Foreign owners controlled 33% of the share market in 2015. In 1989, the figure was 19% and it was estimated to be below 5% in 1986.
At March 2014, they owned an estimated 29% of all equity (shareholdings) and 37% of privately owned equity, including shares not listed on the stock exchange.
Foreign investors owned 27% (or $355 billion) of wealth in New Zealand whose commercial net value totalled $1.3 trillion at March 2015.
This comprised housing, land, other property, plant, equipment and financial assets owned directly or indirectly by households, government and foreign investors. New Zealand residents owned a further $202 billion of investments abroad. (These totals exclude wealth held by non-profit organisations, shared natural wealth such as rivers, and human and social capital.)
In 2015, the OIO approved the sale of 75,008 hectares of freehold rural land and 4,889 hectares of leases and other interests in land to foreigners. About 43,000 hectares of the freehold land and 4,000 hectares of the leases and other interests in land were from one foreign investor to another.
In the decade 2006 to 2015, the average was 124,012 hectares of freehold and 42,044 hectares of leases and other interests in land approved for sale. Statistics on sales of land to overseas interests are poorly recorded and incomplete.
Our best estimate is that in 2011 at least 8.7 percent of New Zealand farmland including forestry, or 1.3 million hectares, was foreign-owned or controlled and it could have reached 10 percent.
In 2014, the OIO approved the sale of 38,120 hectares of freehold rural land and 2,671 hectares of leases and other interests in land to foreigners. About 12,000 hectares of the freehold land and 1,000 hectares of the leases and other interests in land were from one foreign investor to another.
In the decade 2005 to 2014, the average was 131,488 hectares of freehold and 43,162 hectares of leases and other interests in land approved for sale. Statistics on sales of land to overseas interests are poorly recorded and incomplete. Our best estimate is that in 2011 at least 8.7 percent of New Zealand farmland including forestry, or 1.3 million hectares, was foreign-owned or controlled and it could have reached 10 percent.
Overseas Investment Commission and Overseas Investment Office.
"Overseas Ownership Of Land: Far Greater Than The 1% The PM Claims", by Bill Rosenberg (www.converge.org.nz)
Statistics NZ figures, as of March 2015, list the biggest foreign owners of New Zealand companies as being from, in decreasing order: Australia, US, Hong Kong, UK, Singapore, Japan, Canada, Netherlands, British Virgin Islands, Ireland, Cayman Islands, China, Switzerland, Norway and France.
All had over $160m in foreign direct investment in New Zealand. These accounted for 96% of foreign direct investment in New Zealand and Australia alone accounts for 52%. British Virgin Islands and Cayman Islands are tax havens, and a Statistics New Zealand study showed that in 2010, large proportions of the foreign direct investment from the Netherlands, Singapore, Hong Kong and tax havens was in fact from other countries, led by the UK, US, Germany and Canada.
In 2015, Other tax havens with investments in New Zealand companies include Vanuatu, Channel Islands, Liechtenstein, Bermuda and the Bahamas, but for all except Bermuda, the value of their holdings has been suppressed as “confidential”.
Bermuda has shown a negative investment in New Zealand companies since 2009 (negative $1.8 billion in 2015). So has Germany since 2013. Negative investment suggests that the companies may have been loaded with debt to their parents or are technically insolvent.
International Investment Position, Statistics New Zealand: Directional basis stock of direct investment by country (Annual-Mar), InfoShare series IIP081AA. Note that these statistics are compiled on a different basis from those also from Statistics New Zealand above, so the total, $97.4b, does not match. These are compiled on a "directional" basis, based on ultimate nationality of ownership; the above are on a "balance sheet" basis, based on residency of the company. Industry statistics below are also compiled on a directional basis.
Mallika Kelkar. (2011). "The ultimate sources of foreign direct investment (p. 19). Presented at the New Zealand Association of Economists (NZAE) Conference, Wellington, New Zealand. Retrieved from stats.govt.nz
The Financial and insurance services sector, which includes the four big Australian owned banks, accounted for by far the biggest part of foreign ownership of New Zealand companies by industry in March 2015, with $32.1 billion. Next was Manufacturing at $14.7 billion.
Other industries having more than $1 billion of foreign investment were in decreasing size, Agriculture, forestry, and fishing; Retail trade; Wholesale trade; Electricity, gas, water and waste services; Rental, hiring and real estate services; Professional, scientific and technical services; Mining; Information media and telecommunications; and Health care and social assistance.
$16.6 billion was unable to be allocated to an industry because of the way foreign direct investment is estimated, or was suppressed as being confidential.
Source: International Investment Position, Directional basis stock of direct investment by industry (Annual-Mar), InfoShare series IIP080AA - Statistics New Zealand. See note regarding country statistics.
Transnational corporations (TNCs) make massive profits out of New Zealand. These can truly be called New Zealand's biggest invisible export. In the year to March 2015, they were $9.0 billion. Over the last decade they have averaged more than the combined exports of seafood and milk powder.
In the decade 2006-2015, TNCs made $77.5 billion in profits from New Zealand, an average rate of profit after tax on their shareholdings of 12.5% (12.0% in the year to March 2015). Only 26% was reinvested (only 15% in the year to March 2015). Profits have averaged twice the increase in foreign direct investment holdings each year.
Balance of Payments: Current account primary income (Annual-Mar), InfoShare Series BOP058AA; Current account investment income by sector (Annual-Mar), InfoShare series BOP059AA; and Balance of payments major components (Annual-Mar), InfoShare series BOP055AA – Statistics New Zealand.
Another $7.9 billion left New Zealand in the year to March 2015 made up of investment income from debt and smaller shareholdings (portfolio investment), making a total $16.9 billion. Over the last decade this has averaged more than the combined dairy and forest product exports.
Related: International Ownership of New Zealand Banks
More than two out of every five dollars of the $16.9 billion went to the owners of New Zealand's banking sector: $6.9 billion. The investment income from overseas ownership of the banking sector ("Deposit taking corporations") after taking account of its small investment income from abroad, accounted for four out of every five dollars of New Zealand's current account deficit in the year to March 2015: $6.5 billion compared to $8.1 billion.
The investment income deficit (income on New Zealand investment overseas less income on foreign investment in New Zealand) has been greater than the current account deficit for all but two years since 1989, which further increases New Zealand's foreign liabilities.
Exports: Key Statistics Table 7.04 - Value of principal exports (excl re-exports), InfoShare series EXP005AA - Statistics New Zealand.
Foreign investors are not great for employment - they only employ 17% of the workforce (down from 21% in 2000), despite owning a large proportion of the economy. Foreign ownership does not guarantee more jobs. In fact, it quite often adds to unemployment. TNCs have made tens of thousands jobless.
Business demography statistics: Enterprises by industry and overseas equity 2000-15, Statistics New Zealand, available in NZ.Stat.
Foreign ownership does nothing to improve New Zealand's foreign debt problem. In 1989, total private and public foreign debt stood at $47.5 billion, equivalent to about two-thirds of New Zealand's Gross Domestic Product, and worth $86.4 billion in March 2015 dollars.
As of March 2015, it was $246.2 billion (or $270.9 billion including derivatives), equivalent to 102% of New Zealand's Gross Domestic Product despite being helped out temporarily by $20.2 billion of insurance claims for the Canterbury earthquakes and all of the asset sales and takeovers.
Source: Statistics New Zealand as follows: International investment position (IIP) (Annual-Mar) – InfoShare series IIP088AA; External lending and debt by sector and relationship (Annual-Mar) – InfoShare series IIP078AA; International non-equity financial instruments by sector (Annual-Mar) – InfoShare series IIP074AA;
New Zealand's A&L - Level 3 Components (Discontinued March 2000) (Annual-Mar) – InfoShare series IIP007AA; GDP(P), Nominal, Actual, Total (Annual-Mar) – InfoShare series SNE038AA; overseas reinsurance claims from the Canterbury earthquakes – http://tinyurl.com/j9kmree
Graphs to accompany the Key Facts information shown below are available to download in Microsoft PowerPoint (.PPT) or Adobe Acrobat (.PDF) format.
Each page of the Adobe Acrobat version has a small square in the top left corner. Hovering the mouse over this square shows the source of the information in more detail.
Note that there are often revisions to official data, leading to some changes to reported data for past years.
The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels May 13 2016 | From: VeteransToday
There is no naturally occurring terrorism - it is only violence and wars engineered by the World’s largest organized crime syndicate.
The 'Khazarian Mafia' often resemble their 'global control' in the form of an Octopus. This was, ad nauseum, evidenced yet again in the latest James Bond film which was about a secret cabal running the world...
Thus, we now are aware that the so-called problem of terrorism is really a problem of organized crime that is initiated and deployed by the world’s largest organized crime syndicate.
Never before in history has an organized crime syndicate become so large with global reach, and never before so powerful and evil, specializing in the frequent mass-murder of innocent people solely to enhance its power and riches.
This largest global organized crime syndicate is best identified as the Khazarian Mafia (KM). This name is appropriate, because its origins go back in history to the period 700-1200 AD in the nation of Khazaria, which is approximately the same area as Ukraine.
The KM also mass-murdered at least that many Chinese during the Khazarian Mafia directed Maoist takeover in China in 1945.
Mike Harris also uncovered the longstanding blood feud of the Khazarian Mafia (aka the Bolsheviks, or Zionists) against the Russian people for destroying Khazaria in 1240 AD.
It is clear that the Khazarian Mafia has also had a longstanding blood feud against America the Constitutional Republic for breaking away from their City of London establishment that the KM had infiltrated and hijacked via the Rothschild banksters.
This KM blood feud against America has been conducted with the usual methods involving infiltration of key institutions, followed by their hijacking. This has been done within each of the largest US Corporations, which are further consolidated into several larger corporations that cooperate together against consumers and buyers of their products and services.
The application of several key KM processes have resulted in the hijacking and consolidation of most institutions and large corporations.
These key processes, infiltration, hijacking and consolidation of major institutions, corporations and even most governments worldwide, has been repeated over and over in many nations around the world.
This has resulted in the stealing of huge amounts of wealth from people and resulting in a worldwide KM hierarchy of control, best described as the Establishment Hierarchy.
In essence, these cooperating corporations function as a cartel or an illegal monopoly. This makes it quite easy for the KM to control entire industries and sectors of society, because they ensure that the leaders of the corporations have been initiated into their hierarchy of control and have a personally vested interest in following KM wishes and directives.
This same process has been enacted in every sector of American society after 1913, and we discover that every major institution of government and private industry, as well as most large church systems have been infiltrated and completely hijacked to be under the spell and control of the top leadership of the KM’s hierarchy.
Here is a brief list of the various interlocked Cartels that the Khazarian Mafia has created that control most of the world and have been placed under the control of the Establishment Hierarchy, (and not necessarily in the order of importance).
Each of these Cartels is organized into a large system best referred to as the Hierarchy, and the several wrinkled-up old men in wheelchairs that control it are called the “Select Few” by insiders.
The Money Cartel
Otherwise known as the Reserve Banking System - and in the US as the Federal Reserve System. It is nothing more than a fraudulent illegal unConstitutional system that prints fake money debt-notes instead of real Gold or Silver Certificates.
This is the epitome of RICO crime and fraud. Of course there is no statute of limitations on fraud, and all assets illegally asset stripped can be clawed back some day using the US military, if necessary.
The Petro Cartel which has provided the linchpin of the US Petro Dollar.
The Knowledge Cartel
Otherwise known as the educational system including public schools, private and public universities.
Rigid controls have been imposed which prevent free thought and investigation or teaching about certain forbidden subjects like the Federal Reserve System or all the secretly run illegal, unConstitutional practices of the Establishment Hierarchy.
4. The Military and Intel Cartel
This has served as the World’s policemen and used the soldiers of most countries as disposable cannon-fodder.
This itself is one of the most sinister crimes against all of us and is a well-planned attempt to destroy Goyim men and prevent them from defending America from the KM’s “final solution” and final revenge for ever leaving England which is the mass-murder of 90% of all people worldwide - not just Americans; a repeat of what they did in Russian in 1917 and China in 1945.
The Judiciary, Corrections and Police Cartel
is used to run interference and cover-ups for the Establishment Hierarchy.
It America it is staffed by mostly Israeli-American “Israeli-first” Dual Citizens and ex-Jag Officers who serve the Establishment Hierarchy no matter what.
6. The Big Medicine Cartel
Controls all medical schools, all medical, dental and nursing degrees, the CDC, the FDC and all health policies.
Like all other Establishment Hierarchy Cartels it serves the Hierarchy’s needs and serves up limited truth about all health problems and is oriented to making people sick in order to gain maximum profits and control of the masses by weakening them and asset stripping them.
The Big Pharma Cartel
This cartel has been designed to work closely with the Big Medicine Cartel in a symbiotic arrangement where each feeds the other and increases business for each other.
This is a sinister result of what good be an asset that has turned bad, becoming a tool to gain major profits at the expense of the health and financial well-being of people.
The Agricultural Cartel
This cartel has been created by infiltrating and hijacking corporations that buy, broker and process grains and produce.
It is associated with the banks in various financing schemes designed to result in the loss of family farms to become part of large corporate farms.
The Major Mass Media Cartel
This is best described as the Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM). It uses an Intel proprietary to vet every single story carried by the news networks which actually function as a virtual and illegal Monopoly.
This KM proprietary is a major Investment House that claims to be on the Vanguard of progressive investments.
The Entertainment Cartel
This is based on the sophisticated mind-kontrol served up by Hollywood and the Television networks and movie theaters. It controls the culture, values and mores of the group mind and and keeps the massed sedated and satiated.
When folks experience frequent “shoot em up” action scenario’s sitting in front of large screen TVs and in movie theaters and frequently see the impossible, this satiates their expectations and exhausts their motivation to actually change society for the better.
Many have become so “programmed” mentally by the TV and movies that they have trouble distinguishing between fantasy and reality and easily accept their mind-kontrolled state.
The Bread and Circuses Cartel
This is Big Sports designed to keep the masses appeased so they don’t have time to become concerned about how the Establishment is ripping them off at every level nor any inclination to be motivated to stop them from doing so.
The Romans came up with the idea that if you keep the people fed, watered and entertained - distracted - the 'elite' can get away with anything, behind the scenes. Today we have professional sports hysteria, mass media movies, mindless reality TV and music filling that role nicely, while subconsciously programming the masses with the themes and thoughtforms the elite decide on to further their agendas
"Bread and circuses" (or bread and games; from Latin: panem et circenses) is metonymic for a superficial means of appeasement. In the case of politics, the phrase is used to describe the generation of public approval, not through exemplary or excellent public service or public policy, but through diversion; distraction; or the mere satisfaction of the immediate, shallow requirements of a populace, as an offered "palliative."
Its originator, Juvenal, used the phrase to decry the selfishness of common people and their neglect of wider concerns. The phrase also implies the erosion or ignorance of civic duty amongst the concerns of the commoner.
Much of the violence and filth we have to live with can be directly attributed to this powerful mind-kontrol system which operates by the power of 60 HZ conditioned susceptibility, hypnosis for many. Hollywood superstars are paid big money because what they do is important to the Establishment Hierarchy, in terms of mind-kontrolling the masses and much of the world.
The Religious Cartel
Sad to say that the KM has infiltrated and hijacked almost every major religion in the World, including the Vatican and Catholicism, Lutheranism and all the rest.
The illegal, unConstitutional tax exempt status regulation for churches has kept them in line and restricted them from getting involved in politics or preaching much truth related to evil in the highest echelons of their own governments, local, state and federal.
The Secret Society Cartel
The KM has established a worldwide network of secret occult-based societies which form the secret associations that control almost every major Institution from the top echelons.
This network is closely associated with Intel groups and actually has been secretly deputized as agents of national security which gives them immunity from any prosecution.
This Cartel uses various occult groups in its network such as satanic cults like the Process to do its dirty work, often assassinations, gang-stalking, secret break-ins and other crimes for the Intel Agencies who want distance and deniability.
There are cases where certain occult members who have embarked on missions to assassinate targeted individuals who have been clipped by a well-trained intended target and these incidents never get into the light of day for what really happened.
As more and more Americans are becoming armed under the new concealed carry “shall issue” laws, it is not so easy anymore for these occult groups to assassinate targeted individuals without getting clipped in the process.
The Government and Politics Cartel
This involves a coordinated system that controls all governments.
Various manipulations are used to bring conformity to the wishes and edicts of the Establishment Hierarchy such as political favors, bribery, human compromise and even harassment, threats and assassinations often disguised as medical illnesses.
15. The Arms Cartel
This is one of the biggest money makers for the wealthy KM families that own large blocks of stock in these defense contractors, especially those with no-bid contracts which are also involved in kidnapping and sex-slavery.
War is extreme profitable for the FRS Banks and these KM investor Families.
And that is why the Hierarchy pulls so many strings to hire mercenaries to conduct Gladio-style, inside-job false-flag attacks in order to start illegal, unConstitutional, unprovoked, undeclared, unwinnable, perpetual foreign wars.
Because the Russian Republic has checkmated this war-making process in the Mideast, it is likely that the KM is planning on transforming America into a large GAZA II war-zone and eventually into the World’s largest open-aired prison camp while they complete their goal to depopulate America by 90%.
The Narcotics Cartel
This is the most lucrative KM Cartel of all, next to the Money Cartel, which is the “head of the snake”. Retired DEA officials have privately spoken out and claimed that most of the large Wall Street banks would go under in a month unless they could launder the vast fortunes obtained from the Establishments with their international drug trafficking, especially into America.
The richest, top Establishment Hierarchy (KM) families who are in the upper crust dress with the most expensive clothes, live in big mansions, and attend charity events and give token amounts from their vast tax exempt charitable foundations pretending to be caring folks, when they are actually the most two-faced and evil of all, and directly gain from the enormous drug cartel profits which they hid in these tax exempt foundations and draw money out as long term loans and “operating expenses”.
This vast illegal drug income is split with the Intel agencies, who use it for black ops money and personal gain.
There is some good news with all this bad news.
Recently the KM has been completely checkmated for the very first time, and this has been accomplished in Syria by Putin and the Russian Federation with its use of superior state of the art air power at its ally Syria’s request.
Not only that, numerous new economic, trade and monetary coalitions have developed, which in time will sink the US Petro Dollar as the World’s Reserve Currency, maybe sooner than later.
Thus we see the BRICS Development Bank emerging, followed by the Chinese AIIB System and CIPS, the Chinese version of the Swift money-wire system.
Already most of the world’s governments (except the USA and Israel) have either signed up for BRICS or sent letters of intent.
Private trade deals have been negotiated between China, Russia and other nations, which are for the first time conducting trade without the use of the US Petro Dollar. Even Saudi Arabia is beginning to negotiate with the Chinese about mutual new trade deals without using the US Petro Dollar.
The die is set, and no matter how much the Federal Reserve System and its partner in crime the US Department of the Treasury monetize the US foreign debt by buying it back with newly issued but worthless debt-notes, it is only a matter of time until the whole global Reserve Banking system collapses under its own massive Ponzi scheme of financial fraud and fake money.
How can we stop this insidious monster the KM and its Establishment Hierarchy that has hijacked almost every American institution using the extreme power of its debt-note counterfeit money-magick? They have done this by buying or bribing almost every single government official and Judge including five of the now eight US Supreme Court Justices?
This is a difficult question to be sure. The best way is for the spontaneous emergence of a large scale mass populist awareness all over America at every level. This is in process now thanks to the increasingly negative economic situation and the alternative news on the Worldwide Internet, the World’s New Gutenberg Press. Worldwide now there are coodinated efforts to take this cabal down and recently huge advancements in these areas have been made that are not permitted to be spoken of in the mainstream media- yet.
As more and more people worldwide wake up to this and find out about the KM, the Establishment Hierarchy and the Select Few that run it, more and more of us will become motivated to dissent, protest and work hard to change this at every level instead of wasting most of their free time on TV entertainment and bread and circuses.
Abject secrecy is necessary for the KM’s survival and power. Up until recently, any presentation of such realities to one’s family or friends usually resulted in the accusation that such was conspiracy theory or crackpot Internet stuff.
Lately with all the government lies exposed even in the CMMM, especially when economic statistics are reported that everyone knows are clearly lies, folks are catching on and beginning to listen to such talk and believing it for the first time.
The best way would probably be for a patriotic faction of the US Military High Command to stage a coup d’état and cut the head off of the snake by arresting all of the top Hierarchy members for Treason, Sedition and RICO crimes against America, especially the Select Few.
The problem is that the Hierarchy’s control over all institutions has reached the point that we are possibly going to have to see the Hierarchy and the KM destroyed by the geopolitical and geo-economic manipulations of Russia, China and its new economic allies all around the world.
As this new reordering of monetary systems and trading nations emerges, the death of the US Petro Dollar is imminent, and when that happens the power of the KM and its Establishment Hierarchy and system of interlocked Cartels will collapse.
In fact, every single one of the KM Cartels listed above is being exposed and many are being checkmated by dissident people from all walks of life, including retired Intel, government officials and many of the now well-informed public.
In addition, the Russian Federation, China and their new associations with BRICS nations and AIIB participants are seeding the complete disempowerment and destruction of the KM and the Establishment Hierarchy.
The KM knows its end seems imminent, and had built Malaysia and China into economic powerhouses to later parasitize as their new hosts after they had reduced the USA to rubble and dead bodies.
But the Chinese have very long memories and their leaders have connected the dots and are hip to this and working closely with Putin and the Russian Federation to prevent this.
In the not too distant future, there will likely be no place to hide for the KM and their Establishment Hierarchy.
Stay tuned, because in a future article, an attempt will be made to explain why the KM members are so two-faced and so remarkably inhuman and evil. We need to explore why they are able to order individual murders and mass-murders of innocent civilians in war at the drop of a hat with absolutely no remorse.
We need to learn why they enacted extreme rules of engagement with We The People, while never expecting that someday the same rules of engagement could be directed back at them systematically at all levels.
Obama Speech: Does He Hint At His Premature Resignation And Pending Death Penalty?
May 12 2016 | From: Ellaster
May 5th 2016, Neil Keenan placed a statement and video message on his blog with a remarkable message: Obama surrendered, secretly resigned and handed over his power to the General Joseph Dunford.
This information was handed to Keenan through various sources, yet it might be dis-info deliberately disclosed to him, a common Cabal tactic. However given Obama’s speech he gave at the White House Correspondent’s Dinner, a couple of striking remarks makes you wonder what is going on behind the scenes.
At The White House Correspondent’s Dinner (WHCD) is a yearly event for journalists associated with the White House, and is attended by the president and vice president. This dinner traditionally takes place at the Washington Hilton since 1920. It is organised by the White House Correspondents’ Association, an organisation of journalist who cover the White House and the President of the United States.
On April 30th 2016 Obama’s final WHCD took place and traditionally he gave a speech in advance.
The tone of the speech was more like a performance of a stand-up comedian rather than a presidential speech. Most likely the text was not written by Obama himself and it was full of jokes.
Various people within journalism and politics were either taken the piss out of, or put in the spotlight in a comical way. Obama himself looked drugged, although he was still capable to give the speech. All this made the audience euphoric and they began to laugh heartily once Obama started his recitation.
Obama started by saying:
"It is an honor to be here at my last, and perhaps the last White House correspondents’ dinner.”
Is this the first hint at the big changes that are taking place? Why would this be the last WHCD? Why would this yearly tradition not take place with the newly elected president next year?
According to Neil Keenan’s sources prior to the WHCD dinner a back room deal was made in which Obama had handed over his power. Obama was cornered in such a way that he surrendered and handed over the control to General Dunford.
Whether this really took place was contradicted by Drake Bailey, who is however closely involved with The Plan to arrest many political figure heads in the US for high treason, including Obama.
The many insinuations made by Obama during his WHCD speech, do imply that something is going on behind the scenes. Obama continued his speech by saying:
"You all look great. The end of the Republic has never looked better.”
The end of the republic? Which republic? The republic of the United States incorporated? Or is it an implication to the end of another republic?
Obama continued his talk: “I do apologize. I know I was a little late tonight. I was running on CPT” Does he imply he was running on drugs?
Or should we have heard “I was running on Cpt. (Captain)” and what does this mean then? But to exhilarate his speech everything was wrapped up in a joke, and he continued by saying “…CPT… which stands for jokes that white people should not make.” The unsuspecting audience doubled up with laughter.
Around 3:20 minuted in the video below, again Obama made a remarkable comment. He looked back at his 8 years as president and compared his earlier looks with his present looks.
"Eight years ago, I was a young man full of idealism and vigor. And look at me now, I am gray, grizzled and just counting down the days to my death panel.”
Despite this Obama kept his crowd laughing and read the rest of his speech, which was by no doubt prepared by an entire team in the weeks prior to the dinner.
Around 23:45 minutes a funny video in MTV style was shown about the departure of the president. At 24:30 minutes there is a scene where the president makes a phone call in search for a job for after his resignation.
He calls the Washington Lizards and asked them whether they need a coach. Around 25 minutes there is another peculiar fragment in the video. Obama makes a selfie with Michelle’s phone, using the app Snapchat, which allows you to morph your portrait into another creature.
Interestingly enough Obama is shown as a shape-shifter with a clear resemblance to scenes in the (disclosure) movie "They Live."
At the end of the speech (32:25 minutes in the Youtube-video) Obama says: “With that I just have two more words to say: Obama out.”
He then makes a Freemason hand gesture with two fingers on his lips while he drops the microphone with his other. This Freemason symbol means ‘it is my duty to keep the secret’.
It is also a sign to other members of the secret society to remain silent. I interpret the dropped microphone as a sign ‘I will make no public announcement’.
According to Neil Keenan’s sources Obama had not returned to the White House since and no longer lives there. To keep up appearances he pretends he is still commander-in-chief although he will solely remain the spokesperson.
Allegedly the real person in charge is General Dunford. However, it is the intent to keep things ‘business as usual’ for the outside world, while General Dunford is in charge of the Republic until the presidential elections have taken place.
The claim that Dunford is in charge is contradicted by Thomas Williams, who together with Drake Bailey presents the weekly Cosmic Voice radio show. He says about the alleged take over: “General Dunford is like the Magic Man, he seems to appear in all kinds of events, but nothing ever comes off of it".
On the Cosmic Voice Facebook page Thomas Williams wrote: “keep hearing for over 12 months that Dunford is doing this and that with zero evidence of any of it.”
It is remarkable that Drake Bailey, with his many [supposed] contacts at the Pentagon and American army, cannot confirm Neil Keenan’s claim.
As this is confusing enough in itself, the big question remains why was this information leaked to Neil’s team and not shared by Drake’s sources? Is it deliberate dis-info disclosed to Group-K (Keenan’s team), and if so, what is the hidden agenda?
According to Thomas Williams there is raging a fierce inner battle between the various factions of the Illuminati behind the scenes. He thinks that the story that Neil Keenan has brought out is the script of the Asian faction who think they can become the new NWO (New World Order).
It has now become very clear that both Drake Bailey and his assistant Thomas Williams are woefully out of their depth.
Given all the debts that the US has with the Chinese, could it be possible that Obama is put under pressure and might have changed sides, perhaps the side of the Asian Cabal?
Let’s not forget that April 30th is an occult date with great importance to the Satanists, so why was this specific date chosen for the alleged power transfer?
For now, the claims about the power transfer and Obama’s speech raise more questions than it clears things up.
One thing is clear though, things do not quite look like ‘business as usual’ due to another significant fact. Obama has signed a premature Executive Order (Facilitation of a Presidential Transition) on May 6th to transfer his control, something that normally would take place after the presidential elections. So who did he transfer his control to?
The exact meaning of the recent events will get clear as more information will come out. That something is brewing is one thing that is for sure.
On Friday April 22nd, the “historical climate deal” – better known as “Paris Agreement” – was signed by 174 member states of UN, with moderate fanfare. The atmosphere around the event was, of course, forcibly euphoric – if tad awkward – with new designated climate groupie, Leonardo di Caprio, chanting the spent “we must act now!” mantra, and UN luminaries jumping around in somewhat masturbatory orgy of self-congratulating.
However, all this serves to hide the fact that, from the stand point of catastrophic global warming fan club, the deal is a failure. Namely, the main drive behind the 21st Conference of the Parties (meaning: sovereign member states of UN participating in UNFCC) in Paris, which ended on 12.12.2015, producing a 31 page draft agreement, was to impose a binding treaty and not merely an agreement; something that apparently did not materialize.
The proceedings of COP21 and presentation of “historical climate deal” came to pass in a surreal atmosphere of feigned urgency and strange mixture of ecstatic delight which, however, was confined to a tiny circle of participants, environmentalist activists and their mainstream media entourage.
This strange display of few chosen men and women rejoicing at imaginary solution to imaginary crisis was largely overlooked by populous which is, at least semi-consciously, becoming resistant to climate alarmism, if for nothing else, then because every lie has it’s expiration date and global warming scare is approaching 27th anniversary of it’s grand entry into mass media channels.
Be that as it may, Paris agreement is a compilation of “shoulds” while it was obviously meant to be a legally binding codification of “shalls”: while sovereign state is an endangered species in this world, it is obviously not yet extinct to such an extent that majority of world leaders would ratify the treaty that would de jure install the apparatus of global governance on pretext of combating ecological crisis.
The Paris Treaty is, in this author’s opinion, falling short of this aim miserably as it could have been anticipated even in the September of last year, when UN presented it’s latest Agenda, the so called Agenda 2030.
Namely, doctrine of sustainable development, and not empirical research of esoteric “climate science”, is a main purpose, and consequently: the main drive, behind the climate scare road show.
This doctrine, under various names, is being steadily pushed as an official ideology of Euro-Atlantic Bloc from early Seventies of the previous century, and it doesn’t really require global warming to make it work upon the minds of gullible.
If there’s any solid constant in protean “enemy image” upon which the system of sustainable development must be built, then it would be “overpopulation”, the inherently genocidal idea pervading all flavors of this doctrine.
Sustainable development is, simply put, a system of world encompassing control conceived to automatically self-differentiate and develop it’s functions on the basis of fear.
All it really requires is one absolute outside threat which cannot be removed but only infinitely mitigated by unified action of mankind.
This enemy image is, of course, just an image, because such threat doesn’t exist and every basis chosen by sustainability programmers has a definite expiration date. On closer analysis, the Agenda 2030document already indicated that “global warming” scare is reaching this date.
It was not very prominent among other “17 sustainability goals” and now it is slowly giving way to another cosmic Osama bin Laden, invoked to make us survey and control ourselves through fear: global – or to be more precise: European-based terrorism.
Intended Nationally Determined Contributions (INDCs) in reducing greenhouse gases, which serve as a basis of reaching the goal of keeping the global average temperature – whatever the hell that is – under „2 °C above pre-industrial levels and pursuing efforts to limit the temperature increase to 1.5 °C above pre-industrial levels, recognizing that this would significantly reduce the risks and impacts of climate change.“ (PA, 2.1. (a)), are far cry from what global warming dupes would like to see implemented.
"The fact that solar warming is heating up all the planets strongly suggests that global warming on our planet is not being caused by human activity at all. "
While we can detect some sporadic attempts to link “climate catastrophe” with demographical shifts from Middle East towards Europe, it is all too obvious, even to the dupes, that those shifts, while obviously man-made, have nothing to do with climate.
Moreover, while until now each and every draught, warm winter or forest fire was pointed out as an unmistakable sign of coming end times, the warm European winter of 2015/2016. apparently flew under the radar of alarmists.
This is also one of the clear signs that climate scare is finally spent, admittedly not by efforts of critics, nor by crumbling of pseudo-scientific edifice of advocates, but simply by quite banal passage of time.
However, here we are presented with difficulty. The publicly visible “world leaders”, grouped roughly around UN and Davos summits, are acting as if everything is still business as usual. The situation is surreal: while majority of people are ridiculing them – that is, those that pay them any attention at all – individuals like Christina Figuerres or Bill Gates are still chanting their same old mantras.
This is quite worrisome. Namely, someone could infer that they are simply delusional, finalizing their detachment from reality, and leave it at that. However, this is only half-true.
The whole truth, as it seems, is that their detachment from reality is the result not of mere mental blindness, but of power inflicted darkening of the minds. This is unmistakable sign of complete detachment of power from the “people”, i.e. masses of humanity or self-conscious groups in their midst.
The global elites are not deluded by their stupidity, but by their confident belief that they cannot be challenged. And, judging by signs of the times, they are quite right. So, when they continue to push global warming scare despite the fact that most people are becoming conscious of it being a sham, this could very well mean that they don’t feel any need to deceive anyone anymore.
Moreover, sustainable development is a true reason for existence of global warming scare and it is a doctrine that can gradually discard it for the sake of some better and more convincing principle, if need be. After all, this is why the Paris treaty exists in the first place:
“This Agreement, in enhancing the implementation of the Convention, including its objective, aims to strengthen the global response to the threat of climate change, in the context of sustainable development and efforts to eradicate poverty (…)“ (PA, 2.2)
The main novelty of Agenda 2030 is the first of it’s 17. sustainable development goals: “1. End poverty in all it’s forms everywhere” (A2030, pg. 12), which is to be accomplished until 2030. So we are expected to believe that the main constituent of human condition – namely, material misery – will be decommissioned from existence in 14 years period.
Those who believe that UN luminaries really buy into this crap are sporting minds of ten to twelve years old children; anyone, with just a modicum of common sense, must conjecture that something else is afoot here.
However, for our purpose, it is sufficient to point out that intersection of climate change, sustainable development and final solution of poverty is a basis for Paris Treaty.
And in this intersection, there exists hierarchy where sustainable systematization of world resources – human, environmental and economical is at the top, encompassing the other two. Both lower aims are expendable, because they’re merely pretexts for accomplishing sustainable development world-wide.
The very fact that globalist spokespersons are seriously spinning yarns no one in his right mind can believe in, goes to show that the power of lower strata of society – and that’s approximately everybody under the level of mainstream media pundits and professional politicians eligible for employment in global institutions – is at the all times low. And the members of higher strata are, explicitly or implicitly, aware of it.
So there’s no reason to gloat about idiocy of our rulers, because it is not really an idiocy but just a normal conduct stemming from the fact that they are not paying us any attention anyway.
Admittedly, the stories are getting thinner and narratives crumble as they are being written.
But is it because we are so smart?
Or is it because we are so detached from any kind of control over our livelihoods that those that have a firm grip on it, via control of media, politics and finance, really don’t bother to deceive us anymore?
To learn more about Agenda 2030, listen to this interview with Branko Malić on the Sunday Wire radio show with host Patrick Henningsen…
Massive Vaccine Protests Erupt In China Over Widespread Deaths Of Children: Government Responds By Arresting Protesters
May 11 2016 | From: NaturalNews
Recently, a massive vaccine scandal in China exposed the weakness of government efforts to build up China's immunization program. It uncovered the system's flaws regarding the way in which vaccines are distributed, and revealed close links between vendors and government clinics.
Although the vaccines were made by licensed manufacturers, they were transported and stored without any refrigeration, and then sold by unlicensed distributors. Improper storing conditions may have ruined the vaccines, leaving children unprotected and at risk of disabilities and death.
According to Li Guoqing, who is in charge of drug supervision, investigators revealed how government clinics have been selling expired or near-expired vaccines to vendors on the cheap, who in turn have been selling them to other government clinics in remote areas where there is no oversight.
Authorities were well aware of these practices, and let an illegal vaccine shop continue its operations, thereby poisoning thousands of its citizens, especially young children.
Chinese parents have lost all confidence in the government and government clinics, and are demanding answers.
People across the country have gathered and joined forces in a nationwide protest over the vaccine scam. Dozens of Chinese parents have filed a lawsuit demanding justice for the children who have been harmed by these tainted, improperly stored vaccines, amid reports of child and infant deaths and illnesses following such immunizations.
"Everybody gathered outside the National Health and Family Planning Commission today, and then we all marched to their complaints department in the Xizhimen district," parent activist Liu Lixin told Radio Free Asia (RFA).
"We are calling for a vaccines law, because there is no legislation covering vaccinations right now, and families who have been victims of this disaster have no judicial redress," he said.
"Our children have suffered varying degrees of harm and disability as a result of immunization injections," the lawsuit reads. "Some have even lost the ability to live independently."
China Jailing Vaccine Protesters
The impact of the scandal couldn't be brushed under the carpet, so the Chinese government announced that 357 officials have been dismissed or demoted for "poor performance," and has promised to take further actions to ensure better storage and distribution methods.
However, the reality seems a bit different. As many as 2,000 people gathered outside the Health and Family Planning Commission in Beijing, among them many parents whose children have been affected.
The authorities took large numbers of people participating in the protests or lawsuits to an out-of-town unofficial detention center, and some were put under 24-hour surveillance at their homes.
"I had planned to take part [in the Beijing protests and lawsuits], but I was forcibly escorted home by officials from my hometown on April 13," parent activist Wang Liangqing said.
"Now they are watching us 24 hours a day, so we weren't able to go." Wang called on the government to take the victims of tainted vaccines seriously.
This incident is a perfect example of how governments collude with Big Pharma, and the U.S. isn't doing any better.
Soon, we will have no say when it comes to our own health. The CDC has set up a "police state" registry system to identify and track areas of so-called "under vaccination," and while this may seem like innocent data gathering, in the future people will be pushed to follow national vaccination guidelines against their own will.
And, just as in China, key people in the U.S. government are involved. Last year, California's vaccine mandate bill SB277 was halted by the public. Unfortunately, the vaccine mafia's henchmen came out to play, and helped replace seats on the committee with pro-vaccine activists to vote in favor of stripping Californians of their vaccine exemption rights.
Prime Minister John Key took the unusual step of arranging a 1pm Saturday press conference to respond to allegations from the anonymous source behind the Panama Papers.
This morning, the source – named only as John Doe – released an 1800 word statement on the website of the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists (ICIJ), the group that has released various documents leaked from Panama-based law firm and foreign trust specialist Mossack Fonseca.
Mr Key was the only world leader named in the statement.
"I have as much responsibility for tax in the Cook Islands as I do for Russia," said Mr Key this afternoon.
"Prime Minister John Key of New Zealand has been curiously quiet about his country’s role in enabling the financial fraud Mecca that is the Cook Islands," John Doe wrote (in his statement's only reference to Mr Key or New Zealand).
But at his 1pm press conference, the PM said, "The whistleblower has got confused about my responsibilities. I have no responsibilities fro the tax jurisdiction of the Cook Islands. New Zealand has responsibilities for foreign policy and defence of the Cook Islands, but not for tax. I have as much responsibility for tax in the Cook Islands as I do for tax in Russia."
Video of Key's full stand-up:
Closed Down After 1988
Asked about why the Panama Papers leaker would tie the Cook Islands to Mr Key, he said he asked tax officials about it this morning and they replied with the theory that "He or she is likely to be European, and Europeans get terribly confused about the Cook Islands because they use New Zealand dollars."
It's also possible, however, that the "confused" European was making a reference to the winebox controversy.
Comment: As has been previously observed, this whole 'Panama Papers' debacle is clearly being implemented to expose and wipe out some of the lower minions within the cabal. Very interesting indeed; that Mr Key should have the distinction of being the only western political figure to have been publicly named.
Key did make an oblique reference to thr Cook Islands scandal, saying: "Prior to 1988, there were issues with New Zealanders avoiding their tax by having a structure in the Cook Islands," he told reporters at his 1pm stand-up. In 1988 that all closed down and subsequently there have been no issues.
Since 1988, New Zealanders have been taxed on their worldwide income, the prime minister noted. He also added that the Cook Islands tax controversy was before his time.
No Responsibility, but Some Care [!?]
Commentator Bernard Hickey was quick to take issue with the prime minister on social media, saying;
“Has New Zealand pressured the Cook Islands to change its trust secrecy/info sharing laws? If not, why not? The Cook Islands uses the New Zealand dollar and Cook Island citizens are New Zealand citizens."
Mr Hickey added, If New Zealand is serious about not being tarred with the tax haven brush, why not stop the Cook Islands from being a tax haven?"
"New Zealand does actually try to support the Cook Islands in improving its tax and the way it operates its system," Mr Key said this afternoon, though qualifying, "It has its own double tax agreement, its own tax – sharing agreement and, over the years since 1988, New Zealand's been working with the Cook Islands to make sure they've got a better structure, and that they're operating in a way with much greater transparency."
The New Zealand government doesn't get directly involved but officials try to provide support and encourage the Cook Islands to have best practice, Mr Key said.
Earlier today, the Prime Minister's office released a statement saying an independent review of foreign trust disclosure rules is now under way by former PwC chairman John Shewan. Mr Shewan is due to report on June 30. Additionally, Inland Revenue is participating in an OECD review of international tax arrangements.
Overnight, there was more Panama Papers grief for the prime minister, with the Australian Financial Review name-checking his personal lawyer, Ken Whitney, in an extended report on how a controversial Mexican construction tycoon put $100 million into three tax-free New Zealand trusts.
More to Come
Today, Mr Key called New Zealand a "footnote" in the Panama Papers. That may be true so far but more could be revealed when a fully searchable version of the leaked Mossack Fonseca papers is released on May 9.
Peter Bale, the New Zealander behind the ICIJ, has already said he thinks there is more to come on New Zealand in the Panama papers.
And this morning on the Nation (where he was interviewed on the same programme as Mr Bale), Winston Peters said he agreed – and hinted he was ready to reopen his winebox.
“Well, I said some time ago that these papers would be very, very serious revelations because 11 and a half million documents and New Zealand mentioned 60 times and us being positioned here in the South Pacific giving aid to countries who were at the same time running tax haven utilities or using all sorts of fancy phrases for cheating and fraud and money laundering, I think that the mention of Mr Key relates to where they’re going to go in one part of the world on this matter," Mr Peters said.
For his part, John Doe said he (or she) was willing to cooperate with authorities "to the extent that I am able", expressing a willingness to help authorities but also noting actions taken against recent whistleblower including Edward Snowden, currently exiled in Russia.
Related: Is John Key “Inside Trading” with New Zealand’s Debt?
Hundreds Of Skull And Bones Secret Society Docs Set To Be Released
May 9 2016 | From: Infowars
Over 1,500 documents related to the secretive Yale fraternity Skull and Bones are set to be made public within the next few months under a Freedom of Information Act request.
The trove of “letters, memos, a draft speech and other materials… are set for release in July” by the National Archives and Records Administration unless President Obama or former President George W. Bush object, reports Politico.
“Additional records include vetting materials, emails related to scheduled events, a phone message, a press briefing on Turkey, a register of Frederick Law Olmsted’s papers at the Library of Congress, requests for comments from the press, and a request for Vice President Richard B. Cheney to attend William F. Buckley’s memorial service,” the FOIA states.
Founded in 1832, the secret society has been a gateway for the elite and boasts three US presidents, with other members taking up prominent roles in state and federal governments, the intelligence community, academia, industry and finance.
In 2004, for instance, both Democrat and Republican presidential candidates, John F. Kerry and George W. Bush, were members of the Yale fraternity. George W’s father, George H.W. Bush, and his grandfather, Prescott Bush, were also members.
The group’s “Tomb,” a windowless building located at the southwest end of the campus, is reportedly decorated with skulls and filled with rooms where members are rumored to conduct macabre rituals and initiation ceremonies, one of which may include the reciting of past sexual experiences, according to journalist Ron Rosenbaum.
“You could ask Averell Harriman whether there’s really a sarcophagus in the basement and whether he and young Henry Stimson and young Henry Luce (Time magazine) lay down naked in the coffin and spilled the secrets of their adolescent sex life to 14 fellow Bonesmen,” Rosenbaum wrote for Esquire in 1977.
The club was also sued in February 2009 by descendants of the Apache hero Geronimo, whom alleged in a federal lawsuit that the group was in possession of their ancestor’s skull – which members have posed with in group photos for decades.
The skull was reportedly stolen from the warrior’s grave at Fort Sill by members of Skull and Bones who were stationed at the base, with some accounts alleging Prescott Bush played a role in the theft. The lawsuit was dismissed the following year.
Rosenbaum and a team in 2001 were able to film rituals being conducted in the inner courtyard of the “Tomb,” where members “acted out the tableau of a throat-cutting ritual murder,” according to the journalist.
“Of course, there is more to Skull and Bones than the mystical mumbo-jumbo of its rituals,” Rosenbaum wrote for the New York Observer at the time.
“The rituals are less important than the relationships–the bonds of power and influence that develop between Skull and Bones initiates after they graduate.”
Politico reports the latest FOIA request was put forth by author and researcher Robert Gaylon Ross Sr., who has in the past published an exposé on the “Who’s Who of the Elite,” and written books regarding the elites’ role in the JFK and MLK assassinations.
Panama Papers: The Gift That Keeps On Giving & The Controversial Mexican Construction Tycoon Put $100m Into New Zealand Trusts, Report Says May 8 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview / Various
Controversial Mexican construction magnate Juan Armando Hinojosa Cantu put around $US100 million into three tax-free trusts in New Zealand, according to a report by Neil Chenoweth - the only Australasian journalist who has been granted access to documents leaked from law firm Mossack Fonseca and known as the Panama Papers.
He also highlights a letter from Ken Whitney (Prime Minister John Key's personal lawyer at the time) in which Mr Whitney offered a professional endorsement for Auckland law firm Cone Marshall, which was seeking professional accreditation with Mossak Fonseca.
Mr Chenoweth doesn't make any accusation that any laws were broken, and NBR politics editor Rob Hosking says allegations of Mr Whitney's influence on foreign trust policy don't stack up. Nevertheless, Mr Chenoweth's article has become a fixture in the Australian Financial Review's top five most-read list - provides another spotlight on the foreign trust issue that the government will find unwelcome.
UnitedFuture leader Peter Dunne says ongoing Panama Papers revelations - and more are expected involving NZ once the ICIJ's database becomes searchable on May 9 - are potentially very negative.
“If the label ‘tax haven’ is being bandied about now as it is, sticks, then that’s extremely damaging. You think of the way we perceive other countries that we’ve historically labelled as tax havens. We don’t view them credibly, and I think that’s the big risk to New Zealand," he says, closely echoing concerns raised by IRD in 2013.
According to a New York Times report, Mr Hinojosa has been close to Mexican President Enrique Pena Neito since Mr Pena Neito was a young political aide.
Mr Hinojosa struck controversy in early 2015 after he built a $US7 million house for Mr Pena Neito's wife, but only $US3 million was paid upfront (the balance was covered by a promissory note).
Juan Armando Hinojosa Cantu
Around the same time, media highlighted that Mr Hinojosa had been awarded several large government contracts that did not go to tender. Several ran way over budget, to the benefit of his companies.
Mr Hinojosa was not charged with any wrongdoing, but companies associated with him did subsequently see several of their government contracts cancelled, including a $US3.7 billion rail contract.
The government has drafted former PwC chairman John Shewan to review rules around foreign trust disclose. He is due to report on June 30.
Silent Coup Beginning To Overtake America Now May 8 2016 | From: USAwatchdog
Former Clinton insider Larry Nichols has worked with, and now against, the Clintons. Nichols has some of the top political and financial connections on the planet.
Nichols hopes the public is finally realizing the enormous power struggle going on. Nichols explains;
“There is no two-party system in the United States of America. Let’s get that straight. There is no two-party system, there is one. Part of it is a red team and part of it is a blue team.
You think you have a choice, but as you know you only have a choice between the two they give you to vote for, but here comes Trump.
Trump doesn’t need their money . . . he will bust up the system, and he will not only bust up the system for the Republican Party, but he will bust up the system (for both parties).
So, there are many establishment Republicans that have said they would rather vote for Hillary than Trump. . . .
They must maintain status quo of the system for these power elite people to stay where they want to be.”
Nichols goes on to say, “We are at the beginning of a velvet or silent coup. It’s been going on for years. There’s been a slow subtle takeover of our form of government, starting years and years ago, but it is coming to an end. That’s why there is this power play now.
It’s more aggressive than you have seen before. If we don’t stop Hillary, it’s over.
Is Trump the answer to all of our problems? I don’t know. Here’s what I do know about Donald Trump. Donald Trump is not in the system. How do I know that? As hard as they are working to keep him out is a pretty good recommendation for me.
He’s not one of them. He might be a good president. When you mention Hillary or the establishment, there is no ‘might.’ With them, we would get what we have been getting but only worse. There is not a ‘might’ there.”
Nichols says the good news might come in the general election in November. Nichols explains;
“The American voters’ vote counts in the general election.
The play in the system has always been to trick it in the primaries and get both people that are the same but different colors. The general election has always been set up where people do get to vote, and they will get to pick the lessor of two evils.
This time, it’s different. This time, the American voters can make a difference if Trump can stay in and actually get the nomination.”
On the teetering financial system, Nichols says;
“One of the five major banks has way too much of that $72 billion Puerto Rican debt. It might not sink them, but it may cause a problem. If one of the major banks took a hit like that... The FDIC just said it does not have enough liquidity if two major banks went into default.
If one of the major banks falls or if one major bank was getting ready to take a nose dive, people would run on all the banks wouldn’t they? If everybody tried to cash their money out of the banks at one time, they would get about 6 cents on the dollar. You think you got a $100,000 protected in the bank - you don’t.”
Nichols, who is currently undergoing treatments for lung cancer, also says, “I believe President Obama doesn’t really want to leave. Now, how could he stay? It only takes a crisis. If a national crisis is declared . . . FEMA comes in.
Most people don’t even know about the FEMA provisional plan. In case a meteor hits America and we go into a national crisis, FEMA has already got a plan in place ready to go where they will set up a provisional government. So, if the banks were to start collapsing, guess what Obama would do?
He’d go to Congress and get them to vote and boom, in comes the provisional FEMA government, which makes the president . . . king.”
Join Greg Hunter as he goes One-on-One with former Clinton insider Larry Nichols.
There is much, much more in the extensive video interview.
Had Enough Of Government Corruption Kiwis? Here Is A Venue For Reporting, Exposing & Taking Action: The “Citizens Government Corruption Watchdog Commission” May 7 2016 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei
By making these reports you are adding to a database of complaints that documents multiple violations. This makes the case for change much stronger and if the department concerned doesn’t act then we can take it to media for publication and to pressure change.
Mainstream media will probably be either forced to print our exposes or lose their place as Mainstream Media and those who DO share it will become the new “Mainstream Media”!
Those of you who think beyond the mainstream media … or even those who don’t … you’ve probably noticed a few things are not ticking the boxes lately regarding democratic processes.
One example would be the way District Councils appear to have minds of their own and increasingly they are failing to consult those who elect them regarding decisions that will be affecting them. Recently the Whaleoil blog featured the growing problem of local government breaking the law and points out that they get away with it because nobody is policing it. Check out the blog as there are many examples cited of things folks are encountering with their DCs.
Here is a recent example in Shannon where locals were consulted by their representing Councillor Ross Campbell on whether they wanted yet another liquor outlet licensed … overwhelmingly more were against than for (309 to 3) … yet the DC has gone right ahead and issued the liquor license anyway.
So who is this council batting for? Their constituents, or the liquor industry? No prizes for guessing. Shannon has also had recent issues with discharge by Council of raw sewage into the local waterways, an ongoing issue with many DCs NZ wide. Cr Campbell was trespassed for two years by HDC for filming the discharge of raw sewage into the town’s waterways. Shutting down dissent!
The street poll by Cr Ross Campbell in the Horowhenua district … the poll overwhelmingly against the issuing of yet another liquor license in Shannon, and the DC has gone and issued the one anyway
The Rangitikei DC was also exposed last year with regard to their long standing non compliance in relation to pollution of its waterways with leachate. They too shut down dissent by failing to accept the recommendation of their own Community Committee!
For further examples of local government corruption see our Local Govt Watch pages.
Health and Related Services
Then we have many services (formerly ‘government’, now ‘corporate’ departments) that blatantly ignore the rules and run rough shod over people. I heard of one for instance just recently. An older woman who was admitted to A & E at a public hospital, left in a cold corridor, no warm blanket, no buzzer, calling for the toilet, left for hours in her own feces then loudly told off! The patient was too sick to respond.
With recent events in our corporatized government departments we need a watch on our health care providers and their protocols, particularly with the elderly and the dying
Also, on the hospital subject, I heard recently of a dying patient on ‘nil by mouth’, without the family’s knowledge. On this horrific subject please google ‘Liverpool Care Pathway’ the thin end of the wedge in my opinion, to euthanasia. Now there’s huge debate as we know about that, however, since when do we administer ‘nil by mouth’ without explaining the rationale to the distressed relatives, whose loved one is crying out for water? And since when has this become the ‘norm’? Dying of thirst? I don’t recall any public discussion around this.
Weather Modification Practices
The other glaring elephant in the room on the topic of flagrancy is the practice of geoengineering… ie spraying us all daily with toxic chemicals then telling us it is only steam or condensation.
Or worse, “nothing doing here please move along you ‘conspiracy theorists'”.
There will be many more issues and other departments that spring to mind that need policing.
Reporting and Taking Action
When these various events happen we’re often left standing, mouth open, grasping for who to tell, or, we’re so deep in grief we’re unable to act. And from my experience, often nobody knows just who to tell anyway. Many have tried for instance in the geoengineering domain to approach the various authorities charged with protecting us from unhealthy toxic environments only to be told there’s nothing doing.
So here is a venue for you to report these various incidents. It’s easy to do, simply go to the site (links below) and fill in the appropriate form online (more forms to come).
The reports will be collated to reveal the extent of the respective complaints, all documented in reports and kept for evidence when confronting the department concerned, and/or for timely publishing on this and other websites, and on social media. Since our so called mainstream media is displaying a growing reluctance to fully air the truth, we can become a force to be reckoned with. This is people power!
“By making these reports you are adding to a database of complaints that documents multiple violations. This makes the case for change much stronger and if the department concerned doesn’t act then we can take it to media for publication and to pressure change.
Mainstream media will probably be either forced to print our exposes or lose their place as Mainstream Media and those who DO share it will become the new “Mainstream Media”!
Here are links to both the site and the new Facebook page (head there and ‘like’ the page, and get reporting. You can also report historic incidents).
Boycott Tourism In NZ: More Fluorides? May 4 2016 | From: JonRappoport
Recently, I’ve written several articles about toxic fluorides (archive: here). The case is clear: cancer, lower IQ, other varieties of severe damage.
I became aware of a group in New Zealand, Fluoride Free NZ. They’ve had remarkable success working with local communities to ban fluorides in water supplies.
Jump in. Go for it. Send a message. A reader emailed me the letter he just wrote:
Dear Tourism New Zealand executive staff,
My name is Michael Blanshan. I am a naturopathic doctor in New Mexico, U.S.A. Years ago a group of friends and I were discussing New Zealand and all it has to offer as a country. Many of our group travelled to New Zealand and two families moved there, one to Nelso and one to Christchurch. These were good families with children and much to offer their local communities, not retirees looking for a country in which to retire.
In my own travels I often run into New Zealanders (aka kiwis). They are generally great travelers, good people, kind, open-minded, intelligent, and generally fun. The very spirit of New Zealand which most kiwis embody seems to me to serve as New Zealand’s best advertising.
Being a naturopath, I am keenly aware of the history of the fluoridation of drinking water, those who promoted this policy, their motivations for doing so, and the forms of pressure they use to continue the policy despite compelling scientific opposition. A local organization in New Zealand calling itself Fluoride Free NZ has worked tirelessly with communities to educate them on this issue.
They worked diligently and the majority of those communities have chosen not to fluoridate their local water supplies. In response to this group’s effectiveness, the NZ federal government is now acting to take the decision making authority away from local councils and communities and put the power into the hands of District Health Boards (DHB), who are under the direct control of Central Government.
This action has profound implications, though it may seem inconsequential to you, especially considering that you are a department for tourism. Though I stated that the people of New Zealand are its best feature, this is a black mark on New Zealand as a country. It points to a corruption of your federal government and its purported goals of serving its people. To the contrary, the government is showing that it has a will of its own and that it acts in the interests of other parties.
The policy of fluoridation originated in the U.S.A. in the 1940s. Many European countries have rejected this policy, knowing it was not about health but rather that it was the result of corrupt influences. For the New Zealand government to force this policy shows that they’re not interested in science or the natural rights of the people and worse, that the New Zealand government is caving to pressure from either American or UK interests.
Please understand that the irony of an American writing about corruption in government does not escape me. Educated Americans know all too well the workings and techniques of a dictatorship which presents itself as a democracy. It is as a result of the extreme corruption of the leadership of Western countries that we look to New Zealand and still see it to be a land of free individuals who can run their local communities as they like.
If the New Zealand federal government goes ahead with this decision, I personally will not visit New Zealand in the future. If any of my friends or clients discuss the possibility of travelling to New Zealand, I will do my best to dissuade them.
Potential visitors to New Zealand should know that all is not well in paradise and that behind the scenes you have the same dictatorship we see in the [rest of the] West. Despite all its physical beauty I still contend that the best part about New Zealand is its people.
If the people of New Zealand are forced to stand in the shadow cast by a dictatorial federal government, something vital and essential will have been lost.
Thank you, Fluoride Free NZ, for showing the way.
I keep hearing this thing called the Internet is a wonderful apparatus with many uses. Well, here’s one.
Comment: What does it take to wake these intentionally distracted master chef cooking-show home renovation watching reality -television watching idiots up already? Time is up!
Switzerland Follows Iceland In Declaring War Against The Banksters May 3 2016 | From: AustralianNationalReview "If you want to continue to be slaves of the banks and pay the cost of your own slavery, then let the bankers continute to create money and control credit." - Josiah Stamp
Iceland has gained the admiration of populists in recent years by doing that which no other nation in the world seems to be willing or capable of doing: prosecuting criminal bankers for engineering financial collapse for profit.
Inspired by Iceland’s progress, activists in Switzerland are now making an important stand against the banking cartels and have successfully petitioned to bring an initiative to public referendum that would attack the private banks where it matters most: their power to lend money they don’t actually have, and to create money out of thin air.
“Switzerland will hold a referendum to decide whether to ban commercial banks from creating money.
The Swiss federal government confirmed on Thursday that it would hold a plebiscite, after more than 110,000 people signed a petition calling for the central bank to be given sole power to create money in the financial system.
The campaign – led by the Swiss Sovereign Money movement and known as the Vollgeld initiative – is designed to limit financial speculation by requiring private banks to hold 100pc reserves against their deposits.” [The Telegraph]
Switzerland is in a key position to play a revolutionary role in changing how global banking functions. In addition to being the world’s safest harbor for storing wealth, it is also home to the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), a shadowy private company owned by many of the world’s central banks, and acting as a lender to the central banks.
The BIS is the very heart of global reserve banking, the policy that enables banks to lend money that does not actually exist in their bank deposits, but is instead literally created electronically from nothing whenever a bank extends a line of credit.
Reserve banking is the policy that guarantees insurmountable debt as the outcome of all financial transactions.
The Sovereign Money initiative in Switzerland aims to curb financial speculation, which is the intended and inevitable result of reserve banking, the tool that makes financial adventurism possible by supplying the banks with endless quantities of fiat money.
Limiting a bank’s ability to produce money from nothing would be a direct blow to the roots of the banking cartel, and would cripple their ability to manipulate the world economy. Here’s how it works, in rather simplified terms:
“…if we had access to the same computer terminals the banks have, we could magic in or out of existence all the imaginary stuff we are trained to think of as important – money – in whatever quantities we liked.
This is how it works: when they print quite a lot of this stuff there is a boom. When they print too much of it, there is inflation (actually, the printing of money is inflation). When they stop printing it or simply hold on to it, there is a depression.” [Source]
In Switzerland, 90% of all money in circulation is electronic, and for this, The National Bank of Switzerland has become the direct target of the Sovereign Money Campaign. Swiss law has in the past required required banks to back all currency creation with collateral assets like physical silver or gold, however in recent decades the climate has changed, and, “due to the emergence of electronic payment transactions, banks have regained the opportunity to create their own money.”
The grass roots campaign said in a public statement regarding the intentions of the referendum, “banks won’t be able to create money for themselves any more, they’ll only be able to lend money that they have from savers or other banks.”
This is an interesting twist in the human saga of man vs. banks, and while it remains to be seen if the referendum passes or not, it must be pointed out that it does have its own problems, articulated by Sam Gerrans:
“…if we had access to the same computer terminals the banks have, we could magic in or out of existence all the imaginary stuff we are trained to think of as important – money – in whatever quantities we liked.
This is how it works: when they print quite a lot of this stuff there is a boom. When they print too much of it, there is inflation (actually, the printing of money is inflation). When they stop printing it or simply hold on to it, there is a depression.” [Source]
Part of the cultural conditioning of our time is an ingrained, pre-assumed dependency on sacred cow institutions like banking. Just like it is impossible for most Americans to envision a world without Democrats and Republicans, it is difficult for most people to imagine a world without predatory global banking.
Network News Monkeys May 2 2016 | From: VeteransToday
This is a pretty strongly and directly worded exposure of the MSM and their “pretty” talking heads… of course, we see all of that over here, as well, although I personally do not watch it anymore live.
The credo of the Talking heads of the Network News Cartel requires them to “hear no truth, speak no truth and see no truth” if they want to keep their jobs and climb their occupational food chain.
Remember the old cartoon with the three wise monkeys sitting in a row gesturing with their hands to “hear no evil, speak no evil, see no evil”?
This was the Social Credo that most Baby-Boomers were raised with. It was the idea “avoid evil thoughts and talk, and do not listen to it from others”. The intent was good, keeping kids from being corrupted by bad morals.
But this “no evil” credo quickly expanded to an over generalized “No Talk” and “Don’t Question Authority” rules in many families and the overall purpose intended was actually to prevent conflict and the questioning parental authority no matter what.
Although these “No Talk”, Don’t Question Authority” rules served their purpose for many parents and minimized arguing within families, it also prevented healthy communication patterns as well and in many cases instilled dysfunctional attitudes and behaviors in their children.
These “No talk” and “Don’t Question Authority” rules created seriously dysfunctional communication styles that have persisted in many Baby-Boomers and would later doom them to unhappy or failed marriages and lots of conflict with their children.
The Establishment has promoted these dysfunctional communication rules and used them to manipulate and con numerous young Americans to needlessly enlist or allow themselves to be drafted to fight in illegal, unConstitutional, unprovoked, undeclared, unwinnable, perpetual foreign wars on behalf of the World’s largest Organized crime syndicate, the Khazarian Mafia (KM).
It was the Khazarian Mafia that gained control over the United States Government and most of its institutions when it hijacked America’s Monetary Creation and Distribution System in 1913 and began charging American interest to use what should have been their own free money in the first place.
Whole successful careers for Psychologists and Marriage & Family Therapists have been made from trying to counteract these dysfunctional rules and to teach effective communication skills to Baby-Boomers and their children who have often been influenced by these rules.
The continuing hegemony of these two dysfunctional communication rules against truthful and open communication has served the criminal governments as a strong roadblock to later independent thinking and questioning of Establishment story-lines disseminated through the Network News.
And we now know for certain that all the Network News stories disseminated are usually big lies, false-narrative and government propaganda.
We now know for certain that the Establishment has taken advantage of this “No Talk, Don’t Question Authority” Credo to keep the American Public bamboozled with big lies, false-narratives and propaganda and to keep them willing to be served up as cannon fodder for other people’s aggressive wars of acquisition.
Yes, these two dysfunctional communication rules became a strong “respect and don’t ever question government authority” norm which was instilled in baby-Boomers during childhood.
This norm has persisted and allowed American to be conned into numerous post WW2 illegal unConstitutional, unprovoked, undeclared, un-winnnable, wars of aggression for the Banksters and their crony corporations.
The governments still tells monstrous lies which can easily be shown to be false if one does some in depth Internet research using reputable alternative News experts, and then connects the dots.
The big lies, false-narrative and propaganda repeatedly and unendingly dispensed by the Network News Talking Heads is why so many still believe these monstrous lies:
Lies such as Oswald shot JFK; While located in a cave in Afghanistan using his cell phone Osama bin Laden was able to direct 19 Islamic terrorists with box cutters to successfully attack the Twin trade Towers in NYC and the Pentagon 9-11-01; or Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction including nukes; or Iraqi soldiers took the babies out their incubators and threw them on the floor of the hospital to die; or Iran is building nukes and will have them deployed anytime now; or Seal team Six assassinated Osama bin Laden; or Assad is torturing and murdering his own people and the Syrian war is a civil war only; or Russia invaded the Ukraine and took over Crimea; or real limbs were blown off victims at the Boston Bombing by the Tsarnaevs; or Adam Lanza single-handedly murdered 20 children and six adults at Sandy Hook School.
The American public bought into all these monstrous lies, each of which has been proved to be completely false by numerous teams off credible researchers.
The reason they did so is because they view the USG and their Network news talking head representatives as benevolent parent figures that would never lie to them.
Yes, the American public has suffered from a serious inability to understand how their USG Officials can such be two-faced liars, deceivers and bamboozlers and actually work to represent the interests of the Khazarian Mafia and NOT the interests of We The People.
This Don’t Question Authority Credo has been imprinted in the psyches of most baby-Boomers and their children. It takes many breeches to undo this and there have been a number over the years which has arisen.
People are just starting to wake up to the fact that their governments are filled with two-faced liars and deceivers that are there to get rich, gain power and represent the wealthy powerful special interest that put them there.
The Establishment been able to pull this feat off to con and bamboozle the people with all this BS and lies, and transforming them into into Sheeple, consolidating all mass media into six Major Mass Media Corporations run by six Media Moguls who work for the KM and are part of an illegal News Monopoly and Network News Cartel.
This is where the Network news talking heads play such an important part. They are actually little more than well paid Judas Goats leading Americans to “slaughter”.
This removal of any normally expected corrections by the American People will eventually lead to complete economic collapse and asset stripping of everything we ever worked for and even worse for any children and grandchildren unless reversed quite soon.
Network News Spokespersons (aka Talking Heads) are selected who are attractive, easy to listen to and have convincing deliveries.
Almost every word out of their mouth is a big lie, a false narrative or blatant USG propaganda. Of course they are allowed to do harmless little local stories in a moderately factual way as long as they do not imply truth in national events that the Establishment is trying to keep hidden forever.
The Network News reporters, “correspondents” and Talking Heads get direct access to official government sources in exchange for soft-peddling the stories and/or reporting the KM story-line.
Whenever the Network News goes after a politician or official it is only because a policy to do so has been set at a very high level in the USG by a top policy-maker who is usually hiding in the background pulling the strings.
Sometimes as with the Pentagon, the Network News is paid to do a fluff story. Occasionally it can be due to conflict between different KM or other competing faction trying to acquire more power or institute a correction.
The six major networks are controlled by six major media moguls who are part of an illegal mass media monopoly, best viewed as a News Cartel. These six moguls answer to one Intel related international investment group which is responsible to communicating the main Establishment talking points and themes for that particular day.
All differences and conflicts which seem spontaneously emerging are actually pre-scripted and approved, and conform to policy set by only a few Top Policy-makers. This like the Wizard of Oz hiding behind the curtain pulling the levers of the USG and Network News machinery.
So once we examine what the Network News Talking Heads are really dispensing we must conclude they are actually News Monkeys and their Operational Credo is see no truth, hear no truth, speak no truth.
It’s like they are living in a cocoon of lies and deceit, insulated from the real world around them. If they ever did see and hear the truth and started speaking about it they would be breaking script, they would be fired, and they would be blacklisted, never to work in media again anywhere.
Talking heads are selected for crowd appeal.
They are usually attractive individuals with a nice delivery. Obviously to be able to keep their jobs they must insulate themselves from real truth about what is happening in the World or else their careers are ruined.
This results in many of them becoming two-faced knowing liars and deceivers like most elected and appointed officials. Doubt this, just try to give one an important story about government or police corruption and watch them hem and haw and avoid dealing with it.
If these constantly lying Talking Heads do their jobs as required and keep insulated and play the game they can earn great rewards and will typically be projected up the Establishment Food-chain.
Everyday more and more good people abandon the Network news and use the Internet to find out what is really going on.
As these increasing numbers of alternative news consumers become more and more sophisticated and informed about National and World affairs, a day of reckoning between the Establishment and the people approaches.
This knowledge of what really happened is spreading like wildfire and will eventually result in the exposure of all this big lies, false-narratives and propaganda dispensed by these Network Talking.
If either the 9-1-01 attack on America, the phony Boston Black Powder Puffer-Bombing, or the Sandy Hoax House of Cards collapses it will then be possible to prosecute these six Major Network News Moguls for being “after the fact accessories” to these horrendous crimes and part of the World’s largest Organized Crime syndicate, which they actually are.
They visit numerous alternative news websites and pick and choose truth nuggets that resonate and connect the dots themselves in their own head.
As these increasing numbers of alternative news consumers become more and more sophisticated and informed about National and World affairs, a day of reckoning between the Establishment and the American People approaches.
It’s a fact that the Establishment has used the Network news to mind-kontrol the Western people and keep them from knowing the sinister evil that the governments and their special interest major corporations and banks have been doing to We The People for at least 50 years.
Actually they have gained control necessary to do this because they assassinated JFK, MLK and RFK in a major ongoing coup d’etat. Once the American masses learn this as a group will probably be about the time they have lost everything. But once they do there will be hell to pay for these establishment two-faced liars and deceivers at every level.
In law it’s a thin line between being an accessory after the crime and ignorance or not knowing.
As soon as it is proved someone that aided in a RICO crime of the USG knowing did so they become an accessory after the fact if they keep supporting any associated USG cover-up. That day is rapidly approaching when most Americans will know that the attack on America on 9-11-01 was a stand-down Gladio-style False-flag attack and that nobody died at Sandy Hook.
This Sandy Hook cover-up involves the whole State Government of Connecticut and all the way up to Eric Holder while he was US Attorney General. The Connecticut State Police are involved, as are numerous well paid crisis actors pretending to be survivors and actual families when they are not.
Just how bad has it gotten because of over 50 years of Talking Head Controlled major Mass Media mind-kontrol via News Control of the American People?
It has gotten so bad that anyone who tells the truth has up until now and still is for the most part labelled as a conspiracy theorists, a conspiracy nut or a crackpot or possible domestic terrorist.
As George Orwell once stated, “In a time of universal deceit-telling the truth is a revolutionary act.”
Obviously this applies to contemporary America as never before.
The factual knowledge of what is really happening in our corrupt USG at every level is now beginning to spread like wildfire across America. If the spread of truth is not stopped it will eventually result in the exposure of all this big lies, false-narratives and propaganda dispensed by these Network Talking Heads on behalf of the USG, the Establishment and the KM who pulls all the strings of these two remarkably evil entities.
If either the 9-1-01 attack on America, the phony Boston Black Powder Puffer-Bombing, or the Sandy Hoax House of Cards collapses it will then be possible to prosecute these six Major Network News Moguls for being “after the fact accessories” to these horrendous crimes and part of the World’s largest Organized Crime syndicate, which they actually are.
There is no statute of limitations for murder or for fraud. 3,000+ another 130,000 were murdered by the 9-11-01 KM perps from their attack on America on 9-11-01. They had the Tsarnaev brother and his friend murdered over the fake Boston marathon Bombing and at least one witness was murdered over Sandy hoax.
Over 100 witnesses of the JFK assassination were murdered and the Dixie mob, the CIA, the Enterprise (Pentagon) and the FBI to protect the Clintons, Iran-Contra and the Mena, Arkansas Cocaine trafficking operations. All because GHWB was the Clintons’ case officer and used them to run cover for all these RICO KM syndicate operations.
Their success in providing cover has been well rewarded ever since but may be quite limited soon due to new and quite powerful forces inside the Pentagon that want to clean house and are making sure all their recent sins are exposed to the public.
Obviously the current regime was placed in power to complete the KM’s Globalist NWO Agenda and help maintain the current cover-up of all these recent false-flags including the KM attack on America of 9-11-01. So far the attainment of these intended goals have been thwarted substantially.
These murders and fraud of the associated cover-ups of the six Major Mass Media Moguls makes them liable for serious felony prosecutions and criminal and civil RICO, along with the actual KM and Intel perps and the Cutouts responsible for all these Gladio-style inside-job False-flag operations and their cover-up.
The Global Warming Scam, Paris Climate Agreement And NWO Global Rule
May 1 2016 | From: Sott
"Global warming is the biggest scam in history. I am amazed, appalled and highly offended by it." - Longtime meteorologist and Weather Channel founder John Coleman
Related: The Climate Change Scam
Additionally, in less than a week a documentary entitled "The Climate Hustle" is being released in movie theaters nationwide on May 2nd debunking the notion that humans have caused global warming from the alleged increased CO2 greenhouse effect.
This new film arrives as the answered rebuttal exactly a decade after ex-VP Al Gore's Oscar winning "Inconvenient Truth" pushed the global warming agenda to unprecedented heights.
Gore was rewarded with a Nobel Peace Prize for his propagandist sci-fi movie. Recall his "true planetary emergency" calling for "drastic measures" to reduce the greenhouse gases before "reaching the point of no return" within ten years.
Well, his ten years have come and gone and for all his over-predicting of end-of-the-world crises due to global warming, Gore and his alarmist minions have virtually no evidence of any warming to show for all their doom and gloom catastrophic warnings.
That said, the global warming industry stakes are now worth an annual $1.5 trillion. Yet despite the global elites adapting a climate change agreement, a vast array of critics are blasting their Paris climate accord as merely a $100 billion boondoggle lacking any specific strategies or methods for reducing CO2 levels nor any mandated authority to enforce recommendations hinging on voluntary participation from all nations. Even the father of the global warming movement former NASA climatologist and green activist James Hanson trashes the Paris agreement:
“It's just bullshit for them to say 'we'll have a 2 C. warming target and then try to do a little better every five years.' It's worthless words. There is no actions, just promises. As long as fossil fuels appear to be the cheapest fuels out there, they will be continued to be burned."
The earth's global warming that Al Gore and his movement attribute to humans burning fossil fuels over the last century has absolutely nothing to do with the global warming presently being observed on every planet in our solar system. Scientists are blaming it on solar warming and the sun's electromagnetic field is becoming more intense.
The fact that solar warming is heating up all the planets strongly suggests that global warming on our planet is not being caused by human activity at all.
Few skeptical scientists on global warming deny that human-generated CO2 does not warm the planet. But the amount of heating caused by CO2 and other greenhouse gases has never been scientifically determined and is believed to be miniscule. In contrast, in recent years virtually all of Al Gore's contentions have been refuted and debunked by actual science.
Bill Clinton's Vice President while campaigning for president claimed that he "created the internet" and of course we all know he conveniently stretched the truth on that one. As a lifelong politician raised by another lifelong politician father, his trademark is bending the truth any time he feels the need to impress his audience.
Though Al Gore likes to pass himself off as an altruist out to save the world, as a partner in Kleiner Perkins, a venture capital firm that invested a billion dollars in 40 different companies, Gore and his partners stand to hugely profit from cap and trade laws that would make him the first carbon billionaire.
Back in 2008 Al Gore made the bold prediction that all the ice in the Arctic Sea would be completely melted by 2013-2015. It clearly hasn't. The polar icecap has actually grown thicker in 2015 than it was in 2008. Meanwhile, the climate and ice pack on Antarctica is consistently growing thicker and colder at record levels.
These polar discrepancies stand in direct contradiction to the global warming alarmist's original statements as literally the tip of the iceberg when it comes to how Gore's dire warnings never quite materialize. Hence, in recent years Gore's political camp quietly and seamlessly renamed their all-important cause from global warming which was disproven to a more benign, less disprovable assertion called climate change.
One of Gore's "facts" that acts as his basic premise behind his entire theory is the notion that rising CO2 levels cause global warming. This is not true. What scientists do know is for millions of years the earth has taken turns cyclically shifting back and forth between relative short warming periods compared to longer cooling periods.
During the last 800 years of a typical 5,000 year ice age, it's been determined that temperatures rose before CO2 levels did. This lagging anomaly is a scientific fact that disproves climate change contenders' central tenet that increasing CO2 levels always cause higher temps.
Many scientists maintain that increasing CO2 levels only help to stimulate plant growth since the plant kingdom's fuel is carbon dioxide.
The clichéd quote so often heard by the alarmists claiming a consensus of 97% of all climate scientists maintain that manmade CO2 levels are causing global warming has also been proven wrong. A closer examination has demonstrated that an extremely minute number of research studies wholeheartedly embrace global warming as fact and that the zealot counting the supposed 12,000 abstracts subjectively misclassified the vast majority as being pro-global warming, in fact doctoring the results.
On the other hand, 31,487 scientists(over 9,000 with PhD's) signed a petition confirming that they do not believe that anthropomorphic (human causing) generated CO2 is a valid concern causing any global warming danger. Yet the lies spewing forth from politicized pseudo-science dogma passed all around the world by MSM presstitutes will never admit it.
“Isn't the only hope for the planet that the industrialized civilizations collapse? Isn't it our responsibility to bring that about?"
Now you can see how the recent globalist manufactured migration crisis and the Paris climate accord committing $100 billion to "fighting CO2" fits right in with Strong's mission with billions in carbon tax used to codify world governance laws.
In 1993 an even more glaring admission to misuse global warming to further advance the New World Order agenda was explicitly declared by the Club of Rome, an elitist think tank comprised of scientists, economists, business and political leaders that often serve as UN consultants of which Maurice Strong himself was a onetime member:
“In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill....
All these dangers are caused by human intervention...
and thus the real enemy, then, is humanity itself...
believe humanity requires a common motivation, namely a common adversary in order to realize world government. It does not matter if this common enemy is a real one or... one invented for the purpose."
Thus the UN's Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) was born, opportunistically latching onto the highly bogus 1998 MBH98 study that included grossly flawed methodology as its smoking gun "proving" global warming with the infamous "hockey stick" CO2 spike pattern used by Al Gore in his acclaimed disinfo propaganda flick.
Later researchers debunked the MBH98 findings identifying errors that when corrected to include missing 15th century data showed even higher temperatures than today minus of course any manmade cause back then, thus shattering the myth of human carbon dioxide emissions causing a warmer earth.
Even surface readings over the last decade have failed to deliver the bad news globalists like Gore were literally banking on.
So by default, let's call it climate change and keep hammering away with more lies until they become accepted science dogma.
The often heard climate change narrative readily cites increasing number of hurricanes and tornadoes as the sought after proof that climate change is real. Yet once again reality fails to back up the claims. For the fourth year in a row tornadoes fell under the average with 2015 one of the lowest years on record.
And regarding killer hurricanes, the US is in the longest drought in its recorded history since records began in 1851. The last category 3 hurricane was Wilma that struck Florida over a decade ago. Furthermore, a University of Colorado study released results last year stressing the need for caution in interpreting extreme weather, warning not to succumb to an obvious temptation to attribute every extreme weather event to global warming.
The study concluded that no statistical evidence supports a rise in extreme weather caused directly by global warming or climate change.
In the case of the spike in major earthquakesand active volcanoes (40 now) this year, solar activity, 11-year sun cycles and increased risk of comets and asteroids heading towards the earth are more commonly linked as a potential causal explanation than climate change or global warming.
The presence of profound earth changes appear to be occurring on a global scale, but again these changes may well be part of a larger stellar phenomenon unfolding within our solar system and not due at all to anthropomorphic CO2 levels.
Spraying chemicals has become so pronounced in recent years throughout North America and Europe that in places it has seemingly permanently altered the skyline coloring it a dull whitish grey. A number of heavy toxic metals falling to the ground have been detected including aluminum, barium, strontium, sulfur, all are harmful to human health far more than CO2 emissions.
Yet their destruction and increasingly health hazard to animals, humans as well as vegetation (especially scorched trees) intentionally at hidden taxpayer expense is covertly been perpetrated by US and other Western governments.
For an alternative and in-depth discussion of chemtrails, see these articles:
Temperatures measured at both ground level and lower atmospheric levels are affected by a myriad of factors. Yet the UN agreement and the widespread political dogma masquerading as science that climate change/global warming is indisputably caused by the rise in manmade CO2 levels blindly denies all the other scientifically known factors that influence the planet's temperatures rendering them all inconsequential.
This is totally misleading and downright false. Prevailing global winds, cloud cover, orbital earth changes in tilting of axis, ocean cycles that include growth of microscopic creatures, water vapor, methane gas, volcanic activity, the solar system and the sun all are scientifically-established co-determinants in varying global temps and climate change. It's an extremely complex interplay of dozens of co-occurring variables that cause climate.
Over simplistic analyses based on computer model algorithms insisting that man's CO2 gases are heating up the planet has been coalesced and co-opted into a unifying political agenda pushed by environmental extremism, the Democratic Party and ultimately globalism and its world governance to use global warming as its prime mover and shaker to bring about the long plotted one world government tyranny.
The bottom line reality to virtually everything today is driven by money, power and control. The climate change issue is no different as it has been politicized to where scientific research funding is predicated on only one thing, producing results that the government desires and demands... be it in the US or research sponsored by the UN's IPCC.
Thus, only researchers that produce the numbers supporting the contention that CO2 is causing rising temps get funded. Honest researching scientists who dare investigate the inconvenient truth simply don't get financed. And only the pro-global warming scientists are given a credible voice to disseminate their findings through respected journals and mainstream media outlets.
Like 9/11 truth-ers and vaccine non-believers, dissenting scientists not bought and paid for by big oil or big government, are typically denigrated and dismissed as fringe conspiracy nuts and crackpots. A global warming skeptic is subject to ridicule, career and reputation assault and harassment threatened with RICO litigation.
In other words, science just like mainstream media has become so polluted and prostituted by today's rampant corruption that it no longer is guided by legitimate scientific inquiry and ethically driven investigation for empirical truth... much like Monsanto and Big Pharma control the FDA and EPA to approve harmful drugs without adequate research trials and/or look the other way with egregious earth degradation and pollution.
But then this is the regressive, Orwellian dark age we're now living in when dissenting free speech has systematically become criminalized, when our soldiers sent by our government into harm's way putting their lives on the line come home only to be targeted as the feds' number one enemy - even more so than the ISIS terrorists the treasonous neocons secretly created and continue supporting, and the mob rule mentality of political correctness that now both trumps and tramples on the constitutional First Amendment.
Free intellectual discourse on college campuses has been militantly usurped by angry PC police Nazis acting blindly on emotion to demonize and silence those who dare disagree. If anyone on the planet's feelings are hurt, PC laws prohibiting free speech are being busily erected to put people exercising their criminalized free speech in jail, be they critics of Islam or so called climate change "deniers."
The crime cabal government is now an oligarchic fascist totalitarian police state ushering in yet another reign of terror era where truth itself becomes deep state's enemy. The elite's covert agenda to misuse and debase the educational system and mass media through pervasive social engineering and mind control designed to diabolically dumb down and brainwash multiple generations into robotically operating completely devoid of any capacity for critical thinking and reasoning, absolutely clueless in discerning truth from 24/7 lies, disinformation and propaganda has been a resounding success.
That said, more citizens of the world every single day are ultimately realizing that their own government as the elite's authoritarian thugs is their true enemy merely carrying out eugenics marching orders amounting to human genocide.
Like the sacrificial lambs of the 3,000 Americans murdered by the ruling elite on 9/11, we are all targets for extermination, all but a half billion slaves left alive to service the psychopaths in charge.
John Key: Land Tax Plan Could Happen By 2017
May 1 2016 | From: TheContrail
You may have heard the banker-controlled media report over the past few days that PM John Key is considering introducing a new “land tax” on foreign property speculators similar to Victoria in Australia to supposedly help suppress the house and property price rises bubble.
Well, unlike everyone else, it seems, I thought I would take the time this evening to research what it involves in Victoria by the COMMUNIST/FASCIST Victorian State Government.
Much to my surprise (really not a surprise), it is very nasty indeed, and is in the early stages of confiscating everyone’s properties with an exemption for you own home and a few others. Here are the current rates in Victoria:
The threshold for individuals is $250,000, but for “Trusts” is just $25,000. There is a massive attack against trusts! At present primary land is exempt if not in a trust - but of course, the present list of exemptions and relatively low Land Tax rates are only the beginning, and I predict will lead to full property confiscation.
I will predict in a relatively short space of time the rates in Victoria will go up ten-fold! It’s based on the old banking pirate strategy for introducing tolls on new privatized highways. First you open the new road with a low $2 toll to get all the masses used to it.
Then when you’ve got all the sheep regularly using it, you increase the toll to $12 then $20 – and in no time all of a sudden you realize the sheep have all been fleeced of their last dimes!
A few years ago, the NZ Treasury (run by devious foreign banking pirates here) proposed a similar tax called a “Residential Property Equity Tax” that would apply to all property including all homes and farmland WITH NO EXEMPTIONS FOR THE FAMILY HOME (unlike Australia at present) – but fortunately, it was firmly rejected then by the then government.
Now they’re coming back again, cunningly trying to introduce it as “Land Tax” (but at first only for greedy foreign speculators who are being blamed for pushing house prices up) – when in reality, it is easy credit, low interest rates and excessive immigration that is the real cause of rapidly pushing house prices up – being pushed by the banking pirates themselves.
Of course, the banker-controlled media will never blame the banking pirate crooks who in effect are mortgaging the whole country lock, stock and barrel to themselves.
While this is not only unique to Australia and New Zealand – May I ask the profound question?
Are we all so downright apathetic and mentally retarded to just sit back and put up with all this tyranny without even ushering a single word? What a Socialist madhouse? All totally designed to destroy the wealth of those who work hard!
But these successes are a threat, because they contradict the lies medical authorities spew about how safe fluorides are, and because grass-roots victories erode blind faith in centralized government.
Here are quotes from Kane Titchener, who represents the group, Fluoride Free NZ, in New Zealand. His remarks lay out what’s happening behind the scenes in that natural paradise:
“…the fluoridation issue has been brought to a head. The NZ Government is proposing that the [bigger] District Health Boards take over the decision making [about] fluoridation [in water supplies] as opposed to the local councils. This is because we have been very good at winning at the local council level.”
“Fluoride Free NZ was formed in 2003. Since that time we have had many substantial victories in local Councils throughout New Zealand. Local Councils that have stopped [fluoridating water supplies] as a result of Fluoride Free NZ’s lobbying efforts: New Plymouth; Taumarunui; Waipukurau; Far North…”
“In summary, the Government is planning to implement mandatory fluoridation to the whole of New Zealand. Currently, only around 50% of households are on fluoridated water, with only 23 out of 67 local councils still fluoridating, while voicing their growing concerns about fluoridation risks and dangers.
In response to more and more councillors and mayors deciding against fluoridation, the Government is now taking the decision away from local councils and communities and putting the power into the hands of District Health Boards (DHB), who are under the direct control of Central Government.”
If you think Fluoride Free NZ’s successes working with town councils is a walk in the park, think again. This group has scored victories against long odds. This group is smart, dedicated, and effective.
They represent what can happen when strong, clear-sighted, creative individuals band together to accomplish a righteous goal.
And the tyrannical response of big government is predictable.
However, there is going to be blowback against that government in New Zealand.
The degree and power of the blowback is going to depend, in part, on the response of people around the world who become aware of the situation and make their voices heard.
Contact Fluoride Free NZ. Help them. Spread their press releases all over the world.
Why should a government be permitted to dump poison into the water and call it medical treatment?
And having called it medical treatment, by what power can a government mandate it for all citizens without informed consent, without the explicit permission of those millions of patients? Yes, patients, because that’s what they are. They’re being treated every day.
By what power can this happen? Dictatorship calling itself democracy.
A note to tourists: how do you feel about traveling to New Zealand and bathing in, and drinking, poison? Do you like that bonus for spending your good money in “paradise?”
If not, you might want to contact the New Zealand tourism authority (newzealand.com) and let them know about your change of plans.
Such organizations are always interested in money, where it’s coming from—and where it won’t be coming from.
South (east) of New Zealand close to Antarctica: Notice the microwaved ‘ripples’ and the striated ridge-like lines, some crisscrossed, plus milky chemtrailing. April 25, 2016
My friend in New Zealand is still reluctant to accept that New Zealand is being horrifically sprayed with the toxic chemicals, aluminum, barium, etc., and radio frequency rf/microwaved zapped by transmitters like HAARP, etc.
Related: Chemtrails & Geo-Enginneering
He can’t accept that New Zealand is vulnerable to planetary collapse, even though he knows their Prime Minister John Key was head of the global foreign exchange (currencies) at Merrill Lynch in London – and obviously a New World Order puppet.
Thus I have encouraged him to investigate the evidence at NASA’s EOSDIS Worldview. I include a few screen shots I recently made of New Zealand and south towards Antarctica. Be sure and adjust for the correct the date at the bottom.
The image above is of radio frequency / microwave ripples on the South Island / below same around Mt. Egmont or Mount Taranaki on the North Island, New Zealand – April 26, 2016
Censored, Surveilled, Watch Listed And Jailed: The Absurdity Of Being A Citizen In A Police State
April 29 2016 | From: InformationClearingHouse
In the police state, the price to be paid for speaking truth to power (also increasingly viewed as an act of treason) is surveillance, censorship, jail and ultimately death.
However, where many go wrong is in assuming that you have to be doing something illegal or challenging the government’s authority in order to be flagged as a suspicious character, labeled an enemy of the state and locked up like a dangerous criminal.
MIn fact, as I point out in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, all you really need to do is use certain trigger words, surf the internet, communicate using a cell phone, drive a car, stay at a hotel, purchase materials at a hardware store, take flying or boating lessons, appear suspicious, question government authority, or generally live in the United States.
With the help of automated eyes and ears, a growing arsenal of high-tech software, hardware and techniques, government propaganda urging Americans to turn into spies and snitches, as well as social media and behavior sensing software, government agents are spinning a sticky spider-web of threat assessments, flagged “words,” and “suspicious” activity reports aimed at snaring potential enemies of the state.
It’s the American police state’s take on the dystopian terrors foreshadowed by George Orwell, Aldous Huxley and Phillip K. Dick all rolled up into one oppressive pre-crime and pre-thought crime package.
What’s more, the technocrats who run the surveillance state don’t even have to break a sweat while monitoring what you say, what you read, what you write, where you go, how much you spend, whom you support, and with whom you communicate.
Computers now do the tedious work of trolling social media, the internet, text messages and phone calls for potentially anti-government remarks - all of which is carefully recorded, documented, and stored to be used against you someday at a time and place of the government’s choosing.
While this may sound like a riff on a bad joke, it’s a bad joke with “we the people” as the punchline.
The following activities are guaranteed to get you censored, surveilled, eventually placed on a government watch list, possibly detained and potentially killed.
Laugh at your own peril.
Use harmless trigger words like cloud, pork and pirates:
Simply by using a cell phone, you make yourself an easy target for government agents - working closely with corporations - who can listen in on your phone calls, read your text messages and emails, and track your movements based on the data transferred from, received by, and stored in your cell phone.
Mention any of the so-called “trigger” words in a conversation or text message, and you’ll get flagged for sure.
Drive a car:
Unless you’ve got an old junkyard heap without any of the gadgets and gizmos that are so attractive to today’s car buyers (GPS, satellite radio, electrical everything, smart systems, etc.), driving a car today is like wearing a homing device: you’ll be tracked from the moment you open that car door thanks to black box recorders and vehicle-to-vehicle communications systems that can monitor your speed, direction, location, the number of miles traveled, and even your seatbelt use.
Once you add satellites, GPS devices, license plate readers, and real-time traffic cameras to the mix, there’s nowhere you can go on our nation’s highways and byways that you can’t be followed.
Attend a political rally:
Enacted in the wake of 9/11, the Patriot Act redefined terrorism so broadly that many non-terrorist political activities such as protest marches, demonstrations and civil disobedience were considered potential terrorist acts, thereby rendering anyone desiring to engage in protected First Amendment expressive activities as suspects of the surveillance state.
Operation Vigilant Eagle, the brainchild of the Dept. of Homeland Security, calls for surveillance of military veterans returning from Iraq and Afghanistan, characterizing them as extremists and potential domestic terrorist threats because they may be “disgruntled, disillusioned or suffering from the psychological effects of war.”
Disagree with a law enforcement official:
A growing number of government programs are aimed at identifying, monitoring and locking up anyone considered potentially “dangerous” or mentally ill (according to government standards, of course). For instance, a homeless man in New York City who reportedly had a history of violence but no signs of mental illness was forcibly detained in a psych ward for a week after arguing with shelter police.
As a result of a nationwide push to certify a broad spectrum of government officials in mental health first-aid training (a 12-hour course comprised of PowerPoint presentations, videos, discussions, role playing and other interactive activities), more Americans are going to run the risk of being reported for having mental health issues by non-medical personnel.
For instance, one 37-year-old disabled man was arrested, diagnosed by police and an unlicensed mental health screener as having “mental health issues,” apparently because of his slurred speech and unsteady gait.
Appear confused or nervous, fidget, whistle or smell bad:
According to the Transportation Security Administration’s 92-point secret behavior watch list for spotting terrorists, these are among some of the telling signs of suspicious behavior: fidgeting, whistling, bad body odor, yawning, clearing your throat, having a pale face from recently shaving your beard, covering your mouth with your hand when speaking and blinking your eyes fast.
Allow yourself to be seen in public waving a toy gun or anything remotely resembling a gun, such as a water nozzle or a remote control or a walking cane, for instance:
No longer is it unusual to hear about incidents in which police shoot unarmed individuals first and ask questions later.
John Crawford was shot by police in an Ohio Wal-Mart for holding an air rifle sold in the store that he may have intended to buy. Thirteen-year-old Andy Lopez Cruz was shot 7 times in 10 seconds by a California police officer who mistook the boy’s toy gun for an assault rifle.
Appear to be pro-gun, pro-freedom or anti-government:
You might be a domestic terrorist in the eyes of the FBI (and its network of snitches) if you: express libertarian philosophies; exhibit Second Amendment-oriented views; read survivalist literature, including apocalyptic fictional books; show signs of self-sufficiency (stockpiling food, ammo, hand tools, medical supplies); fear an economic collapse; buy gold and barter items; voice fears about Big Brother or big government; or expound about constitutional rights and civil liberties.
Attend a public school:
Microcosms of the police state, public schools contain almost every aspect of the militarized, intolerant, senseless, overcriminalized, legalistic, surveillance-riddled, totalitarian landscape that plagues those of us on the “outside.”
Long before Chelsea Manning and Edward Snowden were being castigated for blowing the whistle on the government’s war crimes and the National Security Agency’s abuse of its surveillance powers, it was activists such as Martin Luther King Jr. and John Lennon who were being singled out for daring to speak truth to power.
These men and others like them had their phone calls monitored and data files collected on their activities and associations. For a little while, at least, they became enemy number one in the eyes of the US government.
There’s always a price to pay for standing up to the powers-that-be.
Yet as this list shows, you don’t even have to be a dissident to get flagged by the government for surveillance, censorship and detention.
All you really need to be is a citizen of the police state.
Open Source Government: True Government Of The People, By The People And For The People
April 28 2016 | From: Geopolitics
Government models have not evolved that much since the days of Plato’s Socratic Republic.
Instead, they have all deteriorated, corrupted, and have failed on many occasions to address and mitigate the most fundamental failing of man, i.e. greed for absolute power.
Members of Secret Societies claimed they have been raised and trained to properly handle power and authority, and yet we know how many times this hasn’t been the case.
Power is toxic and absolute power corrupts absolutely.
The only way power be prevented from being misused is when it is distributed to as many as possible. By then, power will cease to be more than just a routine exercise of collective free will.
Until today, the concept of collective free will has been nothing more than illusory at best. We call it democracy, the rule of the mob, or the tyranny of the majority. And rightly so, because we let sheer numbers decide who and what’s best for us, instead of high quality ideas taken and decided directly from each member of our society.
In order to create the illusion of direct participation, the elite minority devised a periodic ritual where we can all choose directly from preselected individuals out of a pool of nominees, i.e. club members, as our potential leaders, neither of whom is committed to serve the people’s interests, but the club.
Preselection is enforced by making each outsider poor enough to barely afford financing a political campaign. The reign of inbred mentally retarded families is thus maintained by default.
The fragile House of Cards is surprisingly, yet effectively sustained just by the mere satisfaction of earthly desires of the few below the pyramid. The entire system is self-sustaining in its corruption of the entire fabric of our miserable existence.
This stupidity cannot go on.
We cannot solve any problem by using the same mindset that created it in the first place. That is a Universal Truth.
Hundreds of years ago, this concept would have been impossible, but true democracy is being exercised daily in the realm of Open Software Development for decades now, and the cost is only as high as your monthly ISP bill, something that you are already doing now, as you read this article.
Therefore, it is a huge mistake to abandon this idea as merely Utopian. Labeling, or branding, has gotten us nowhere. It’s time to confront the systemic problem head on.
Open Source Government ensures that only the best solution survives while keeping the cost close to nil as everybody would be willing to volunteer their services as is already done in Open Source Communities.
Goodbye, Mr. Congressman. And that is only the beginning.
The Next OSG Evolution
It is only natural that the next evolution of Open Source Government is the establishment of a direct link between people formulated and approved policies and controls, which serves as the programming instructions into the machines that will do the actual dirty repetitive work of sustaining life on the planet.
By that time, real-time formulated policies will be translated as the macro firmware instructions that sits at the lowest level by which they can override all embedded intelligence, to maintain the superiority of man over machines.
Goodbye, Mr. President.
While possible, it is highly improbable that the majority will give machine instructions to kill themselves. Sustainability and security are therefore inherently built into the system.
Goodbye, FBI and NSA.
Recognizing the fact that money is just a form of control to our access to basic resources, and not a true manifestation of tangible wealth, there will be a time along the way when the majority decide that this Babylonian paper magik, too, could go away. And that’s when slavery is finally defeated.
Goodbye, Goldman Sachs, Federal Reserve, IMF-WB and Rothschild dynasty.
Understandably, government as we know it will lose its meaning and will cease to exist. Goodbye, representative United Nations!
Again, the template for Open Source Government is existing and is being used continuously by Google and Mozilla, to name just a few. We just have to migrate it into governance.
Automation and robotics technology is already being applied to replace humans in the realm of manufacturing. Why not link it with OSG to have a completely responsive government that responds in real-time?
Comment: Okay, so that comment above might sound a bit transhumanist. But the gist of this article is to inspire thinking. We collectively need to figure a way out of this paradigm and to determine what we move on to from here. Sitting around going "well this is shit" is not going to help us move forward in an upward, positively driven fashion.
Open Collaboration is the only feasible system that is already proven to sustainably work. It is the only government model where the highest quality of public services are guaranteed, transparency and peaceful interaction are built-in, all at the lowest cost possible.
What are we waiting for?
Scientist Who Found Gluten Sensitivity Now Says it Doesn’t Exist + Industrial GMO Food Threats & The Global Monsanto Take Down April 28 2016 | From: WakingTimes / Geopolitics / Various
Is Monsanto’s glyphosate the true cause of sensitivity to glutenous foods?
Millions of people are said to have some intolerance to gluten, the sticky protein that can be found in breads, barley, and other wheat products. But how scientifically grounded is this sudden wave of large-scale gluten intolerance? As it turns out, it may not be gluten that is triggering health problems, but a reaction to agrochemicals being used in the harvesting of wheat.
In 2011, an Australian scientist named Peter Gibson at Monash University conducted an experiment to determine whether gluten in the diet can cause gastrointestinal distress in people who did not have celiac disease. When experiments confirmed this hypothesis, they named this condition ‘non-celiac gluten sensitivity‘ or NCGS, thus beginning the gluten-free trend, which has resulted in an estimated $15 billion industry by 2016.
For this new experiment, Gibson sought out 37 self-identified gluten sensitive patients. The study was done double-blind with subjects that had NCGS and irritable bowel syndrome, but not celiac disease. For two weeks, the patients were given high-gluten, low-gluten, and no-gluten meals (as the control group), followed by a two-week “washout” period.
The findings of the study showed that although in opposition to the results found in the first experiment, gluten intolerance actually does not exist in people without celiac disease. A third study, also by Gibson, further supports these findings, suggesting perhaps that much of what we see as gluten sensitivity is psychosomatic.
“In contrast to our first study… we could find absolutely no specific response to gluten,”
– Dr. Peter Gibson
It May Not Be The Gluten – But Don’t Eat That Wheat Too Soon
Although gluten is no longer believed to be the culprit of health problems reportedly associated with consuming glutenous wheat, that does not mean that conventionally grown wheat is completely safe to eat. In fact, until 2005, GMO wheat was being tested in 16 states, and is known to have escaped testings grounds, genetically polluting nearby fields via airborne seeds and cross-pollination.
“Further testing by USDA laboratories indicates the presence of the same GE glyphosate-resistant wheat variety that Monsanto was authorized to field test in 16 states from 1998 to 2005.”
In addition, even non-GMO wheat is drenched with Monsanto’s carcinogenic glyphosate Round-up just days before harvest, because, as it turns out, wheat fields produce slightly more seed when sprayed with this poison 7-10 days before harvest, as researched by Dr. Stephanie Seneff of MIT.
“It ‘goes to seed’ as it dies. At its last gasp, it releases the seed.”
This study from 2013 shows that fish exposed to glyphosate develop digestive issues similar to celiac disease.
“If Glyphosate ends up in bread it’s impossible for people to avoid it, unless they are eating organic. On the other hand, farmers could easily choose not to use Glyphosate as a spray on wheat crops – just before they are harvested. This is why the Soil Association is calling for the immediate ending of the use of Glyphosate sprays on wheat destined for use in bread.”
– Peter Melchett of the Soil Association
It is true that not every food fad ends up being true. However, we should still take caution when choosing the foods we feed our families. Although it has been found that gluten itself is not causing an intolerance in people without celiac disease, there are still other issues with wheat production that we need to be aware of.
Get your wheat from local, organic farms when possible and do what you can to avoid Monsanto and other pesticide company’s chemical toxins finding their way into your body.
Industrial GMO Food Threats & The Global Monsanto Take Down
The debate over GMO safety and risks stems from the fact that the definition is too generalized, or too ambiguous. The mainstream conversation about its pseudo-science always favors the corporations behind it.
But mere scientific definition is not enough to circumvent the actual disastrous experience, i.e. those glaring facts about its negative effects outside the GMO laboratories.
The long term side effects of consuming genetically modified, processed, or preserved, foods are beginning to unravel. The corporations have billions of reasons not to publicize its methods and why they are moving heaven and hell not to label GMO products.
Whatever you do, don’t ever gamble with the food you eat unless you can afford to pay for your expensive medications later on.
Here are the real scientific reasons why GMO foods are extremely dangerous, and how scientists around the world are being coerced to toe the biotech establishment’s line.
Up to now we are still very skeptical if the reported removal of GMO ingredients from Kraft products is real, or mere publicity stunt.
"Orange you glad you didn’t notice.
Kraft altered its beloved formula for the Day-Glo sheen of its popular Macaroni & Cheese earlier this year — but now the company is rolling out a big bucks ad campaign to tell people.
It’s not as if it were a secret. Kraft announced nearly a year ago it was going to make this change. It started shipping the new recipe in December and has already sold over 50 million boxes.
Its new commercial features Craig Kilborn standing in a supermarket.
“Moms didn’t notice. Kids didn’t notice. Dogs didn’t notice,” Kilborn said. “None of them noticed a thing because this Kraft Mac & Cheese still tastes like Kraft Mac & Cheese. It’s changed but it hasn’t.”
The problem with this claim is that no independent consumer group is certifying that such is the case. Another known fact to remind ourselves is the inherent chemical contamination right at the production lines itself.
If ordinary tampons, or gauze, can be contaminated with glyphosate during production [here], why not food products which were subjected to artificial fertilizers and pesticides from growing to packaging?
"Nitrogen fertilizers are used to prevent nitrogen from becoming depleted from the soil. Unfortunately, the overuse of nitrogen fertilizers isn’t without its long-term consequences. According to a new study published in the journal Environmental Research Letters, nitrogen fertilizers are causing nitrates to build up in the Mississippi Basin, polluting ground and surface water.
Nitrates increase the risk of blue baby syndrome, according to the recent study. The illness replaces a child’s hemoglobin with methemoglobin, which minimizes the ability of blood to carry oxygen throughout the body. Infants are most often affected by the malady, which is marked by a blueness around the mouth. Other symptoms include difficulties breathing, vomiting and diarrhea. In extreme cases, blue baby syndrome can be fatal."
There are so many concerned groups that have taken the cudgels of bringing down abusive food corporations for decades now. Yet, the fight to end these abuses has not achieved its intended outcome.
Then came a covert global effort to neutralize the single crime syndicate that’s been doing all the evils in our society today.
The information we received after the events in 2001 said that there is a global movement to take down the “tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations,” that sought to depopulate and control the world for its own caprices.
This Reformist Collective, the most visible manifestation of which is the BRICS, is said to be employing both hard and soft power to achieve its aims of creating a world of mutual progress by allowing the full and responsible use of suppressed technologies to eliminate scarcity and institute abundance for all, and end all types of geopolitical conflicts.
There is now a growing body of evidence that the genocidal group of the Bushes, Rockefellers, Gates, etc. are being systematically neutralized, i.e. their attempts to start a nuclear war with Iran has been suppressed.
The Rothschild banking dynasty, along with the UK Monarchy and Vatican, are said to have no other choice but cooperate with this group after the Global Collateral Accounts, the massive tranche of historical gold lent by Asian royalties to back up the entire financial system for the last 100 years or so, were frozen prompting the massive resignations of CEO bankers around the globe in 2012.
This bankers’ resignations were punctuated by the resignation of the World Bank president and Vatican Pope Benedict XVI in 2013.
Part of the global reform is to bring down Monsanto, the acknowledged rogue player in the realm of genetically modified food production, of which mass vaccinations advocate Bill Gates is a major stockholder.
Those who have chosen the path to peaceful resolution and have since cooperated with the BRICS and will be paid for handsomely.
Early in February of this year, ChemChina frustrated Monsanto’s attempt to buy off Swiss Syngenta through a $43 billion offer. While western media is saying that China is just trying to feed its more than a billion mouths, we believe there is a much profound objective for the acquisition, among many acquisitions.
“ChemChina became a pesticide powerhouse in 2011 when its subsidiary, China National Agrochemical Corporation, acquired Makhteshim Agan Industries (Israel), the world’s 7th largest pesticide manufacturer, and became ADAMA”, said the Canada-based ETC Group. “With revenues over $3 billion in 2013, ADAMA sells generic pesticide products in more than 120 countries… ADAMA’s largest market is Europe (37%), followed by Latin America (25%).” (Parentheses in original)
ChemChina’s interests go way beyond agrochemicals. Last year it acquired Italy’s Pirelli, one of the world’s leading tire manufacturers, for $7.9 billion. Its other major purchases include French firms Adisseo and Rhodia, Australia’s Qenos, Norwegian silicon maker Elkem, German machinery maker Krauss Maffee, and 12% of Swiss energy trader Mercuria.
…The company is also looking to expand its presence in the domestic market. A merger with Syngenta would turn ChemChina into the country’s top pesticide company. This is no small undertaking, given that China is the world’s third largest pesticide market, after the US and Brazil. If foreign agrochemical companies were to be interested in investing in China’s vast market they would find themselves squeezed into a minor corner by a gigantic Syngenta-ChemChina combination.
ChemChina’s ambitions are part of a larger story. Chinese food and agriculture companies are moving abroad and starting to compete toe to toe with their Western counterparts and even buying them out. In 2013, China’s Shuanghui corporation bought Smithfield, the leading US pork company, for $7.1 billion, the largest ever purchase of a US company by Chinese investors.
Another Chinese company to watch is COFCO, the country’s leading food processor, which acquired a controlling stake in the Netherlands’ agricultural commodity trader Nidera. The majority stake in Nidera would give COFCO greater control over pricing and better access to Latin America and Russia, important grain-growing regions, the Wall Street Journal reported in 2014."
Once the deal is fully consummated, China could dictate where Western companies should proceed from hereon.
Will China continue the regressive direction of the food industry? Or, will it force the positive enhancements of food production drawing the lessons learned at l Loess Plateau, Central China?
It is estimated that even if only 10% of the population of the earth will do permaculture, it’s enough to feed the entire population.
Of course, we can always question China’s real motives, but judging from how the decades of Western control of Africa induces famine, hunger and endless ethnic conflicts, one needs to see only how Ethiopia achieved 11% economic growth after they have allowed China to participate in their economy.
While it’s true that China has been investing billions in Africa in exchange for access to its rich natural resources, it’s also true that the West has been plundering Africa’s resources for centuries just to satisfy its military industrial complex.
In deep contrast and in addition to China’s acquisition of Syngenta, it is also planning to create the largest solar power farm grid around the planet.
How then can we participate in the global effort to defeat the regressive group responsible for our collective misery and moral degradation?
We Need to Step Back
Humanity has reached the apex of its own capacity to inflict pain on itself.
Scientific advancements are all being used to manufacture great weapons of war; genetic engineering is being exploited to create plant and animal species only to increase production and profits rather than make people healthy, drugs and medicines are designed to make people sick, and the school system and mass media are making the people dumber.
The frequency and number of colorful protests against corporate abuses in the realm of education, food production and healthcare, banking and finance, are breaking previous records yet the benefits gained from these mass actions are disproportionately useless.
Corporations will just change the name of their products to circumvent the unfavorable regulations.
The belief that we still own the government we have right now is wasting a lot of time and effort in demanding that policies must be changed and enforcement of these policies must be done. It is time to accept the fact that big corporations own the government, and no matter how much we break our vocal chords shouting on the streets of the world, the government will never listen and will always serve the corporations which truly control it.
In order to make changes happen, we must understand how we arrived here.
First, we have been lured to come to the poorly designed cities where we could not grow our own organic food, and where we need to work in order to have access to the most resources basic for human survival.
Then, they supply us with industrialized processed food, neurotoxic vaccines and chemical drugs, where safer organic competitions from the countryside are deliberately stifled through the use of the police.
Consumerism has made us too vulnerable for totalitarian control later on.
The physical and psychological stresses of home mortgage and junk foods defeat the conveniences of city living. In fact, we cannot afford to describe it as living anymore, but merely surviving. We can’t go on with this same regressive trajectory. We cannot redesign our cities while most of us are still inside any of them.
We need to step back. We need to go back to the countryside and start growing our own food organically. We need to remove the power we’ve given them.
While building our organic permacultured farms, we must take all the bad urban experiences into consideration, and take the necessary measures to avoid them.
By doing so, we will be empowering ourselves, and that’s how we regain our long lost freedoms.
The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud April 27 2016 | From: NaturalNews
Sadly, what often passes for "science" today in the world of health is little more than "Scientism" - a dangerous cult founded on irrational dogma and faith-based beliefs in faulty, fraudulent ideas being paraded as science.
A common trait that weaves its way through every topic of "Scientism" is corporate profits. Any time something is being pushed with aggressive demands of "SCIENCE!" that also happens to enrich wealthy corporations, it's probably based on fraud, not real science. Perpetrators of fraudulent scientism include Paul Offit, Dr. David Gorski, Monsanto pal Bill Nye, discredited biotech shill and former Forbes.com writer Jon Entine and too many others to even name.
In this HealthRangerReport.com podcast, I explain the truth about the Cult of Scientism, sometimes called the "Church of Scientific Mysticism." This cult currently dominates the "official" dogma concerning vaccines, GMOs, fluoride, cancer, diabetes, pharmaceuticals, biosludge and more.
Never before in history have the masses had instant access to information about the dark side of the Evil Establishment Hierarchy and the Select Few wrinkled up old mass-murderers and perverts that run it.
For the first time in history deep state secrets and previously hidden information about the secret Babylonian Talmudic Occult Network has been made readily available to the common man.
This has occurred because of the Worldwide Internet and its Alternative Media.
These disclosures are only going to increase and this will be followed by the whole world turning against the evil beasts who secretly control the levers of power, and there will be increasingly powerful mass demands and efforts to bring them to justice.
This is creating pressure on the existing USG and American societal controllers which are run, lock stock and barrel by the Khazarian Mafia (KM).
The KM is best described as the Hierarchy, which is based on a secret Babylonian Talmudic occult network of what most refer to as the Mystery religions.
There is unprecedented access to information about the secret world of the Babylonian Talmudic Occult Network (aka Synagogue of Satan, Illuminati, the Olympiads) that has controlled most human institutions for hundreds of years.
This Occult Network has exerted such control by establishing and repeatedly deploying a well-defined method of infiltration and hijacking, followed by the formation of a pyramidal Hierarchy, which takes parasitical control and runs all authorities in the state and federal governments of nations.
Creating, manufacturing and distributing debt-notes and passing laws which require them to be accepted as real money lent out at pernicious compounding interest to those who should have owned it in the first place is one of the greatest Hierarchy tricks ever conceived. This is referred to by insiders as the black art of Babylonian Talmudic “money-magick” or the “Baby”.
Once the Hierarchy has complete control, major asset stripping of the people begins and the fruit of their labors and accrued wealth is stolen by a crafty means, best referred to as Babylonian Money-Magick. This is the ancient art of creating debt notes out of thin air and “renting” them to the user citizens at pernicious usury.
Other key tricks are deployed by the Hierarchy to speed up the asset stripping of not only the nation which is occupied, but such methods are deployed against other nations for asset stripping too, which is usually the gaining of cheap access to steal the nations’ natural resources and minerals.
See the National Debt Clock running in real time for any country here
A favorite trick is to invest money to create monstrous social problems in order to justify an increase in taxes and government spending. This results in rapidly increasing wealth transferred from the people to the Hierarchy.
Thus in America, they had the War on Poverty which created so much more; the War on Drugs, which created the wealthy drug cartels for the Hierarchy; and the War on Terror, which has resulted in so many illegal, unConstitutional wars of acquisition to bring more money and power to the Hierarchy.
Of course mind-kontrolling the people through a completely controlled Major Mass Media run by six Media Corporations that answer to the Hierarchy top Policy-makers (the Hierarchy leaders) has allowed the Hierarchy in America to convince the people that Americans are the good guys and need to be the World’s Policemen.
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window
This of course is a blatant lie and serves to justify all the illegal, unConstitutional, unprovoked, undeclared, unwinnable, perpetual wars that provide more power and money to the Hierarchy and its associated “bloodline families”, banks and no-bid defense contractors.
These tricks also include the old British trick of “Divide and Conquer”, which is the methodology of paying agitators to create needless conflicts in order to create mass social unrest, terrorist acts or violence.
"The 'Divide and Conquer' principle has been successfully implemented on our planet and is being used very effectively to keep us under control and in a perpetual state of conflict."
- Michael Tellinger
The increasing use of Gladio-style False-flag “inside-job” engineered, staged terror attacks and mass shootings in gun-free zones (some real, some faked using a large number of professional crisis actors) should not be ignored.
Charging the American people interest to use what should have been real money owned by them in the first place is not only unConstitutional, it is illegal, because it constitutes RICO crime and financial fraud. There is no statute of limitations for fraud until it is discovered.
Once the asset stripping of the host being parasitized is complete, usually all that remains is a destroyed nation and a broken, starving and dying people.
This is often followed by a the Hierarchy reconstructing a new host to later completely parasitize. China and Malaysia are the next planned hosts, and this will occur after building them up over many years to provide a fat new source to take over and asset strip, thus repeating the pattern once again; unless of course the Hierarchy is stopped cold by the World.
And right now several powerful groups inside and some nations outside of America are now going after the Hierarchy with a vengeance for all the evil that has been uncovered and linked to their top Policy-makers, who are wrinkled-up old demon-possessed, mass-murders and pedophiles.
This is being done by deploying sophisticated covert operations and psyops to take the Hierarchy apart at the seams by exposing their money fraud and war crimes, and by instituting powerful but subtle rear-guard actions to restore the US Constitution inside America.
Another Hierarchy crafty trick is to infiltrate and hijack all media corporations and consolidate them into a small number of Major Mass Media Corporations which they control together, and actually technically constitute a virtual cartel, that is, an illegal monopoly.
This same crafty practice is done to all other industries through their various corporations. Various crafty tricks, like using the FBI program Infragard to deputize corporate security and mind-kontrol them into a fear-based perspective with shoot to kill authority is also being done.
In this way, the Hierarchy has been able to infiltrate, hijack and take over almost every major corporation and industry in America.
When the Gutenberg Press was finally manufactured and placed into service, it resulted in the wide distribution of bibles and other information never before available.
This was a great blow to the Vatican, which at the time, forbade the commoner from reading the Bible, or of gaining an understanding of church policies that were based on aberrant traditions within the church, rather than what the prophets, Jesus and his disciples taught.
The Gutenberg Press also resulted in the wide distribution of newspapers and books, but nonetheless, it was still easy for the Hierarchy to limit the secret information by which they operated, because they could easily sanction those who came forth and tried to inform the people.
Besides, up until recently most individuals have been so deeply mind-kontrolled by the Hierarchy, that even when told the truth is told, it seems incredible and will not fit into the listeners’ minds.
That is now rapidly changing due to the emergence of the Worldwide Internet, the New Electronic Gutenberg Press, where information is transmitted at the speed of light to millions all around the world. We users have gained instant access to extensive libraries, documents and historical accounts.
Despite the vast amounts of limited hangout misinformation, serious researchers can easily gain access to a great deal of useful background information on any subject.
The advent of the cell phone and iPod-type handheld devices have just added to this instant access to information and have produced the ability to gain and maintain constant communication with others, which was not possible before.
These two major developments have changed the way individuals think about information. They feel it is their right to have instant access to all the facts on any subject, and this has created an expectation for openness by their government in all matters.
This expectation for full disclosure and full access to all government practices and facts is growing by the day and is best described as a powerful spontaneously emerging populism.
The American people are now rejecting the credibility of the Controlled major Mass Media (CMMM), and this rejection of the CMMM is increasing by the day, as so many turn to the Alternative News now available all over the Worldwide Web.
The Hierarchy’s use of Mind-kontrol to convince Americans we are the good guys and the policeman of the World, has actually led to the expectation that our own government should be moral too, and respectful of God-given human rights.
As many in American Intel, the Military and the USG, who have unknowingly served the Hierarchy and its top policy-makers are finding out about the increasing criminality and anti-human acts they have become manipulated into, many are rebelling and going public about what they have learned.
Due to all the recent leaks, high level whistleblower declarations and insider deathbed confessions, many, who were previously ignorant due to strong compartmenting and need-to-know-only access to upper levels of evil Hierarchy practices, are now catching on and secretly turning against the Hierarchy and the policies of the Select Few.
Most of these new secret dissidents are not willing to throw themselves on a sword or speak out and lose their jobs and retirement, but if there were a serious “door to door” attempt by the USG to disarm the American People, they would quickly join the side of We The People and function as extreme warriors with the American People against the Hierarchy.
Certainly, if a serious civil war would break out, there would be an instant military coup d’état; and the top Hierarchy traitors would become instant, serious targets for vigilante justice by some experienced special ops soldiers.
Some of the recent disclosures about Hierarchy evils are not only astounding, but are completely unexpected.
Take General Wesley Clark who went public and disclosed how the Hierarchy plan was to invade seven nations in five years.
Many wondered how General Clark would dare disclose such secret Hierarchy information without fear of termination. The answer is that secret factions inside the American Military and Intel (especially Intel) have emerged that are very powerful because of their role in the secret Alien ET-oriented Majestic Group.
These powerful new factions back such disclosures, and the Hierarchy is afraid to sanction such individuals as General Wesley Clark because they know there would be swift and serious retaliation.
If you doubt this is true, just stop and ask yourself, how in the heck does VT dare to publish the insider facts it does, such as who did 9-11-01, and the fact it involved stolen nukes deployed by Israel and traitors in the US High Command, or how ISIS is a private mercenary army, a secret coalition of Israel Likudists, Turkey, Saudi Arabia, the UK and the CIA, or so many more insider facts? Obviously VT has had some serious muscle behind it for these disclosures to occur.
"The big battle now being fought in secret is between the Hierarchy’s leadership which is comprised of the Khazarian Mafia’s top crime Kingpins, the Select Few, and their powerful cutouts, versus these new and powerful secret factions of the US Military and Intel and similar groups in other nations."
These new factions have easy access to these two-faced evil monsters of deceit who are attempting to create hell on Earth in order to get ever increasingly rich at the people’s expense and in order to attain their age-old Globalist Agenda.
Yes, the individuals in these new powerful factions know that some of their international “Cosmic Intel” groups can be picked off upon the orders of the Hierarchy, but they also know that they can quickly follow suit because these Hierarchy Kingpins bleed and die just like they do.
So far this mutually recognized knowledge has produced a checkmate and rules of play have evolved similar to those of the Knights of the Round-table and this battle royal has remained limited to being fought somewhat fair and square through the usual methods involving psyops and strategic geo-economics. And the new factions seem to be winning.
Putin and the Russian Federation are the visible example of this with their complete checkmate of the Hierarchy (Khazarian Mafia) in Syria and Iran.
However, these new factions realize that the Hierarchy murdered the Russian Tsar Nicholas II and his Romanov family in on July 16, 1918 in order to eradicate his whole bloodline and to steal all of Russia’s riches, such as gold, silver and jewels (which have never been returned, but probably will be seized some day not too far off by the Russian Federation).
A good bet is that if the Hierarchy made any serious moves to escalate against these powerful new factions, these new factions would quickly adapt the same rules of play the Hierarchy has used for hundreds of years against those it judges weak or unable to defend themselves.
But there is one more big danger lurking for the Hierarchy Kingpins. That is the growing awareness among We The People of the identities of who the Hierarchy Kingpins are, and all the evil they have been doing to take away our God-given Rights. These were the rights that have supposed to have been guaranteed by the US Constitution.
But there is also a growing awareness of We The People that the Hierarchy has set up a fraudulent private central bank that is asset stripping us of the fruits of our labor and accrued wealth using fake money Debt-notes and pernicious usury for renting what should have been our own real money in the first place.
A tipping point appears to now be fast approaching, and it is likely that any more seriously or significantly increased Hierarchy actions against We The People could set off a civil war followed by immediate application of the Hierarchy’s rules of play against the Hierarchy itself.
My guess is that should the Hierarchy persist with their recent new efforts to disarm Americans or continue to tamper with and fake the election process giving us a Potus not wanted, We the People could easily go ballistic and begin to immediate accept the same rules of play that the Hierarchy has used against them and other victims like the Russian Tsar Nicholas II and his family.
The Hierarchy is still energized and empowered by its unlimited access to, and elastic endless supply of US Debt notes, aka the US Petro Dollar; but its value is now waning by the day; and their US Petro Dollar will soon be weakened and dead. So far this battle is being fought using the rules similar to the Knights of the Roundtable, such as do not go after one’s family and play by the “rules”.
Certainly Putin and the Russian Federation have done a great job completely checkmating the Khazarian Mafia’s establishment Hierarchy and its leaderships during its legal defense of Syria, a long term ally.
Russian Federation air power is now the best in the World and has crushed the mercenary forces hired by Israel, Turkey, Saudi Arabia, the UK and America who have been pretending they are the official Islamic State Army. In doing this, Putin and the Russian Federation have checkmated the Khazarian Mafia and its Establishment Hierarchy in Syria.
It has been rumored by insiders that ISIS stands for Israeli Secret Intelligence Services mercenary army. ISIS has turned out to be a major massive disposal operation against all the hired mercenaries, including mind-kontrolled Islamic extremists and Blackwater-type mercenaries. Right now thousands of these “ISIS” mercenaries are trapped in a pincer type action in Syria with no way out. Complete defeat is at hand, despite all the secret supply drops by US aircraft for the CIA who has been secretly supplying ISIS.
There have been numerous deathbed confessions of high USG officials and scientists involved in the Alien ET matters. More and more individuals are coming forth by the day and telling about the secret crimes of the USG cutouts who serve the Hierarchy
We are now seeing an unprecedented number of federal whistle-blowers who are disclosing a great deal about USG and Hierarchy crimes.
Because the Hierarchy routinely invokes “National Security” to keep their crimes secret and uses it as a justification to prosecute and harass whistleblowers, many have been imprisoned and lost everything; many are then seriously harassed, gang-stalked by US Intel or military contractors, and then placed on “No Work under any circumstances” lists.
This has been done on a continuing basis to individuals like Mark Novitsky, who is a great American Hero. The FBI is now recognized by many insiders to be a KM-owned and operated RICO crime organization, with no official charter according to the Library of Congress, and thus has no right to exist (having no real jurisdiction outside of DC).
The FBI deploys agents and assets to follow Novitsky around, harass and gang-stalk him with almost continual deployment of advanced psychotronics. All because DHS and the FBI have wrongly labeled him as a so-called “domestic terrorist”, when he has served us all by exposing massive illegal spying and corruption. Novitsky is telling the truth about the harassment; I personally swept his home with advanced German EMF-sensing equipment and the equipment was red-lined.
Yes, many whistle-blowers are great American Heroes and have paid a heavy price, such as Gwenyth Todd and Sibel Edmonds, Scott Bennett, or Susan Lindauer.
Gwenyth Todd is credited with stopping a full-scale aerial attack on Iran by the American Military by providing important disclosures to the right High Command individuals, while going up against malevolent power in doing so.
These important disclosures of criminal acts, which prevented a planned illegal, unConstitutional war, were followed by cancellation of her security clearances, an attempt to illegally capture her, and an attempt by the FBI to arrange her kidnapping and assassination while living in exile in Australia.
Technically, misusing National Security to keep Hierarchy crimes secret is a serious RICO crime, and constitutes sedition and treason. However, the Hierarchy is a foreign-based enemy of America, and is working hard to destroy America’s constitutional republic. The treatment of each of these American Heroes is simply disgusting, not to mention that those responsible should be indicted arrested tried, convicted and hung for treason.
Edward Snowden’s disclosures have raised expectations and have sped up this process of complete disclosure, which cannot be stopped no matter how desperate the Hierarchy becomes or how tyrannically they attempt to oppress We The People using their Homeland Security and Militarized American police.
Any such extreme efforts, like trying to disarm Americans going door to door or using DHS to lock down whole cities would only result in serious backlash.
Once you anger Americans, an incredibly potent sleeping giant, if you are their enemy, they will get you no matter what, and will never give up until you are brought to final judgment.
Despite all the massive CMMM Mind-kontrol and massive Psychotronics that have been deployed to pacify and suppress the awareness of the American masses, it is growing by the day, as more and more Americans learn about the Hierarchy and the Khazarian Mafia mobsters, the World’s largest and most powerful criminals who run it.
Almost everything major that occurs in government and society is a byproduct of the secret policies mandated to be fulfilled by the Hierarchy by the Select Few who occupy the top leadership positions of the Hierarchy.
These are usually wrinkled up old Satan worshipers that have been creating and spreading evil, chaos, disease, suffering and mass death in order to make vast profits for the Hierarchy for many years.
When they set a new policy such as “we must disarm all Americans”, this order is passed down through the whole Hierarchy at each level until it reaches the street level in your neighborhood.
The Hierarchy’s ability to create as many debt-notes as it needs to set up and finance sophisticated Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) to apply massive social pressure to susceptible members of the public to support such efforts gives the Hierarchy massive persuasive power.
Hero Edward Snowden was one of the first who exposed deep criminal acts by the NSA and its private no-bid contractors. His disclosures of major USG, Intel and private defense contractor RICO crime has forever changed the view of average Americans’ view of their own USG and Intel systems as being honest and set up to protect them, to a view that these Agencies have become deeply evil tools of the Hierarchy and are now hard at work to destroy America and spy on, tyrannize and oppress the American People. Many Americans now view these Agencies and private contractors as deeply criminal and in immediate need to be completely broken up and cleaned up.
It is important to understand the various layers of the Hierarchy, which are arranged to be progressively more powerful as one reaches the next higher level. Criminal initiation rites are associated with appointment to any level, and these initiations become increasingly deviant and feloniously criminal as one rises to each higher level by successfully completing the base requirements and the initiation rites, which are videoed to use for later blackmail if ever needed to keep a recruit within their allowed parameters.
Members at each level report to a superior who functions as their handler and they have only been given information about the Hierarchy that is relevant to that specific level; therefore, any secret information given to them about the Hierarchy is always based on need to know.
The extreme compartmenting is similar to all Intel Agencies and keeps many low to mid-level members from observing the evil the Hierarchy produces or the evil the Top Leaders enact at their secret Satanic rituals - rituals which often involve pedophilic sex magic and child sacrifice.
As the Hierarchy is deconstructed and as many of their deep secrets of unimaginable evil are revealed to lower level members, a significant number will side with the populist forces that are emerging and will quickly sell out the Select Few and the top Hierarchy command structure.
In addition, various Hierarchy money fronts and lobbyists are used to funnel vast bribes to Members of Congress to get their intended legislation passed to promote increasingly unConstitutional gun laws in progression, which are intended to eventually lead to complete disarmament.
Of course, new false-flags in gun-free zones will probably be deployed to create mass fear to motivate the masses to support unConstitutional new laws to disarm the American People.
Because these top Hierarchy leaders, the Select Few, are old and losing their reasoning ability, they are falling into a serious trap with efforts to disarm the American people.
This would never be accepted, and if pushed too hard would set off massive rebellion of We The People, a certain civil war, and a major military coup d’etat. If a civil war would erupt, many in the military would defect and join We The People, and the same would go for many American Police and even many who work for the DHS which is really little more than an Israeli secret police occupation army.
The contractors and guards who are supposed to be keeping USG and DHS armories and ammunition supplies secure would open the doors to We The People. Right now, at least 5-10% of all such munitions and armaments are being ripped off and sold for money on the black market.
Numerous shipments exist only on paper and are never shipped but only billed, much like that which occurred in the Korean, Vietnam and Mideast wars. This has made some contractors and the bloodline families that own their stock very wealthy.
Because of the increasing popularity of the alternative media on the Worldwide Internet, the World’s New Gutenberg press, we are seeing an end to secrecy in progressive steps.
This is being orchestrated by the new kid on the block, the Third Force, which could perhaps soon take over and crush the Hierarchy, the Select Few and their Cutouts and the Satanic, pedophilic, child-sacrificing Babylonian Talmudic Khazarian Mafia (Zionists, aka Sionists), of which it is a byproduct.
In this politically correct world, our right to free speech is increasingly being eroded by the apparent rights of others who disagree with our views.
State broadcaster Television New Zealand came under attack last month, when they were accused of including
a ‘racist’ question in their new KiwiMeter survey.
KiwiMeter, a 10-minute on-line questionnaire, which examines what being a New Zealander means to different people, places participants in one of six groups according to their views – patriot, globalist, egalitarian, loyalist, traditionalist, or sceptic.
TVNZ’s Head of News and Current Affairs, John Gillespie, explained that KiwiMeter is a scientific study designed to provide a data-driven picture of New Zealand’s national identity in order to help the broadcaster ‘stay connected’ to the issues their audience most cares about. It was put together by the same team that developed their Vote Compass election survey, and was preceded by a local pilot study of 11,000 of those 300,000 participants.
Over 220,000 New Zealanders have completed KiwiMeter, and with the flag question accurately predicting the results of the final referendum, the data will indeed give TVNZ a real understanding of the views of our population.
But it didn’t take long for the critics to emerge. Within days of the survey being launched, the Labour Party’s MP for Te Tai Tokerau, Kelvin Davis, claimed that KiwiMeter was inciting “racial intolerance”.
There are three questions that touch on Maori culture, where respondents are asked to agree or disagree with a statement:
“Maori culture is something that all New Zealanders can take pride in, no matter their background”
“A history of discrimination has created conditions that make it difficult for Maori to be successful”
“Maori should not receive any special treatment”
Mr Davis claimed the question that included the statement, “Maori should not receive any special treatment”, was “out and out racism”. He demanded it be removed from the survey, stating, “It just evokes images of Don Brash 2004: implying that Maori have special treatment, I’d like to know what special treatment they’re talking about.”
Well, let’s try to answer that question for Mr Davis – and let’s begin with his Te Tai Tokerau electorate seat.
The Maori seats were created as a temporary measure in 1867 when gender, age, and private land title were the criteria used to determine voting eligibility. Since much of the land held by Maori was in common ownership, rather than private title, the Maori seats were introduced to ensure all Maori men had the right to vote – a privilege not enjoyed by those non-Maori men, who held land jointly or not at all.
In 1879, when all men gained the vote, the Maori seats should have been abolished, but as a result of strong advocacy – and weak politicians – they were retained.
It was the same in 1996, when MMP was introduced. The Royal Commission on the Electoral System had recommended that the Maori seats be abolished if MMP was adopted – to prevent an over-representation of Maori in Parliament. But Jim Bolger’s National Party retained the seats to appease Maori leaders, and as a result, the predicted over-representation of Maori in Parliament has now occurred, with twenty-three percent of current MPs claiming Maori descent.
These reserved seats, of which Kelvin Davis’s electorate seat is one, are a fine example of Maori privilege. Mr Davis is in Parliament because of Maori special treatment.
As a result of the Parliamentary leverage created by the race-based Maori seats, there are a plethora of race-based legislative initiatives that give Maori special rights. These include:
Special Maori content in the education curriculum
Maori-only education scholarships
Maori-only housing projects
Maori-only health initiatives
Maori-only welfare initiatives
Maori-only prisoner programmes
Maori-only positions on government agencies
Maori-only consultation rights under the Resource Management Act
Maori-only co-management of parks, rivers, lakes, and the coastline
Maori-only ownership rights to the foreshore and seabed
A special Maori Authority tax rate of 17.5 percent
A special Maori-only exemption to allow blood relatives to qualify for charitable status
Maori language funding
Maori radio and TV
Maori-only seats on local councils
Maori-only appointments onto local government committees
Maori-only local government Statutory Boards
Maori-only local government advisory committees
Maori seats in Parliament
The list of statutory Maori privilege is increasing all the time, as the government’s current plans to confer race-based rights to control fresh water demonstrates only too clearly.
As justification for Maori privilege, Mr Davis and others point to so-called ‘Maori disadvantage’. But they should remember that the statistics on these matters are no longer clear-cut.
Back in the seventies, when widespread intermarriage was resulting in a sharp decline in the number of people who could be categorised as Maori, the Labour Government changed the rules. Through the 1974 Maori Affairs Amendment Act, the racial classification of “Maori” based on someone having 50 percent or more of Maori blood was changed to one based on self-identification and ethnic affiliation – in other words, having a Maori descendent.
This guaranteed that the number of people being classified as Maori would continue to grow, since anyone with even a smidgeon of Maori blood could, for official purposes, be counted as Maori.
In 2000, Simon Chapple, a senior researcher with the Department of Labour, used 1996 census data to examine the impact of these new definitions. He found that instead of the 273,693 New Zealanders who indicated they were Maori-only being recognised as Maori for statistical purposes, the new policy of adding everyone who included Maori as one of their ethnic groups into the final count, boosted the official tally to 580,374.
In other words, that change in methodology effectively doubled the “official” number of Maori. Simon Chapple recommended to the Government that the Maori ethnic group should be restricted to those who identify as Maori-only in the Census, with everyone else allocated to their other major ethnic group. But his suggestion was ignored. As a result, so-called Maori disadvantage is overstated.
In addition, a fact that Mr Davis and others like to conveniently forget, is that while people who claim Maori ancestry might appear to be over represented in our worst social statistics, the causes are well documented and include long-term welfare dependency, solo parenthood, child abuse, and educational failure. Skin-colour does not predetermine one’s future.
TVNZ denied the accusations of racism being made against it. The Canadian firm Vox Pop Labs, which helped to design KiwiMeter – along with input from Auckland and Victoria University political scientists – refuted the racist allegations as “categorically false”.
But Mr Davis, no doubt with his own self-interest in mind, remained adamant: “I think it’s offensive, I think it’s racist, and I think it should be pulled.”
While Labour leader Andrew Little also condemned the question, the Prime Minister defended it, saying it was a legitimate question to ask. “There was nothing wrong with asking a question, to get a sense of what people’s views are. People ask questions all the time about potentially controversial things, we live in an open society and people are free to ask a question.”
John Key is right. In this country – at least at the present time – our rights to free speech are protected by law and guaranteed under Clause 14 of the New Zealand Bill of Rights Act:
"Everyone has the right to freedom of expression, including the freedom to seek, receive and impart information and opinions of any kind and in any form”.
However, the right to say whatever we like is tempered by the Human Rights Act, which makes it an offence to express opinions that could be deemed to be ‘threatening, abusive, or insulting’ on the grounds of ‘colour, race, or ethnic or national origins’.
While the Human Rights Commission indicated they were looking into complaints of racism against TVNZ, their website explains, that our right to the “freedom of expression” means that people can make highly controversial or unpopular remarks, and while they may be regarded as offensive, unless they are likely to cause or exacerbate serious ethnic tension or unrest, no action will be taken:
"Only where there is the potential for significant detriment to society can the right to freedom of expression be limited”.
The right to offend is at the heart of robust debate about controversial matters. As British comedian Rowan Atkinson explained;
"The freedom to criticise or ridicule ideas – even if they are sincerely held beliefs – is a fundamental freedom of society. In my view the right to offend is far more important than any right not to be offended.
The right to ridicule is far more important to society than any right not to be ridiculed because one in my view represents openness – and the other represents oppression.”
David Round, a law lecturer at Canterbury University and this week’s NZCPR Guest Commentator – with a speech he delivered at the University’s commemoration of the 800th anniversary of the Magna Carta – is no stranger to free speech and controversy.
He remains undaunted, upsetting many sensitivities when he used his address to denounce the “deplorable shortsightedness and stupidity on the part of our political and intellectual class”, who claim the Treaty of Waitangi is a “Maori Magna Carta”:
“Now ~ in our own day, and in our own country, there is a mythologizing and a flagrant misinterpretation, as notable and as bizarre as any seventeenth century deification of Magna Carta, of a certain document.
That document is of course the Treaty of Waitangi, sometimes referred to as ‘the Maori Magna Carta’.
This brief general memorandum of understanding recorded ~ not just in the English translation but in the Maori original ~ an agreement that the Queen should be sovereign over New Zealand and that Maori should be her subjects, with the rights and privileges of British subjects ~ a position of equality before the law.
By some mysterious alchemy the document has come to be widely understood to mean the exact opposite ~ to establish some as yet undefined ‘Maori sovereignty’ or at the least a ‘partnership’ between the Crown and Maori, or between part-Maori New Zealanders and those not of Maori descent.
This process is at least as remarkable as anything that happened in the seventeenth century. It is complete nonsense to describe the current misinterpretation of the Treaty as anything remotely like Magna Carta.”
Feigning offence is a tactic commonly used by those who want to close down a debate. By using this strategy and playing the race card, Kelvin Davis was able to divert attention away from the real issue of Maori privilege onto the question of whether or not KiwiMeter – and TVNZ – is racist.
Maori sovereignty activists are increasingly targeting the media in an attempt to prevent them from publishing anything that doesn’t suit their separatist agenda.
It is going on right now, with some of the newspapers around the country that are currently running the NZCPR’s public information advertisement calling for submissions on National’s plan for the race-based control of fresh water, being targeted and accused of racism – including by the taxpayer funded Maori TV.
By using bully-boy tactics, they no doubt hope to intimidate newspapers and discourage them from running such ads in the future.
And with the Human Rights Commission maintaining a register of media that publish material they deem to be unfavourable to Maori, it is clear that our fundamental right to the freedom of speech is under serious threat.
If, as a society, we value free speech, we must not allow ourselves to be intimidated into silence. For silence is interpreted as approval. In the present debate over fresh water, the government will think that those who are not speaking out condone tribal control – when that is the very thing that most will oppose.
Speaking up is vital in a democracy. Your single voice is critical. Together many voices can move a nation.
If you haven’t put in a submission opposing all race-based proposals for fresh water reform, this is our last reminder. People power is the only way to stop this – a simple email stating your position and sent to firstname.lastname@example.org is all that is needed. And why not send your thoughts on to all National MPs (their addresses are here), as they are the only ones who can stop this.
From The Archives For ANZAC Day: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars April 14 2015 | From: MichaelRivero / Various Sources
A very eloquent and relatively concise video discourse on how and why the title of this piece is so tragically true, followed by a very detailed article for those who wish to read more.
This really is a must see / must read piece to be aware of the real history of banking and warmongering over the last 100 years - along with the how and why such nefarious plans were implemented; and to what ends.
This exposes the same plan that is being rolled out globally, not just in the United States.
"The common enemy of all human kind are private central banks issuing the public currency as a loan at interest, and as history will show, they will do anything up to, and including global war - to keep their lock on yours and your children's economic wellbeing and productivity.
We are not a free society. Media will tell us that we are free, but we are not free.
We are slaves, our slave chains are made of paper - and that paper is the Federal Reserve note [including the central bankster issued debt-based-notes of every other country]."
Too few of our leaders have tried to stand up to this system of enslavement, usually with lethal results. But if all of the people of the world stood up at the same time and said "No more private central banks", it will come crashing down, just as slavery did, just as rule by divine right did and we will be embarking on a new era in human history where the emphasis on human development is on the people and not on the money junkies.
[Note: This does not mean we should not remember the dead, who were duped into giving their lives for lies.]
"Banking was conceived in iniquity and was born in sin. The Bankers own the Earth. Take it away from them, but leave them the power to create deposits, and with the flick of a pen they will create enough deposits to buy it back again.
However, take it away from them, and all the fortunes like mine will disappear, and they ought to disappear, for this world would be a happier and better world to live in. But if you wish to remain slaves of the Bankers and pay for the cost of your own slavery, let them continue to create deposits."
- Sir Josiah Stamp, President of the Bank of England in the 1920s, the second richest man in Britain
I know many people have a great deal of difficulty comprehending just how many wars are started for no other purpose than to force private central banks onto nations, so let me share a few examples, so that you understand why the US Government is mired in so many wars against so many foreign nations. There is ample precedent for this.
The United States fought the American Revolution primarily over King George III's Currency act, which forced the colonists to conduct their business only using printed bank notes borrowed from the Bank of England at interest.
Interest Bearing bank note from the Bank of England, 1764
"The bank hath benefit of interest on all moneys which it creates out of nothing."
- William Paterson, founder of the Bank of England in 1694
King George III
After the revolution, the new United States adopted a radically different economic system in which the government issued its own value-based money, so that private banks like the Bank of England were not siphoning off the wealth of the people through interest-bearing bank notes.
"The refusal of King George 3rd to allow the colonies to operate an honest money system, which freed the ordinary man from the clutches of the money manipulators, was probably the prime cause of the revolution."
- Benjamin Franklin, Founding Father
Following the revolution, the US Government actually took steps to keep the bankers out of the new government!
"Any person holding any office or any stock in any institution in the nature of a bank for issuing or discounting bills or notes payable to bearer or order, cannot be a member of the House whilst he holds such office or stock."
- Third Congress of the United States Senate, 23rd of December, 1793, signed by the President, George Washington
But bankers are nothing if not dedicated to their schemes to acquire your wealth, and know full well how easy it is to corrupt a nation's leaders.
Congress still refused to renew the charter for the First Bank of the United States, whereupon Nathan Mayer Rothschild railed,"Teach those impudent Americans a lesson! Bring them back to colonial status!"
The British Prime Minister at the time, Spencer Perceval was adamently opposed to war with the United States, primarily because the majority of England's military might was occupied with the ongoing Napoleonic wars.
Spencer Perceval was concerned that Britain might not prevail in a new American war, a concern shared by many in the British government.
The First Bank of the United States
Then, Spencer Perceval was assassinated (the only British Prime Minister to be assassinated in office) and replaced by Robert Banks Jenkinson, the 2nd Earl of Liverpool, who was fully supportive of a war to recapture the colonies.
Click for larger imageof the Geneva Gazette for July 1, 1812, reporting on the assassination of Spencer Perceval together with the declaration of the War of 1812
"If my sons did not want wars, there would be none."
- Gutle Schnaper, wife of Mayer Amschel Rothschild and mother of his five sons
Financed at virtually no interest by the Rothschild controlled Bank of England, Britain then provoked the war of 1812 to recolonize the United States and force them back into the slavery of the Bank of England, or to plunge the United States into so much debt they would be forced to accept a new private central bank.
Once again, private bankers were in control of the nation's money supply and cared not who made the laws or how many British and American soldiers had to die for it.
The Second Bank of the United States
Bank Note from the Second Bank of the United States
Once again the nation was plunged into debt, unemployment, and poverty by the predations of the private central bank, and in 1832 Andrew Jackson successfully campaigned for his second term as President under the slogan, "Jackson And No Bank!" True to his word, Jackson succeeds in blocking the renewal of the charter for the Second Bank of the United States.
"Gentlemen! I too have been a close observer of the doings of the Bank of the United States. I have had men watching you for a long time, and am convinced that you have used the funds of the bank to speculate in the breadstuffs of the country.
When you won, you divided the profits amongst you, and when you lost, you charged it to the bank. You tell me that if I take the deposits from the bank and annul its charter I shall ruin ten thousand families. That may be true, gentlemen, but that is your sin!
Should I let you go on, you will ruin fifty thousand families, and that would be my sin! You are a den of vipers and thieves. I have determined to rout you out, and by the Eternal, (bringing his fist down on the table) I will rout you out!"
- Andrew Jackson, shortly before ending the charter of the Second Bank of the United States.
From the original minutes of the Philadelphia committee of citizens sent to meet with President Jackson (February 1834), according to Andrew Jackson and the Bank of the United States (1928) by Stan V. Henkels
News report of Jackson shutting down the Second Bank of the United States, Geneva Gazette, October 2, 1833
President Zachary Taylor, ca 1850
President James Buchanon
President Abraham Lincoln
Shortly after President Jackson (the only American President to actually pay off the National Debt) ended the Second Bank of the United States, there was an attempted assassination which failed when both pistols used by the assassin, Richard Lawrence, failed to fire.
President Zachary Taylor opposed the creation of a new Private Central Bank, owing to the historical abuses of the First and Second Banks of the United States.
"The idea of a national bank is dead, and will not be revived in my time."
- Zachary Taylor
Taylor died on July 9, 1850 after eating a bowl of cherries and milk rumored to have been poisoned. The symptoms he displayed are consistent with acute arsenic poisoning.
President James Buchanan also opposed a private central bank. During the panic of 1857 he attempted to set limits on banks issuing more loans than they had actual funds, and to require all issued bank notes to be backed by Federal Government assets.
He was poisoned with arsenic and survived, although 38 other people at the dinner died.
The public school system is as subservient to the bankers' wishes to keep certain history from you, just as the corporate media is subservient to Monsanto's wishes to keep the dangers of GMOs from you, and the global warming cult's wishes to conceal from you that the Earth has actually been cooling for the last 16 years.
Thus is should come as little surprise that much of the real reasons for the events of the Civil War are not well known to the average American.
"The few who understand the system will either be so interested in its profits or be so dependent upon its favours that there will be no opposition from that class, while on the other hand, the great body of people, mentally incapable of comprehending the tremendous advantage that capital derives from the system, will bear its burdens without complaint, and perhaps without even suspecting that the system is inimical to their interests."
- The Rothschild brothers of London writing to associates in New York, 1863
When the Confederacy seceded from the United States, the bankers once again saw the opportunity for a rich harvest of debt, and offered to fund Lincoln's efforts to bring the south back into the union, but at 30% interest.
Lincoln remarked that he would not free the black man by enslaving the white man to the bankers and using his authority as President, issued a new government currency, the greenback. This was a direct threat to the wealth and power of the central bankers, who quickly responded.
"Dear Sir: It is advisable to do all in your power to sustain such prominent daily and weekly newspapers... as will oppose the issuing of greenback paper money, and that you also withhold patronage or favors from all applicants who are not willing to oppose the Government issue of money. Let the Government issue the coin and the banks issue the paper money of the country...
[T]o restore to circulation the Government issue of money, will be to provide the people with money, and will therefore seriously affect your individual profit as bankers and lenders."
- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler
"It will not do to allow the greenback, as it is called, to circulate as money any length of time, as we cannot control that." -- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler
"Slavery is likely to be abolished by the war power, and chattel slavery destroyed.
This, I and my European friends are in favor of, for slavery is but the owning of labor and carries with it the care for the laborer, while the European plan, led on by England, is for capital to control labor by controlling the wages. THIS CAN BE DONE BY CONTROLLING THE MONEY."
- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler
Following Lincoln's assassination, the Greenbacks were pulled from circulation and the American people forced to go back to an economy based on bank notes borrowed at interest from the private bankers.
Tsar Alexander II, who authorized Russian military assistance to Lincoln, was subsequently the victim of multiple attempts on his life in 1866, 1879, and 1880, until his assassination in 1881.
With the end of Lincoln's Greenbacks, the US could no longer create its own interest free money and was manipulated during the term of President Ruthford B. Hayes into borrowing from the Rothschilds banking system in 1878, restoring to the Rothschilds control of the US economy they had lost under Andrew Jackson.
Messrs. Rothschild & Sons to Mr. Sherman.
Hon. John Sherman,
Secretary of the Treasury, Washington D. C.:
Very pleased we have entered into relations again with American Government. Shall do our best to make the business successful.
James A. Garfield was elected President in 1880 on a platform of government control of the money supply.
"The chief duty of the National Government in connection with the currency of the country is to coin money and declare its value.
Grave doubts have been entertained whether Congress is authorized by the Constitution to make any form of paper money legal tender.
The present issue of United States notes has been sustained by the necessities of war; but such paper should depend for its value and currency upon its convenience in use and its prompt redemption in coin at the will of the holder, and not upon its compulsory circulation.
These notes are not money, but promises to pay money. If the holders demand it, the promise should be kept."
- James Garfield
"By the experience of commercial nations in all ages it has been found that gold and silver afford the only safe foundation for a monetary system.
Confusion has recently been created by variations in the relative value of the two metals, but I confidently believe that arrangements can be made between the leading commercial nations which will secure the general use of both metals.
Congress should provide that the compulsory coinage of silver now required by law may not disturb our monetary system by driving either metal out of circulation.
If possible, such an adjustment should be made that the purchasing power of every coined dollar will be exactly equal to its debt-paying power in all the markets of the world."
- James Garfield
"He who controls the money supply of a nation controls the nation."
- James Garfield
Garfield was shot on July 2, 1881 and died of his wounds several weeks later. Chester A. Arthur succeeded Garfield as President.
In 1896, William McKinley was elected President in the middle of a depression-driven debate over gold-backed government currency versus bank notes borrowed at interest from private banks.
McKinley favored gold-backed currencies and a balanced government budget which would free the public from accumulating debt.
"Our financial system needs some revision; our money is all good now, but its value must not further be threatened.
It should all be put upon an enduring basis, not subject to easy attack, nor its stability to doubt or dispute. Our currency should continue under the supervision of the Government.
The several forms of our paper money offer, in my judgment, a constant embarrassment to the Government and a safe balance in the Treasury." - William McKinley
McKinley was shot by an out-of-work anarchist on September 14, 1901, in Buffalo, NY, succumbing to his wounds a few days later. He was suceeded in office by Theodore Roosevelt.
Finally, in 1913, the Private Central Bankers of Europe, in particular the Rothschilds of Great Britain and the Warburgs of Germany, met with their American financial collaborators on Jekyll Island, Georgia to form a new banking cartelwith the express purpose of forming the Third Bank of the United States, with the aim of placing complete control of the United States money supply once again under the control of private bankers.
Owing to hostility over the previous banks, the name was changed to "The Federal Reserve" system in order to grant the new bank a quasi-governmental image, but in fact it is a privately owned bank, no more "Federal" than Federal Express.
The Federal Reserve; it is neither "Federal" nor does it have any actual "Reserves", creating as it does money out of thin air.
"When you or I write a check, there must be sufficient funds in our account to cover the check; but when the Federal Reserve writes a check, there is no bank deposit on which that check is drawn. When the Federal Reserve writes a check, it is creating money." -- From the Boston Federal Reserve Bank pamphlet, "Putting it Simply."
"Neither paper currency nor deposits have value as commodities. Intrinsically, a 'dollar' bill is just a piece of paper. Deposits are merely book entries."
- "Modern Money Mechanics Workbook" - Federal Reserve of Chicago, 1975
"I am afraid the ordinary citizen will not like to be told that the banks can and do create money. And they who control the credit of the nation direct the policy of Governments and hold in the hollow of their hand the destiny of the people."
- Reginald McKenna, as Chairman of the Midland Bank, addressing stockholders in 1924
"States, most especially the large hegemonic ones, such as the United States and Great Britain, are controlled by the international central banking system, working through secret agreements at the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), and operating through national central banks (such as the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve)...
The same international banking cartel that controls the United States today previously controlled Great Britain and held it up as the international hegemon.
When the British order faded, and was replaced by the United States, the US ran the global economy. However, the same interests are served.
States will be used and discarded at will by the international banking cartel; they are simply tools."
- Andrew Gavin Marshall
1913 proved to be a transformative year for the nation's economy, first with the passage of the 16th "income tax" Amendment and the false claim that it had been ratified.
"I think if you were to go back and and try to find and review the ratification of the 16th amendment, which was the internal revenue, the income tax, I think if you went back and examined that carefully, you would find that a sufficient number of states never ratified that amendment."
- U.S. District Court Judge James C. Fox, Sullivan Vs. United States, 2003.
Later that same year, and apparently unwilling to risk another questionable amendment, Congress passed the Federal Reserve Act over Christmas holiday 1913, while members of Congress opposed to the measure were at home.
This was a very underhanded deal, as the Constitution explicitly vests Congress with the authority to issue the public currency, does not authorize its delegation, and thus should have required a new Amendment to transfer that authority to a private bank.
But pass it Congress did, and President Woodrow Wilson signed it as he promised the bankers he would in exchange for generous campaign contributions.
News report of Wilson's signing the Federal Reserve Act. Under the Constitution, only a new Amendment could transfer the government's authority to create the currency to a private party.
President Woodrow Wilson
Woodrow Wilson later regretted that decision.
"I am a most unhappy man. I have unwittingly ruined my country.
A great industrial nation is now controlled by its system of credit.
We are no longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men."
- Woodrow Wilson 1919
Thomas Edison, arguably the most brilliant man of the age, was also well aware of the fraud of private central banks.
"People who will not turn a shovel full of dirt on the project nor contribute a pound of material, will collect more money from the United States than will the People who supply all the material and do all the work.
This is the terrible thing about interest ...
But here is the point: If the Nation can issue a dollar bond it can issue a dollar bill.
The element that makes the bond good makes the bill good also.
The difference between the bond and the bill is that the bond lets the money broker collect twice the amount of the bond and an additional 20%.
Whereas the currency, the honest sort provided by the Constitution pays nobody but those who contribute in some useful way.
It is absurd to say our Country can issue bonds and cannot issue currency.
Both are promises to pay, but one fattens the usurer and the other helps the People.
If the currency issued by the People were no good, then the bonds would be no good, either.
It is a terrible situation when the Government, to insure the National Wealth, must go in debt and submit to ruinous interest charges at the hands of men who control the fictitious value of gold."
- Thomas A. Edison
The next year, World War One started, and it is important to remember that prior to the creation of the Federal Reserve, there was no such thing as a world war.
In 1913, the Rothschild KM was able to establish a beachhead by bribing crooked, treasonous members of Congress to pass the illegal, Unconstitutional Federal Reserve Act on Christmas Eve without a required quorum. The Act was then signed by a crooked, bought off President, who was a traitor to America, like the members of Congress who voted for it.
Archduke Franz Ferdinand, whose assassination triggered World War One
Hitler as TIME's man of the year
World War One started between Austria-Hungary and Serbia with the assassination of Archduke Ferdinand.
Although the war started between Austria-Hungary and Serbia, it quickly shifted to focus on Germany, whose industrial capacity was seen as an economic threat to Great Britain, who saw the decline of the British Pound as a result of too much emphasis on financial activity to the neglect of agriculture, industrial development, and infrastructure (not unlike the present day United States).
Although pre-war Germany had a private central bank, it was heavily restricted and inflation kept to reasonable levels.
Under government control, investment was guaranteed to internal economic development, and Germany was seen as a major power.
So, in the media of the day, Germany was portrayed as the prime opponent of World War One, and not just defeated, but its industrial base flattened.
Following the Treaty of Versailles, Germany was ordered to pay the war costs of all the participating nations, even though Germany had not actually started the war.
This amounted to three times the value of all of Germany itself.
Germany's private central bank, to whom Germany had gone deeply into debt to pay the costs of the war, broke free of government control, and massive inflation followed (mostly triggered by currency speculators), permanently trapping the German people in endless debt.
When the Weimar Republic collapsed economically, it opened the door for the National Socialists to take power.
Their first financial move was to issue their own state currency which was not borrowed from private central bankers.
Freed from having to pay interest on the money in circulation, Germany blossomed and quickly began to rebuild its industry.
The media called it "The German Miracle".
TIME magazine lionized Hitler for the amazing improvement in life for the German people and the explosion of German industry, and even named him TIME Magazine's Man Of The Year in 1938.
Once again, Germany's industrial output became a threat to Great Britain.
Germany's state-issued value based currency was also a direct threat to the wealth and power of the private central banks, and as early as 1933 they started to organize a global boycott against Germany to strangle this upstart ruler who thought he could break free of private central bankers!
"Should Germany merchandise (do business) again in the next 50 years we have led this war (WW1) in vain."
- Winston Churchill in The Times (1919)
"We will force this war upon Hitler, if he wants it or not."
- Winston Churchill (1936 broadcast)
"Germany becomes too powerful. We have to crush it."
- Winston Churchill (November 1936 speaking to US
- General Robert E. Wood)
"This war is an English war and its goal is the destruction of Germany."
- Winston Churchill (- Autumn 1939 broadcast)
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window
As had been the case in World War One, Great Britain and other nations threatened by Germany's economic power looked for an excuse to go to war, and as public anger in Germany grew over the boycott, Hitler foolishly gave them that excuse. Years later, in a spirit of candor, the real reasons for that war were made clear.
"The war wasn't only about abolishing fascism, but to conquer sales markets. We could have, if we had intended so, prevented this war from breaking out without doing one shot, but we didn't want to."
- Winston Churchill to Truman (Fultun, USA March 1946)
"Germany's unforgivable crime before WW2 was its attempt to loosen its economy out of the world trade system and to build up an independent exchange system from which the world-finance couldn't profit anymore. ...We butchered the wrong pig."
-Winston Churchill (The Second World War - Bern, 1960)
As a side note, we need to step back before WW2 and recall Marine Major General Smedley Butler. In 1933, Wall Street bankers and financiers had bankrolled the successful coups by both Hitler and Mussolini. Brown Brothers Harriman in New York was financing Hitler right up to the day war was declared with Germany.
Marine Corps Major General Smedley Butler
And they decided that a fascist dictatorship in the United States based on the one on Italy would be far better for their business interests than Roosevelt's "New Deal" which threatened massive wealth re-distribution to recapitalize the working and middle class of America.
So the Wall Street tycoons recruited General Butler to lead the overthrow of the US Government and install a "Secretary of General Affairs" who would be answerable to Wall Street and not the people, would crush social unrest and shut down all labor unions.
General Butler pretended to go along with the scheme but then exposed the plot to Congress. Congress, then as now in the pocket of the Wall Street bankers, refused to act.
When Roosevelt learned of the planned coup he demanded the arrest of the plotters, but the plotters simply reminded Roosevelt that if any one of them were sent to prison, their friends on Wall Street would deliberately collapse the still-fragile economy and blame him for it.
Roosevelt was thus unable to act until the start of WW2, at which time he prosecuted many of the plotters under the Trading With The Enemy act.
The Congressional minutes into the coup were finally declassified in 1967, but rumors of the attempted coup became the inspiration for the movie, "Seven Days in May" but with the true financial villains erased from the script.
"I spent 33 years and four months in active military service as a member of our country's most agile military force - the Marine Corps.
I served in all commissioned ranks from second lieutenant to Major General. And during that period I spent more of my time being a high - class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and for the bankers.
In short, I was a racketeer, a gangster for capitalism. "I suspected I was just a part of a racket at the time.
Now I am sure of it.
Like all members of the military profession I never had an original thought until I left the service. My mental faculties remained in suspended animation while I obeyed the orders of the higher-ups. This is typical with everyone in the military service.
Thus I helped make Mexico and especially Tampico safe for American oil interests in 1914. I helped make Haiti and Cuba a decent place for the National City Bank boys to collect revenues in.
I helped in the raping of half a dozen Central American republics for the benefit of Wall Street. The record of racketeering is long.
I helped purify Nicaragua for the international banking house of Brown Brothers in 1909-12. I brought light to the Dominican Republic for American sugar interests in 1916.
In China in 1927 I helped see to it that the Standard Oil went its way unmolested. During those years, I had, as the boys in the back room would say, a swell racket.
I was rewarded with honors, medals and promotion. Looking back on it, I feel I might have given Al Capone a few hints. The best he could do was to operate his racket in three city districts. I operated on three continents."
- General Smedley Butler, former US Marine Corps Commandant,1935
President John F. Kennedy
As President, John F. Kennedy understood the predatory nature of private central banking. He understood why Andrew fought so hard to end the Second Bank of the United States. So Kennedy wrote and signed Executive Order 11110 which ordered the US Treasury to issue a new public currency, the United States Note.
Presidents Kennedy and Soekarno
Kennedy was working with President Soekarno of Indonesia who was at that time the signatory for the Global Collateral Accounts which were intended to be used for humanitarian purposes but which were subverted at the time of the Bretton-Woods agreement at the end of WWII.
The intention of Kennedy and Soekarno was to end the reign of the globalist privately owned central banking system - which is the main reason that Kennedy was killed, and for his part Soekarno remained under house arrest for the rest of his life.
The efforts to regain control of the Global Collateral Accounts are now being led by Neil Keenan.
The West had been stealing from the Collateral Accounts
for nearly 100 years but this has now been stopped by Neil Keenan and his associates, who have gone to considerable expense and risk in their mission to ensure the Global Collateral Accounts are accessible - for the humanitarian purposes for which they were established.
Kennedy's United States Note - with the lack of reference to the FEDERAL RESERVE
Kennedy's United States Notes were not borrowed from the Federal Reserve but created by the US Government and backed by the silver stockpiles held by the US Government. It represented a return to the system of economics the United States had been founded on, and was perfectly legal for Kennedy to do.
All told, some four and one half billion dollars went into public circulation, eroding interest payments to the Federal Reserve and loosening their control over the nation. Five months later John F. Kennedy was assassinated in Dallas Texas, and the United States Notes pulled from circulation and destroyed (except for samples held by collectors).
John J. McCloy
John J. McCloy, President of the Chase Manhattan Bank, and President of the World Bank, was named to the Warren Commission, presumably to make certain the banking dimensions behind the assassination were concealed from the public.
As we enter the eleventh year of what future history will most certainly describe as World War Three, we need to examine the financial dimensions behind the wars.
Towards the end of World War Two, when it became obvious that the allies were going to win and dictate the post war environment, the major world economic powers met at Bretton Woods, a luxury resort in New Hampshire in July of 1944, and hammered out the Bretton Woods agreement for international finance.
The British Pound lost its position as the global trade and reserve currency to the US dollar (part of the price demanded by Roosevelt in exchange for the US entry into the war). Absent the economic advantages of being the world's "go-to" currency, Britain was forced to nationalize the Bank of England in 1946.
The Bretton Woods agreement, ratified in 1945, in addition to making the dollar the global reserve and trade currency, obligated the signatory nations to tie their currencies to the dollar. The nations that ratified Bretton Woods did so on two conditions. The first was that the Federal Reserve would refrain from over-printing the dollar as a means to loot real products and produce from other nations in exchange for ink and paper; basically an imperial tax.
That assurance was backed up by the second requirement, which was that the US dollar would always be convertible to gold at $35 per ounce.
The Bretton Woods resort, New Hampshire
The Federal Reserve, being a private bank and not answerable to the US Government, did start overprinting paper dollars, and much of the perceived prosperity of the 1950s and 1960s was the result of foreign nations' obligations to accept the paper notes as being worth gold at the rate of $35 an ounce.
Then in 1970, France looked at the huge pile of paper notes sitting in their vaults, for which real French products like wine and cheese had been traded, and notified the United States government that they would exercise their option under Bretton Woods to return the paper notes for gold at the $35 per ounce exchange rate.
The United States had nowhere near the gold to redeem the paper notes, so on August 15th, 1971, Richard Nixon "temporarily" suspended the gold convertibility of the US Federal Reserve Notes.
Nixon announced the end of gold convertability
Later termed the "Nixon shock", this move effectively ended Bretton Woods and many global currencies started to delink from the US dollar.
The "Nixon Shock"
Worse, since the United States had collateralized their loans with the nation's gold reserves, it quickly became apparent that the US Government did not in fact have enough gold to cover the outstanding debts.
Foreign nations began to get very nervous about their loans to the US and understandably were reluctant to loan any additional money to the United States without some form of collateral.
So Richard Nixon started the environmental movement, with the EPA and its various programs such as "wilderness zones", Roadless areas", Heritage rivers", "Wetlands", all of which took vast areas of public lands and made them off limits to the American people who were technically the owners of those lands.
But Nixon had little concern for the environment and the real purpose of this land grab under the guise of the environment was to pledge those pristine lands and their vast mineral resources as collateral on the national debt. This was part of the forerunner to the UN Agernda 21 "Sustainability" farce.
The plethora of different programs was simply to conceal the true scale of how much American land was being pledged to foreign lenders as collateral on the government's debts; eventually almost 25% of the nation itself.
All of this is illegal as the Enclave Clause of the Constitution limits the Federal Government to owning the land under Federal Government buildings and military bases, and that Enclave Clause was written into the Constitution by the Founding Fathers to specifically to prevent the Federal Government simply seizing the land belonging to the people to sell off, pledge as collateral, or rent!
With open lands for collateral already in short supply, the US Government embarked on a new program to shore up sagging international demand for the dollar.
The United States approached the world's oil producing nations, mostly in the Middle East, and offered them a deal. In exchange for only selling their oil for dollars, the United States would guarantee the military safety of those oil-rich nations.
The oil rich nations would agree to spend and invest their US paper dollars inside the United States, in particular in US Treasury Bonds, redeemable through future generations of US taxpayers.
The concept was labeled the "petrodollar". In effect, the US, no longer able to back the dollar with gold, was now backing it with oil.
Other peoples' oil. And that necessity to keep control over those oil nations to prop up the dollar has shaped America's foreign policy in the region ever since.
But as America's manufacturing and agriculture has declined, the oil producing nations faced a dilemma. Those piles of US Federal Reserve notes were not able to purchase much from the United States because the United States had little (other than real estate) anyone wanted to buy.
Europe's cars and aircraft were superior and less costly, while experiments with GMO food crops led to nations refusing to buy US food exports.
Israel's constant belligerence against its neighbors caused them to wonder if the US could actually keep their end of the petrodollar arrangement. Oil producing nations started to talk of selling their oil for whatever currency the purchasers chose to use.
Iraq, already hostile to the United States following Desert Storm, demanded the right to sell their oil for Euros in 2000 and in 2002, the United Nations agreed to allow it under the "Oil for food" program instituted following Desert Storm.
One year later the United States re-invaded Iraq under the lie of Saddam's nuclear weapons, lynched Saddam Hussein, and placed Iraq's oil back on the world market only for US dollars.
The clear US policy shift following 9-11, away from being an impartial broker of peace in the Mideast to one of unquestioned support for Israel's aggressions only further eroded confidence in the Petrodollar deal and even more oil producing nations started openly talking of oil trade for other global currencies.
Over in Libya, Muammar Gaddafi had instituted a state-owned central bank and a value based trade currency, the Gold Dinar.
Gaddafi announced that Libya's oil was for sale, but only for the Gold Dinar. Other African nations, seeing the rise of the Gold Dinar and the Euro, even as the US dollar continued its inflation-driven decline, flocked to the new Libyan currency for trade.
This move had the potential to seriously undermine the global hegemony of the dollar. French President Nicolas Sarkozy reportedly went so far as to call Libya a “threat” to the financial security of the world.
So, the United States invaded Libya, brutally murdered Qaddafi (the object lesson of Saddam's lynching not being enough of a message, apparently), imposed a private central bank, and returned Libya's oil output to dollars only. The gold that was to have been made into the Gold Dinars is, as of last report, unaccounted for.
General Wesley Clark blew the whistle on US plans to conquer the oil-rich Middle East, to attack and take over 7 countries in 5 years.
According to General Wesley Clark, the master plan for the "dollarification" of the world's oil nations included seven targets, Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan, and Iran (Venezuela, which dared to sell their oil to China for the Yuan, is a late addition).
What is notable about the original seven nations originally targeted by the US is that none of them are members of the Bank for International Settlements, the private central bankers private central bank, located in Switzerland.
This meant that these nations were deciding for themselves how to run their nations' economies, rather than submit to the international private banks.
Now the bankers' gun sights are on Iran, which dares to have a government central bank and sell their oil for whatever currency they choose.
The war agenda is, as always, to force Iran's oil to be sold only for dollars and to force them to accept a privately owned central bank.
Malaysia, one of the few remaining nations without a Rothschild central bank, is now being invaded by a force claimed to be "Al Qaeda" and has suffered numerous suspicious losses of its commercial passenger jets.
With the death of President Hugo Chavez, plans to impose a US and banker friendly regime on Venezuela are clearly being implemented.
Germany's gold bullion. Where is it?
The German government recently asked for the return of some of their gold bullion from the Bank of France and the New York Federal Reserve. France has said it will take 5 years to return Germany's gold. The United States has said they will need 8 years to return Germany's gold.
This suggests strongly that the Bank of France and the NY Federal Reserve have used the deposited gold for other purposes, most likely to cover gold futures contracts used to artificially suppress the price of gold to keep investors in the equities markets, and the Central Banks are scrambling to find new gold to cover the shortfall and prevent a gold run.
So it is inevitable that suddenly France invades Mali, ostensibly to combat Al Qaeda, with the US joining in. Mali just happens to be one of the world's largest gold producers with gold accounting for 80% of Mali exports. War for the bankers does not get more obvious than that!
Mexico has demanded a physical audit of their gold bullion stored at the Bank of England, and along with Venezuela's vast oil reserves (larger than Saudi Arabia), Venezuela's gold mines are a prize lusted after by all the Central Banks that played fast and loose with other peoples' gold bullion.
So we can expect regime change if not outright invasion soon.
You have been raised by a public school system and media that constantly assures you that the reasons for all these wars and assassinations are many and varied.
The US claims to bring democracy to the conquered lands (they haven't; the usual result of a US overthrow is the imposition of a dictatorship, such as the 1953 CIA overthrow of Iran's democratically elected government of Mohammad Mosaddegh and the imposition of the Shah, or the 1973 CIA overthrow of Chile's democratically elected government of President Salvador Allende, and the imposition of Augusto Pinochet), or to save a people from a cruel oppressor, revenge for 9-11, or that tired worn-out catch all excuse for invasion, weapons of mass destruction. Assassinations are always passed off as "crazed lone nuts" to obscure the real agenda.
The real agenda is simple. It is enslavement of the people by creation of a false sense of obligation.
That obligation is false because the Private Central Banking system, by design, always creates more debt than money with which to pay that debt.
Private Central Banking is not science, it is a religion; a set of arbitrary rules created to benefit the priesthood, meaning the owners of the Private Central Bank.
The fraud persists, with often lethal results, because the people are tricked into believing that this is the way life is suppoed to be and no alternative exists or should be dreamt of.
The same was true of two earlier systems of enslavement, Rule by Divine Right and Slavery, both systems built to trick people into obedience, and both now recognized by modern civilizatyion as illegitimate.
Now we are entering a time in human history where we will recognize that rule by debt, or rule by Private Central Bankers issuing the public currency as a loan at interest, is equally illegitimate.
It only works as long as people allow themselves to believe that this is the way life is supposed to be.
But understand this above all; Private Central Banks do not exist to serve the people, the community, or the nation. Private Central Banks exist to serve their owners, to make them rich beyond the dreams of Midas and all for the cost of ink, paper, and the right bribe to the right official.
Behind all these wars, all these assassinations, the hundred million horrible deaths from all the wars lies a single policy of dictatorship. The private central bankers allow rulers to rule only on the condition that the people of a nation be enslaved to the private central banks.
Failing that, said ruler will be killed, and their nation invaded by those other nations enslaved to private central banks.
The so-called "clash of civilizations" we read about on the corporate media is really a war between banking systems, with the private central bankers forcing themselves onto the rest of the world, no matter how many millions must die for it.
Indeed the constant hatemongering against Muslims lies in a simple fact. Like the ancient Christians (prior to the Knights Templars private banking system) , Muslims forbid usury, or the lending of money at interest. And that is the reason our government and media insist they must be killed or converted. They refuse to submit to currencies issued at interest. They refuse to be debt slaves.
So off to war your children must go, to spill their blood for the money-junkies' gold. We barely survived the last two world wars. In the nuclear/bioweapon age, are the private central bankers willing to risk incinerating the whole planet just to feed their greed?
Apparently so. This brings us to the current situation in the Ukraine, Russia, and China.
The European Union had been courting the government of the Ukraine to merge with the EU, and more to the point, entangle their economy with the private-owned European Central Bank.
The government of the Ukraine was considering the move, but had made no commitments. Part of their concern lay with the conditions in other EU nations enslaved to the ECB, notably Cyprus, Greece, Spain, and Italy. So they were properly cautious.
Then Russia stepped in with a better deal and the Ukraine, exercising the basic choice all consumers have to choose the best product at the best price, dropped the EU and announced they were going to go with Russia's offer.
It was at that point that agents provocateurs flooded into the Ukraine, covertly funded by intelligence agency fronts like CANVAS and USAID, stirring up trouble, while the western media proclaimed this was a popular revolution. Snipers shot at people and this violence was blamed on then-President Yanukovich.
However a leaked recording of a phone call between the EU's Catherine Ashton and Estonia's Foreign Minister Urmas Paet confirmed the snipers were working for the overthrow plotters, not the Ukrainian government. Urmas Paet has confirmed the authenticity of that phone call.
This is a classic pattern of covert overthrow we have seen many times before.
Since the end of WW2, the US has covertly tried to overthrow the governments of 56 nations, succeeding 25 times.
Examples include the 1953 overthrow of Iran's elected government of Mohammed Mossadegh and the imposition of the Shah, the 1973 overthrow of Chile's elected government of Salvador Allende and the imposition of the Pinochet dictatorship, and of course, the current overthrow of Ukraine's elected government of Yanukovich and the imposition of the current unelected government, which is already gutting the Ukraine's wealth to hand to the western bankers.
Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa have formed a parallel financial system called BRICS, officially launched on January 1, 2015. As of this writing some 80 nations are ready to trade with BRICS in transactions that do not involve the US dollar.
Despite US economic warfare against both Russia and China, the Ruble and Yuan are seen as more attractive for international trade and banking than the US dollar, hence the US attempt to fan the Ukraine crisis into war with Russia, and attempts to provoke North Korea as a back door to war with China.
The US Corporate Government: "These are the enemies of everything we hold dear in America: Your children must kill them for us..."
Flag waving and propaganda aside, all modern wars are wars by and for the private bankers, fought and bled for by third parties unaware of the true reason they are expected to gracefully be killed and croppled for.
The process is quite simple. As soon as the Private Central Bank issues its currency as a loan at interest, the public is forced deeper and deeper into debt.
When the people are reluctant to borrow any more, that is when the Keynesian economists demand the government borrow more to keep the pyramid scheme working.
When both the people and government refuse to borrow any more, that is when wars are started, to plunge everyone even deeper into debt to pay for the war, then after the war to borrow more to rebuild.
When the war is over, the people have about the same as they did before the war, except the graveyards are far larger and everyone is in debt to the private bankers for the next century. This is why Brown Brothers Harriman in New York was funding the rise of Adolf Hitler.
As long as Private Central Banks are allowed to exist, inevitably as the night follows day there will be poverty, hopelessness, and millions of deaths in endless World Wars, until the Earth itself is sacrificed in flames to Mammon.
The path to true peace on Earth lies in the abolishment of all private central banking everywhere, and a return to the state-issued value-based currencies that allow nations and people to become prosperous.
"Banks do not have an obligation to promote the public good."
- Alexander Dielius, CEO, Germany, Austrian, Eastern Europe Goldman Sachs, 2010
"I am just a banker doing God's work."
- Lloyd Blankfein, CEO, Goldman Sachs, 2009
From the film "The International" which tells the story of the take-down of the corrupt Bank of Credit and Commerce International which was the 7th largest private bank in the world.
'The question the people of the world should be asking is not whether to raise debt ceilings, but rather why our governments, which are authorised to create and issue interest-free money, instead borrow that money at interest from a privately-owned central banking system, thereby plunging future generations into debt slavery to that bank?'
Three steps from Private Central Bank to World War:
Step 1: Enslave the nation to a private Central Bank issuing the public currency as a loan at interest to trap the people in unpayable debt
Step 2: When the people cannot borrow any more, have the government borrow on their behalf (and without their permissiono) to keep the pyramid scheme working
Step 3: When both the people and the government can no longer borrow, start a world war to conquer other nations wealth to "balance the books"
An Revealing Look at the Interests of the United Nations bodies of NATO and the WTO:
Click the image above to open a larger version in a new browser window
Prince’s death was unexpected, shrouded in mystery and full of strange facts. In short, it was a typical Hollywood death. What happened and why?
Prince was the exact opposite of most pop stars of today: He was immensely talented, completely original, fully involved in artistic creation and extremely outspoken – especially against the music industry. More than being in a class of his own, he was in a world of his own, floating in a giant purple bubble while masterfully playing his guitar.
Prince was not merely a singer – he was songwriter, a multi-instrumentalist, a record producer, and an actor. He was keenly aware of the workings on the music industry and often fought bitter battles to preserve the integrity of his work, his image, and his legacy.
While his enigmatic and eccentric persona never ceased to amaze his fans, the discovery of his lifeless body inside an elevator left the world with one final enigma: What happened? Before we look at this death, let’s look at his career.
Prince spent his entire career battling “record label tyranny” which lead to some memorable outbursts. In 1993, when a deal with Warner Brothers went south and left him without control of his work and without the advances he was promised, he orchestrated a rebellion that only Prince could think of. In a perplexing (and often ridiculed) move, Prince replaced name with an unpronounceable symbol. People then had to refer to him as “The artist formerly known as Prince”.
The Love Symbol on the cover his 1993 album. Although Prince never fully explained the meaning of this symbol (other that it “came to him during meditation”), one can easily discern an amalgamation of the “male” and “female” symbols crossed by a trumpet-like instrument. It might be a visual representation of the his androgynous musical persona.
Although this move was widely misunderstood by the public (and media), Prince clearly explained the rationale behind it.
"The first step I have taken toward the ultimate goal of emancipation from the chains that bind me to Warner Bros. was to change my name from Prince to the Love Symbol.
Prince is the name that my mother gave me at birth. Warner Bros. took the name, trademarked it, and used it as the main marketing tool to promote all of the music that I wrote. The company owns the name Prince and all related music marketed under Prince. I became merely a pawn used to produce more money for Warner Bros…
I was born Prince and did not want to adopt another conventional name. The only acceptable replacement for my name, and my identity, was the Love Symbol, a symbol with no pronunciation, that is a representation of me and what my music is about. This symbol is present in my work over the years; it is a concept that has evolved from my frustration; it is who I am. It is my name."
– Michael Heatley, Where Were You… When the Music Played? 120 Unforgettable Moments in Music History
During his legal battle with Warner Brothers, Prince appeared in public with the word “SLAVE” scribbled on his cheek.
Prince, with the word “Slave” written across his face at New York’s Rockefeller Plaza on July 9, 1996.
Prince also enjoyed speaking about unpopular issues such as chemtrails, religion and morality. Here’s a 2009 interview where he speaks his mind.
Several years later, Prince was still going at it. In 2015, he compared artists to “indentured servants with little control over how their music is used”. In a rare interaction with media, Prince stated:
"Record contracts are just like — I’m gonna say the word – slavery. I would tell any young artist… don’t sign.”
Strange Circumstances Around His Death
As it is the case for most unexpected celebrity deaths, there is a lot information, misinformation, rumors, gossip and conflicting reports floating around. Here’s a quick sum up of his last days. At the time of writing this article, the cause of his death is unknown.
"On April 7, 2016, Prince postponed two performances from his Piano & A Microphone Tour, at the Fox Theatre in Atlanta; the venue released a statement saying he was “battling the flu”.
He rescheduled the show for April 14, even though he still was not feeling well. While flying back to Minneapolis early the next morning, his private jet made an emergency landing at Quad City International Airport in Moline, Illinois, so that he could seek medical treatment.
Representatives stated that he suffered from “bad dehydration” and had been fighting influenza for several weeks. Prince was seen in public the following evening, when he shopped at the Electric Fetus in Minneapolis on Record Store Day, and made a brief appearance at a dance party at his Paisley Park recording studio complex in Chanhassen, Minnesota, stating that he was feeling fine.
He attended a performance by singer Lizz Wright at the Dakota Jazz Club on April 19, 2016.
On April 21, 2016, Prince was found unresponsive in an elevator at Paisley Park, which also served as his Minnesota home.
A 9-1-1 call was placed at 9:43 a.m; he did not recover with CPR by emergency responders and was pronounced dead at 10:07 a.m. He was 57 years old."
Although reportedly “combating the flu”, Prince was active and healthy enough to attend concerts and perform a couple of shows. Things took a mysterious turn on April 15th, when his private jet made an emergency landing in Moline, Illinois – even if he was at about 40 minutes from his final destination.
According to some sources, Prince was treated for an overdose.
"Multiple sources in Moline tell us, Prince was rushed to a hospital and doctors gave him a “save shot” … typically administered to counteract the effects of an opiate.
Our sources further say doctors advised Prince to stay in the hospital for 24 hours. His people demanded a private room, and when they were told that wasn’t possible … Prince and co. decided to bail. The singer was released 3 hours after arriving and flew home.
We’re told when Prince left he “was not doing well.”
We know authorities in Minnesota are trying to get the hospital records from Moline to help determine cause of death.
We have made more than a dozen attempts to reach Prince’s reps for comment, but they went radio silent."
– TMZ, Treated For a Drug Overdose Days Before Death
Strangely enough, every time there’s a strange celebrity death, the word “overdose” is thrown around almost immediately.
The next day, Prince appeared at a concert and somewhat prophetically said:
"Wait a few days before you waste any prayers.”
The same day, a popular gossip website cryptically announced that a famous African-American celebrity had AIDS.
"MediaTakeOut.com just received word that a VERY popular African-American celebrity – who has recently been in the news – now has what is being described as AIDS. Obviously since we are not able to 100% confirm the story – we’re going to leave it as a Blind Item. We want to make it clear we are NOT talking about Magic Johnson.
This report REALLY hurt our heart.
According to a person EXTREMELY CLOSE to the situation, the celebrity, who is known for having a very EXTREME sexual past reportedly contracted the illness sometime in the 1990s. He kept the illness quiet but began taking his medication RELIGIOUSLY up until about two years ago. Here’s what we’re told by a VERY trusted entertainment insider:
[The celebrity] believed that he was cured, and he had some crazy [religious]people who told him that God cured him. So he stopped taking his medication and the sickness came back. Now doctors say he’s dying, and there is nothing anyone can do about it.”
We’re told that the celebrity is expected to get sicker and sicker, and eventually pass. It can happen as soon as the summer."
Mediatakeout.com, Insider Claims That A VERY POPULAR African-American Celebrity . . . Is Stricken With AIDS . . . Not HIV
A few days later, Prince was found inside an elevator in his studio.
Strange fact: One of Prince’s most famous songs is Let’s Go Crazy. Not unlike much of his writing, the lyrics of this song can be traced back to his Christian beliefs, where he uses the word the “de-elevator” to refer to the devil. He sings:
"And if de-elevator tries to bring you down
Go crazy – punch a higher floor"
"And when we do (When we do)
What’s it all for (What’s it all for)
You better live now
Before the grim reaper come knocking on your door
Tell me, are we gonna let de-elevator bring us down?
Oh, no let’s go!"
In a morbidly symbolic setting, Prince’s body was found inside an elevator. Did the “de-elevator” finally bring him down?
A great deal of facts need to be checked and questions need to be answered. One thing is for sure: When things are shady, truth often remains in the shade.
Washington Launches Its Attack Against BRICS
April 24 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts
Having removed the reformist President of Argentina, Cristina Fernandez de Kirchner, Washington is now disposing of the reformist President of Brazil, Dilma Rousseff.
Washington used a federal judge to order Argentina to sacrifice its debt restructuring program in order to pay US vulture funds the full value of defaulted Argentine bonds that the vulture funds had bought for a few pennies on the dollar.
These vultures were called “creditors” who had made “loans” regardless of the fact that they were not creditors and had made no loans. They were opportunists after easy money and were used by Washington to get rid of a reformist government.
President Kirchner resisted and, thus, she had to go. Washington concocted a story that Kirchner covered up an alleged Iranian bombing in Buenos Aires in 1994.
This implausible fantasy, for which there is no evidence of Iranian involvement, was fed to one of Washington’s agents in the state prosecutor’s office, and a dubious event of 22 years ago was used to clear Kirchner out of the way of the American looting of Argentina.
In Brazil, Washington has used corruption insinuations to get President Rousseff impeached by the lower house. Evidence is not necessary, just allegations. It is no different from “Iranian nukes,” Saddam Hussein’s “weapons of mass destruction,” Assad’s “use of chemical weapons,” or in Rousseff’s case merely insinuations.
The Secretary General of the Organization of American States, Luis Almagro, notes that Rousseff “hasn’t been accused of anything.” The American-backed elites are simply using impeachment to remove a president who they cannot defeat electorally.
In short, this is Washington’s move against the BRICS. Washington is moving to put into political power a rightwing party that Washington controls in order to terminate Brazil’s growing relationships with China and Russia.
The great irony is that the impeachment bill was presided over by the corrupt lower house speaker, Eduardo Cunha, who was recently discovered to have stashed millions of dollars in secret Swiss bank accounts (perhaps his pay-off from Washington) and who lied under oath when he denied having foreign bank accounts. You can read the sordid story here:
Pro-government deputies hold a banner that reads in Portuguese “Cunha out!” behind the table of House speaker Eduardo Cunha, seated center, during a voting session on the impeachment of President Dilma Rousseff, in Brasilia, Brazil, April 17, 2016.
Kirchner and Rousseff’s “crimes” are their efforts to have the governments of Argentina and Brazil represent the Argentine and Brazilian peoples rather than the elites and Wall Street. In Washington these are serious offenses as Washington uses the elites to control South American countries. Whenever Latin Americans elect a government that represents them, Washington overthrows the government or assassinates the president.
Washington is close to returning Venezuela to the control of the Spanish elite allied with Washington.
The presidents of Ecuador and Bolivia are also targeted. One reason Washington will not permit its British lapdog to honor the asylum Ecuador granted to Julian Assange is that Washington expects to have its own agent back in as President of Ecuador, at which time Assange’s asylum will be repealed.
Washington has always blocked reform in Latin America. Latin American peoples will remain American serfs until they elect governments by such large majorities that the governments can exile the traitorous elites, close the US embassies, and expel all US corporations. Every Latin American country that has an American presence has no future other than serfdom.
Mainstream Media Achieve Historic Milestone + Trust This: New Zealanders Don't Trust MPs, Bloggers, The Media April 24 2016 | From: Geopolitics / AP / RadioNewZealand The mainstream media has achieved a new historic milestone lately: Only 6% Americans trust them, which means 94% are now asking relevant questions that are pushing them away from the lies and deceptions that mainstream media are all about.
Trust in the news media is being eroded by perceptions of inaccuracy and bias, fueled in part by Americans’ skepticism about what they read on social media. Just 6 percent of people say they have a lot of confidence in the media, putting the news industry about equal to Congress and well below the public’s view of other institutions. In this presidential campaign year, Democrats were more likely to trust the news media than Republicans or independents.
But trust today also goes beyond the traditional journalistic principles of accuracy, balance and fairness.
Faced with ever-increasing sources of information, Americans also are more likely to rely on news that is up-to-date, concise and cites expert sources or documents, according to a study by the Media Insight Project, a partnership of The Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research and the American Press Institute.
They want to be able to navigate the news app or website easily and quickly, without having to wade through intrusive or annoying ads.
“The skill set that journalists have to master is bigger,” said Tom Rosenstiel, executive director of the American Press Institute. That’s because the expectations of news consumers have increased.
The poll shows that accuracy clearly is the most important component of trust.
Nearly 90 percent of Americans say it’s extremely or very important that the media get their facts correct, according to the study. About 4 in 10 say they can remember a specific incident that eroded their confidence in the media, most often one that dealt with accuracy or a perception that it was one-sided.
The news media have been hit by a series of blunders on high-profile stories ranging from the Supreme Court’s 2012 ruling on President Barack Obama’s health care law to the Boston Marathon bombing that have helped feed negative perceptions of the media.
Download the survey results and analysis from here.
The establishment is definitely feeling the crunch as of late. But, they are still in control of the system, and they are still rigging it.
A New York City elections official has been suspended without pay after a bureaucratic error allegedly resulted in the removal of over 100,000 Brooklyn voters’ names from the city rolls during the state’s presidential primary, according to a report.
Sources told the Daily News that Borough Office Chief Clerk Diane Haslett-Rudianoshe skipped one of the steps meant to stop the system from purging eligible voters.
The voting books need to be purged from time to time to eliminate people who pass away, move to new locations or become ineligible for other reasons. This eventually resulted in voters being improperly removed.
She was suspended “without pay, effective immediately, pending an internal investigation into the administration of the voter rolls in the Borough of Brooklyn,” the city’s Board of Elections (BOE) reportedly said in a statement.
This disenfranchisement of 100,000 voters was claimed to have tip the balance towards Clinton’s favor.
So, not only that both parties are owned and controlled by the same puppet masters, the process of selecting party candidates itself is also a game of survival of the fittest.
And as the masses are fully entertained by this periodic game of musical chairs, the Western economy is left burning without the mainstream media telling like it is.
They’re not only in utter denial, but they are wary more of their own irrelevance as the internet-based alternative media is now virtually certified as the new mainstream media.
Humanity has definitely achieved something significant right here. And we can still achieve more if we continue to work together in spite of our cultural differences.
Trust This: New Zealanders Don't Trust MPs, Bloggers, The Media
New Zealanders are trusting politicians less and less, according to a new survey. Just 8 percent of people questioned said they trusted MPs, while government ministers edged up towards 9 percent.
The survey, carried out by Colmar Brunton for Victoria University's Institute for Governance and Policy Studies, asked 1000 people across the country about their confidence in government ministers, academics, judges, churches and the media, among others.
Medical practitioners scored highest with 56 percent trusting them "lots" or "completely", followed by police (53 percent). Judges and courts had a 34 percent rating.
But there was little faith in politicians, nor in media, with print and broadcast media at 9 percent, and last on the list, bloggers, trusted by 5 percent in the survey.
Not only do people have little trust in their elected officials, they're trusting them less.
The survey showed trust in MPs and government ministers fell over the last three years more than any other group, with 58 percent saying they trust them less.
ACT party leader David Seymour said the survey was concerning, though not surprising.
“"It was already starting from a low base, so that is very disappointing."
New Zealand First leader Winston Peters said once politicians get into parliament, they forgot the people who elected them.
“Many MPs are living evidence that New Zealanders can take a joke. You've seen their behaviour - their egregious, self-serving behaviour [and] the fact they get outside their electorate and forget their people."
Green Party co-leader James Shaw said politicians tended to come across as a "self-interested political class" who had "nothing better to do than throw insults at each other."
In order to fix that image, the processes in Parliament needed to change.
“The way that we examine bills breaks the process down in such a way that MPs, they show up, they make a five-minute speech and they go away again. That is clearly not a real debate.
There are some things that the Speaker can do to lift standards of behaviour [and] I think we should have a code of ethics for politicians and political operators that is way more rigorous than the one we currently have."
Institute for Governance and Policy Studies director, Professor Michael Macaulay, said the rankings offered a snapshot of the current political climate, which was "typified by low voter turn out and a public largely disengaged with politics."
The survey revealed numbers but did not go into the reasons for people's lack of confidence, and he wanted it to be used as a basis for further research.
9/11 Cover-Up Imploding As Mainstream Media Forced To Report Saudi Link April 23 2016 | From: Infowars / FreeThoughtProject / Various Establishment media finally coming clean about attack: New evidence reveals a link between Saudi Arabia and 9/11, according to an international newspaper.
Ghassan Al-Sharbi, a Saudi bombmaker, is said to have taken flying lessons with the 9/11 hijackers and U.S. investigators found his flight certificate in an envelope from the Saudi embassy in Washington, D.C., the Australianreported, citing a recently declassified U.S. memo.
“The envelope points to the fundamental question hanging over us today: to what extent was the 9/11 plot facilitated by individuals at the highest levels of the Saudi government?” Asked Brian McGlinchey, the activist who uncovered the 2003 memo known as Document 17.
Al-Sharbi was captured in Pakistan in 2002 and has since been held in Guantanamo Bay, which may indicate why President Obama has kept the detention center open despite promising he would close it “immediately” during his 2008 presidential campaign.
And Document 17 may explain why Saudi Arabia is freaking out right now, including the recent threat to dump nearly $750 billion in U.S. Treasury bonds and other assets if Congress passes a popular bill that would allow 9/11 victims to sue the country.
And it may also explain why both House Speaker Paul Ryan and Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell are trying to derail the bill, but they face a losing battle in the long-run: other mainstream outlets are finally coming clean about the Saudi connection to 9/11.
“The kingdom’s involvement was deliberately covered up at the highest levels of our government, and the coverup goes beyond locking up 28 pages of the Saudi report in a vault in the US Capitol basement,” Paul Sperry of the N.Y. Post reported. “Investigations were throttled, co-conspirators were let off the hook.”
“Case agents I’ve interviewed at the Joint Terrorism Task Forces in Washington and San Diego, the forward operating base for some of the Saudi hijackers, as well as detectives at the Fairfax County (Va.) Police Department who also investigated several 9/11 leads, say virtually every road led back to the Saudi Embassy in Washington, as well as the Saudi Consulate in Los Angeles.”
After 60-Minutes Bombshell, White House Says Secret 9/11 Docs Could Be Declassified In 60 Days
On a recent episode of 60-Minutes, former Florida governor, Democratic U.S. Senator and onetime chairman of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence, Bob Graham implicated a US ally for their role in the September 11th attacks.
“I think it’s implausible to believe that 19 people, most of whom didn’t speak English, most of whom had never been in the United States before, many didn’t have a high school education, could have carried out such a complicated task without some support from within the United States,” says Graham in the interview, implicating Saudi Arabia for thier role in 9/11."
CBS reported that Graham and his Joint Inquiry co-chair in the House, former Representative Porter Goss (R-FL) - who went on to be director of the CIA - say the 28 pages were excised from their report by the Bush Administration in the interest of national security.
Graham wouldn’t discuss the classified contents, but says the 28 pages outline a network of people he believes supported hijackers in the U.S. He tells Steve Kroft he believes the hijackers were “substantially” supported by Saudi Arabia. Asked if the support was from government, rich people or charities, the former senator replies, “all of the above.”
Until now, anyone who questioned the highly suspect ‘official’ narrative on the 9/11 attacks has been labeled a conspiracy theorist or a kook. But when current and former members of Congress, U.S. officials, and the 9/11 Commissioners themselves call for the release of these 28-pages, which tells a different story of what happened that fateful day - people will listen - and listen, they did.
On Tuesday, after Graham’s appearance on 60-Minutes, he says he received a phone call - from the White House.
“Graham told the Tampa Bay Times that Brett Holmgren, a senior policy adviser to the assistant to the president for Homeland Security, told him the declassification review of the documents withheld from a report issued by a Joint Congressional Commission in 2003 will soon be completed.
Graham, who asked the president to declassify the records more than two years ago, said he asked how soon he could expect a decision and was told “one or two months.”
Graham was co-chairman of a joint congressional committee that investigated the attacks.
The 28 pages were classified at the request of the FBI. Graham has been pushing for release of the documents since 2011 when he learned that the FBI had failed to disclose part of its investigation that included reports that high-ranking Saudi Arabian officials provided financial aid and other help to the 19 hijackers who flew airplanes into the World Trade Center and the Pentagon.
He says the FBI initially denied there were such reports but has since turned over 80,000 pages in a federal lawsuit seeking the release of all reports on the investigation.
The decision makers at the White House have realized the public cares about it and there is an urgency to come to a decision,’’ Graham said, noting that he appearance on 60-minutes prompted the White House to finally address the issue.
For over a decade, the families of the victims have demanded the full story on what happened and have only been met with ridicule and closed doors.
This information being aired on mainstream television followed by an ‘official’ response and plan to declassify the information is historical and heartening news to those seeking the truth. Now, we the people may finally receive more insight into the murderous actions on that day, bringing us closer to the closure we so sincerely deserve.
9/11 Commission Members Call For Release Of 28 Pages
Saudi Arabian connection soon to be brought to light: Two months ago when Donald Trump said the release of the 28 classified pages of the 9/11 report would show the involvement of the Saudi government, NATIONAL REVIEW called him a “9/11 Truther” and said “Trump turned into an ALEX JONES SHOW caller”.
Now CBS’ 60 Minutes, along with former Senator Bob Graham, Chairman of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence and former members of the 9/11 Commission like Sen Bob Kerrey and John Lehman, Reagan’s Secretary of the Navy ,have joined Trump and Alex Jones Show callers in demanding the classified information be released.
When Idiots Control Technology, This Is What Happens April 23 2016 | From: Geopolitics / Sputnik Here on this planet exists one giant multi-layered corporation comprising of thousands sub-corporations, with each layer promoting and protecting each own interests which when summed up lead only to one definite conclusion, i.e. self-destruction.
We are part of that multi-layered corporation, whether by sheer ignorance, or through lies and deception.
However methods used that brought us together up to this giant control structure, we don’t have any excuse whatsoever why we should not correct the present trajectory before this present path reach its disastrous end.
We are aware of one of the most obvious misapplications of science and technology which is the continued establishment of surveillance system far bigger than its predecessors. This is to be used to merge humanity to machines to facilitate AI control later on.
The Colossal Costs of Building UK’s Monster Surveillance Network
The proposal, which the Home Office wants to rush through the House of Commons just after Easter, will cost the country billions of pounds. The centers will be required to keep large databases of all the connections made by UK Internet users for one year - and to share them automatically with the UK’s government and intelligence agencies.
The government is bracing itself for the vote as the news arrives that the only other country in the world to have ever tried a similar approach - Denmark - has just decided to abandon the plan, for the second time in ten years.
The first Danish “session logging” system was put into place in 2007, but was abandoned in 2013 after the country’s police and security services found it to be practically useless - besides being very expensive for Internet providers to install and operate.
Another attempt to build an improved system, carried out by the Danish Ministry of Justice at the start of March 2016 also appears to have foundered.
Before the final decision was taken, the Danish government asked accounting firm Ernst & Young to ascertain how much the new surveillance network would cost.
The experts found that total expenses would be around one billion Danish Krone (US$150 million). The Danish government decided that the costs were too high for the country and its tech sector.
In the UK, the costs are likely to be much-much higher. If in Denmark - a country of 5.6 million people - the government estimated that each citizen would produce about 62,000 records every year, in Britain, whose population is about ten times the size of Denmark’s, the final annual database would have to include about four trillion a year.
Other estimates suggest that the sheer amount of records could even hit tens of trillions every year. That is because each of those records, as per the law, would have to contain: a customer account reference or device identifier; the date and time of the event; the duration; the source and destination IP and port number of each session; the domain name or linked URL; the volume of data; and the name of Internet service you connected to.
The UK will have to find a way to store an enormous amount of information every day — even if each record’s weight was brought down to 100 bytes, on a yearly level, we are talking exabytes (thousands of petabytes).
The only surefire way to deal with this information is by building new massive data centers, which will need at least US$140 million in equipment to handle each exabyte. Add the building, as well as cooling and electricity management and you have only started understanding the eventual costs of the UK’s new monster surveillance plans.
That’s Fust the Tip of The Iceberg
The AI control mechanism itself requires the merging of different sciences which when all tied in together also explains the physics behind all the myths, legends and conspiracies that ultimately define our present reality as it is today.
If you are not turned off by its title, the video above will surely reinforce what you’ve learned so far, and hopefully convince you that all the madness that is still going on around the world today needs to end.
More importantly, don’t allow yourself to get distracted over by any Gladio type operations wherever they may occur. Just stay within the course of your own evolution.
Self-evolution is the most powerful revolution.
Apocalypse Now - Falling Idols And Spiritual Adversaries April 22 2016 | From: WakingTimes We’re living in very challenging times. Our metal is being tested to new and extreme degrees that increase by the day. It’s clearly a time for expanded wisdom, digression and discernment to fully understand what is happening around and within us. As well as determination.
In a time of revelation, which is what the apocalypse is referring to, things come to light that can rock our world.
The word "apocalypse" actually means, "a disclosure of knowledge, i.e., a lifting of the veil or revelation."
Somehow, it has becomne re-translated as being something that spells doom. Go figure.
False idols fall, concepts are cracked, and new understandings and awakenings abound, whether we like them or not.
These are each up to the individual to find out and experience for themselves, but they can be very disconcerting when it comes to the shattering of old paradigms of thinking and our current personal outlook on the world, no matter how seemingly progressive we think we are.
The Fall of False Images and Mass Projections
There are many symptoms of radical change that we can expect. Idolatry, or putting unquestioned faith and misguided “belief” in some human or system, or even supernatural solution-bringer, is completely off course.
As long as humanity looks for a leader they will be sorely disappointed. History attests to this in spades. Projecting our problems, questions and needs for exterior solutions is destined to fail.
Worse yet as it affirms this mass hysteria. Anyone or anything that pretends to fill this vacuum you can be assured are deceived to whatever degree, unfortunately with the strong reinforcement of a sycophantic populace programmed to look for such.
Start by not putting people in that position of temptation. It’s ultimately up to us, similar to not participating in the matrix.
The more perceptive understanding of this has to do with those who accept this predominant role of “solution bringer”.
Once someone agrees to play this part of the projected play being broadcast you have problems, and it usually comes up because of not just the throngs projecting the wrong intent, but that those agreeing to fulfill such a role have grown an inflated ego, together with a plethora of attachments, capable of collecting this group intention, consciously or otherwise.
“A leader is best when people barely know he exists, when his work is done, his aim fulfilled, they will say: we did it ourselves.”
Again, history attests to this. People look for a leader, a panacea, a catch all solution, someone else to do the real work and have all the conviction they’re lacking, and when it appears to be embodied in a particularly charismatic figure who is then emboldened and willing to play this role, we have serious problems.
Every time. Truth by its very nature is a continually acting catalytic iconoclast.
Truthful ideas lead us to more truth and empowerment. Granted, some people can encapsulate and articulate these ideas better than others, but it’s nonetheless the ideas, not the people. When the intention and attention is hypnotically focused on the usually dynamic individual, those accepting such a role are immediately programmed to self destruct.
As truth has it, when something gets in the way of white hot truth it burns up. It may take time but it won’t stand the test.
It’s never clear in the time of transition but always clarifies over time. It’s up to us to be circumspect and wise in our observations and resultant behaviors.
Plato said something very profound in this regard:
“When the tyrant has disposed of foreign enemies by conquest or treaty and there is nothing to fear from them, then he is always stirring up some war or other, in order that the people may require a leader.”
Inside and Outside Attacks
A big part of this revelation we’re in the midst of has to do with knowing not just the truth but the enemies of truth. These contrarian “signal jammers” can be clearly belligerent external foes of freedom, creativity and the like which are relatively easy to spot individuals or socially engineered trends, but there are also inside or internal spiritual attacks on ourselves or others in our midst that can be difficult to identify as well as deal with.
This awareness of spiritual attacks must become an important aspect of our awareness. Whether people call these influences transdimensionals, demons, archons, wetiko or whatever, they are real, and very active and present in this human conflict.
People will be, and already are, seeing personality changes in others around them who are not moving or working with the truth vibrations, if you will. If you haven’t yet experienced this element you soon will, but it usually takes some grounded awareness and spotting ability to see them for what they are, and that awareness can only manifest when there is the ability to see what you are.
Some coming into our midst are people who are clearly outside plants and shills, but I would venture to say that the most present danger is the spiritual element which invariably uses the weakest link available as their doorway in any situation.
These negative, parasitic forces go where there is an opening. A particularly weak individual, someone with a grudge or contrary agenda for whatever reason, or simply a misguided soul laden with pride who is easily influenced and in some cases taken over.
These influences are not just demonically persuasive and extremely intelligent and can win almost any argument on their level if you engage them, but very aggressive.
This is where the fuller overarching paradigm of how to effect change is most blatantly manifest – learning to circumnavigate and ultimately rise above this level of interchange is a proverbial stitch in time and will avoid untold confusion and wasted energy.
This might sound a bit woo woo and out there for some geopolitical pragmatists, but if you’re reading this I’m sure you’ll identify some of these symptoms. Obviously psychopaths are fully charged with these elements, but it’s when it reaches you personally that we can be taken aback and inadvertently steered into futile encounters or courses of action.
The spiritual cannot be ignored. In fact, it is first and foremost amongst factors that need to be under consideration at any and every given time during this transitional process.
Take If from There
This may seem a bit vague to some but you will come to see it manifest in many ways. Much more needs to be explained about these inside and outside attacks but I wanted to touch on the concepts to get the ball rolling.
Idols will fall. Despite any temporary confusion good folks will survive and thrive as they empower. Paradigms will continue to crumble and morph. It’s a spectacular convergence and a time to learn.
Go with the flow but be aware, very aware, of the influences we are being bombarded with. This is a very serious transition we’re in the midst of and we need to remain vigilant and detached in our perspective.
There is no in between when it comes to joining the forces for truth.
Just a heads up. Stay on top of it, not under.
Henry Kissinger, War Criminal Extraordinaire: What You Need To Know About His Real History - And Why The Sanders / Clinton Exchange Matters April 22 2016 | From: Sott / Various Sanders was right about Kissinger. His civilian death toll nears 4 million, his policies built today's Middle East. Vote Hillary, get Henry. That seemed to be the message Hillary Clinton wants to send; she's spoken highly of Kissinger in her last two debates with Bernie Sanders.
Sanders fired back at Clinton for seeking foreign-policy wisdom from the Vietnam-era secretary of state. "I find it rather amazing," Sanders said, "given that I happen to believe that Kissinger was one of the most destructive secretaries of state in the modern history of this country. I am proud to say that Henry Kissinger is not my friend. I will not take advice from Henry Kissinger."
Maybe Kissinger will be the Dick Cheney of this campaign, angling for a shot at a dark-lord VP, you know, like Cheney himself. I doubt it. Though, at 92 and still a congenital publicity seeker, he must be enjoying himself.
In my most recent book, Kissinger's Shadow, I tried to use Kissinger as a window onto both the collapse of the national security state, brought about by Vietnam, its reconstruction on new footings reading to meet the challenges of 1970s and beyond.
It is in that reconstruction, in which Kissinger was key, that one can find the beginning of the militarization of the Persian Gulf - that is, the seeds sprouting the catastrophe we now find ourselves in.
As I wrote a few months ago for TomDispatch:
“Similarly, each of Kissinger's Middle East initiatives has been disastrous in the long run.
Just think about them from the vantage point of 2015: banking on despots, inflating the Shah, providing massive amounts of aid to security forces that tortured and terrorized democrats, pumping up the U.S. defense industry with recycled petrodollars and so spurring a Middle East arms race financed by high gas prices, emboldening Pakistan's intelligence service, nurturing Islamic fundamentalism, playing Iran and the Kurds off against Iraq, and then Iraq and Iran off against the Kurds, and committing Washington to defending Israel's occupation of Arab lands.
Combined, they've helped bind the modern Middle East into a knot that even Alexander's sword couldn't sever."
At the debate, Bernie went on the offensive. He not only called Kissinger one of the most destructive secretaries of state in our modern history, he explained some of the history.
"In fact, Kissinger's actions in Cambodia, when the United States bombed that country, over - through Prince Sihanouk, created the instability for Pol Pot and the Khmer Rouge to come in who then butchered some 3 million innocent people - one of the worst genocides in the history of the world."
I have no doubt that the fact-checkers are going to mangle Sanders' claims here, but he is pretty much right.
Kissinger didn't create the Khmer Rouge, but his mad and illegal bombing of Cambodia created the conditions where the most genocidal, militant faction of a broad and diverse insurgency could seize control of first the insurgency and then the state.
So for the sake of fact-checking Kissinger's genocide in Cambodia for millennial supporters of Sanders, who weren't yet alive when Kissinger was acting with his full power, here's how I describe his responsibility in Kissinger's Shadow, with the help of Ben Kiernan, a professor of history at Yale:
That Kissinger, along with Nixon, presided over the bombing of Cambodia, and had done so since March of 1969, is now well known. Less so is that the worst of his bombing started in February 1973, a month after Washington, Hanoi, and Saigon signed the Paris Peace accords.
In 1972, the U.S. dropped, in total, 53,000 tons of bombs on Cambodia. Between February 8 and August 15, 1973, that number increased nearly five-fold and targeted not just enemy "sanctuaries" in the country's east but the whole country.
In other words, Washington dropped the same amount of explosives on Cambodia in these six months as it did in the entire previous four years. Think of it as an accelerando climax to Nixon and Kissinger's epic bombing opera.
"We would rather err on the side of doing too much," Kissinger said to his envoy in Cambodia the day after the escalation began, referring to the bombing, than too little. "I see no reason not to really whack the hell out of them in Cambodia," Nixon said to Kissinger a few days later.
The nominal reason for this intensified bombing was the same as it ever was: to save face. Years of bombing had, as discussed earlier, created an untenable situation in the country, leading to a 1970 coup that, in turn, broadened the social base of the insurgency to include communists, "Sihanoukists" (supporters of deposed Prince Sihanouk (whom Sanders mentioned in the debate) and other non-communists.
Nixon and Kissinger's solution to this crisis caused by bombing was more bombing, including phosphorous explosives and cluster bombs that each released thousands of either ball bearings or darts.
The assault was meant to force the insurgency to the bargaining table, or force North Vietnam or China to force the Cambodian insurgents to the table. And, as always, there were domestic calculations: bombing Cambodia might distract from the Watergate scandal. It didn't.
The historian Ben Kiernan calls this intensified phase of the bombing a "watershed in Kampuchean history." Kiernan is now a professor of history at Yale University and head of its Genocide Studies Program.
In the 1970s, he learned the Khmer language and interviewed hundreds of Cambodian refugees, including victims and former members of the Khmer Rouge. Based on those interviews, as well as extensive documentary research, including Air Force bombing data, he drew the following three conclusions:
First: The bombing caused "enormous losses" of Cambodian "life and property" on an almost unimaginable scale, across the country. The campaign was indiscriminate, with rural civilians the primary victims. As many as three million people were forced out of their homes during the war, almost half the country's population.
It's impossible to read the testimonies taken by Kiernan and others and not be stunned: twenty people killed in one raid, thirty in another, entire families obliterated, hundreds of acres of crops scorched, whole villages destroyed. "They hit houses in Samrong," one survivor recalls, "and thirty people were killed:"
Another said that the "bombing was massive and devastating, and they just kept bombing more and more massively, so massively you couldn't believe it, so that it engulfed the forests, engulfed the forests with bombs, with devastation."
Second: The bombing was an effective recruitment tool for the Khmer Rouge. Propaganda doesn't seem like quite the right word, since it implies some form of deception or manipulation. Object lesson might be a better description of the service Kissinger provided to Pol Pot. Here's a former Khmer Rouge cadre describing the effect of the bombing:
"The ordinary people sometimes literally shit in their pants when the big bombs and shells came. Their minds just froze up and they would wander around mute for three or four days.
Terrified and half crazy, the people were ready to believe what they were told. It was because of their dissatisfaction with the bombing that they kept on co-operating with the Khmer Rouge, joining up with the Khmer Rouge, sending their children off to go with them . . .
Sometimes the bombs fell and hit little children, and their fathers would be all for the Khmer Rouge."
Another told a journalist that his village, Pursat, had been destroyed by U.S. bombs, "killing 200 of its 350 inhabitants and propelling him into a career of violence and absolute loyalty" to the Khmer Rouge. One elderly woman said she had never met a "Khmer Rouge" until her village was destroyed.
The propaganda was strategic but the fury and confusion real: "The people were very angry with the U.S., and that is why so many of them joined the Khmer communists," reported one witness. Another said that after the bombs destroyed a number of monasteries, "people in our village were furious with the Americans; they did not know why the Americans had bombed them."
Third: The bombing that took place between February and August 1973 had two consequences: It delayed a Communist victory while at the same time radically transformed the nature of that victory when it did come two years later.
Had Lon Nol fallen in early or mid-1973, the insurgent victors would have been comprised of diverse factions, including moderates and Sihanouk loyalists. By the time Lon Nol did fall in early 1975, not only had the Khmer Rouge come to dominate the insurgency but a radical faction had come to dominate the Khmer Rouge.
Nixon and Kissinger's intensification of the bombing killed or scattered much of the anti- Lon Nol opposition, driving the insurgency into siege mode and giving the upper hand to a hardened corps of extremists circling around Pol Pot.
The bombing sanctioned their extremism: when political-education cadre pointed to charred corpses and limbless children and said this was a "manifestation of simple American barbarism," who could disagree? And it made them even more extreme: in the villages, "people were made angry by the bombing and went to join the revolution," and so it followed that those who didn't join the revolution were "CIA agents" and targeted for reprisal.
The destruction of the countryside also brought out a "revival of national chauvinism," which included anger toward the Vietnamese for abandoning the struggle even as Cambodia was being devastated. Sihanouk supporters, Vietnamese, and other moderates were purged from opposition forces.
At the same time, the strain of living under constant bombardment forced those areas under Khmer Rouge rule into an accelerated program of peasant collectivization, justified by the demands of having to survive during wartime. Emerging from the carnage was fury directed not just at United States imperialism but at the capital "Phnom Penh," the city as a symbol of decadent, urban and industrial modernity.
On April 17th, 1975, the Khmer Rouge took Phnom Penh, and Pol Pot declared "Year Zero." His cadre immediately began to empty out the capital and other cities, deporting millions of urban dwellers to the country's northwest.
Cambodia's new rulers targeted for persecution Buddhist monks, ethnic minorities, former government loyalists, intellectuals, moderate Communists, and anyone who would stand in the way of establishing their agrarian utopia. Nearly the entire population of Cambodia was forced into rural labor camps.
By the time a now unified Vietnam invaded the country in 1979, overthrew the Khmer Rouge, and put an end to the madness, as many as two million people, perhaps more, had been killed - of starvation, exhaustion, disease, or murdered.
And of course, not just Cambodia. I was queried about how I came up - in a Nation piece last week - with these numbers:
"A full tally hasn't been done, but a back-of-the-envelope count would attribute 3 million, maybe 4 million deaths to Kissinger's actions," in my post on Hillary Clinton's pride in being tutored by Henry Kissinger. More sources can be found in Kissinger's Shadow, but here it goes:
Kissinger's hardline in southern Africa - in response to movements of national liberation in Angola and Mozambique and anti-white supremacy struggles in Rhodesia and South Africa - led him to support allied insurgencies.
And that's what Kissinger did. In July, he stepped up covert aid to UNITA, a pro-American, anti-MPLA insurgency in Angola that he had already been running.
Likewise in Mozambique. All told, historians guess that these wars killed between 1,750,000 and 2 million people. Neither country "disintegrated." But they were devastated, their infrastructure ruined, their governments militarized and bankrupted, their hospitals and morgues filled beyond capacity. Mozambique's civil war ended in 1992, while fighting in Angola dragged on for yet another decade.
The U.S.'s illegal bombing campaign in Cambodia: 100,000 civilians dead in the bombing. 1,671,000 killed in the resultant genocide.
Indonesia's invasion and occupation of East Timor, which Kissinger greenlighted: 200,000 dead
Chile: at least 3,000
The Guatemalan genocide is an atrocity often not associated with Henry Kissinger, since the worst of its slaughter came in 1978-1983, a few years after he left office. But here, too, his fingerprints show.
In 1970, Kissinger and his military aide Alexander Haig were involved in passing the names and addresses of "Guatemalan terrorists" to security forces, even though Washington was well aware that that the government was using its U.S.-funded counter-terror program to eliminate not just armed insurgents but all political opposition and that the great majority of political prisoners taken were summarily executed.
Shortly thereafter, repression in Guatemala got so out of hand that a member of Kissinger's NSC staff urged that the so-called "40 Committee" - the committee chaired by Kissinger that brought together various arms of the national security state, which helped organize the campaign to overthrow Allende in Chile - reconsider U.S. support for the Guatemalan government.
Kissinger, as chair, didn't think it was an issue worth taking up and robust military support continued, paving the way for the killing of over 100,000 people.
Senior war criminal Henry Kissinger and war criminal apprentice Hillary Rodham Clinton interviewed by media shill Charlie Rose
So, to sum up, using the lower estimates above: Kissinger's policies resulted in at least 4,124,000 civilian deaths, probably many times that number of wounded and refugees - and that doesn't include Kissinger's victims in Vietnam - a war that he (and Nixon) helped prolong for five years when they sabotaged 1968 peace talks - Laos, or Argentina, Uruguay, the Middle East and Persian Gulf, at the hands of Kissinger's partners, such as the Shah and the Saudis.
"Should Hillary Clinton be basking in Henry Kissinger's praise," Michael Tracey, at the New Republic asked Clinton's team.
This was after the candidate, at the previous debate, seemed to think that Kissinger's approval was evidence of her "progressivism." Joel Benenson, a Clinton "surrogate," said: "People generally believe that Henry Kissinger was a good secretary of state . . . I think he's respected."
Clinton's campaign manager, John Podesta, said: "Here's a guy who's certainly knowledgeable about what it takes to manage the State Department."
Considering the carnage Secretary of State Clinton left in her wake in Libya, Mali and Honduras (and, as a senator, in Iraq), there's much truth in that statement.
Greg Grandin is a professor of history at New York University and the author of Kissinger's Shadow: The Long Reach of America's Most Controversial Statesman. He is the author of a number of prize-winning books, including The Empire of Necessity: Slavery, Freedom, and Deception in the New World, which won the Bancroft Prize in American History.
He is also the author of Fordlandia: The Rise and Fall of Henry Ford's Forgotten Jungle City (Metropolitan 2009), a finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in History, as well as for the National Book Award and the National Book Critics Circle Award.
Henry Kissinger's Legacy of War Crimes Exposed by Secret Yale Visit
Abby Martin speaks about how Yale University's secret invite to Henry Kissinger has shined a new light into the former Secretary of State's long list of criminality, by helping facilitate US war crimes in South East Asia, South America and the Middle East, which resulted in the deaths of millions of civilians.
Of course there is also those famous Kissinger quotes:
"Military men are just dumb, stupid animals to be used as pawns in foreign policy."
"Control oil, and you control nations; control food and you control the people."
Emergency Meetings, Banker Summits, Crashing European Banks, And The Worst Bank Reports Since The Great Recession
+ Is The American Debt-Note Factory Nearing Its End? April 21 2016 | From: ActivistPost / PoliticalVelCraft / VeteransToday / Various Just about every major banker and finance minister in the world is meeting in Washington, DC, last week, following two rushed, secretive meetings of the Federal Reserve and another instantaneous and rare meeting between the Fed Chair and the president of the United States.
These and other emergency bank meetings around the world cause one to wonder what is going down. Let’s start with a bullet list of the week’s big-bank events:
The Federal Reserve Board of Governors just held an “expedited special meeting” on Monday in closed-door session.
The White House made an immediate announcement that the president was going to meet with Fed Chair Janet Yellen right after Monday’s special meeting and that Vice President Biden would be joining them.
The Federal Reserve very shortly posted an announcement of another expedited closed-door meeting for Tuesday for the specific purpose of “bank supervision.”
A G-20 meeting of finance ministers and central-bank heads starts in Washington, DC, on Tuesday, too, and continues through Wednesday.
Then on Thursday the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund meet in Washington.
The Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta just revised US GDP growth for the first quarter to the precipice of recession at 0.1%.
US banks are widely expected this week to report their worst quarter financially since the start of the Great Recession.
The European Union’s new “bail-in” procedures for failing banks were employed for the first time with Austrian bank Heta Asset Resolution AG.
Italy’s minister of finance called an emergency meeting of Italian bankers to engage “last resort” measures for dealing with 360-billion euros of bad loans in banks that have only 50 billion in capital.
It’s official. Overnight, China launched its gold-backed Yuan to boost its control over the gold and paper currency market at the same time. Although, mainstream media are saying that it is a “Yuan gold fix” where gold has a fix Yuan units equivalent, it’s basically the same banana.
Earlier, Deutsche Bank was forced to admit its culpability in rigging the prices of gold and silver in connivance with other players in the precious metals market, which put resource rich countries at a gross disadvantage.
With Yuan basically the same as gold, and worthless fiat dollar not allowed to swap with Yuan, this is the beginning of the end for the Federal Reserve fiat dollar.
It is rare for presidents to meet with the chair of the Federal Reserve. The last time President Obama met with Janet Yellen was in November of 2014, a year and a half ago. It is even more rare for the vice president of the United States to join them. In fact, I’ve heard but haven’t verified that it has never happened in a suddenly called meeting with the Fed before.
For security reasons, the president and vice president don’t regularly attend the same events.
There are, of course, many planning sessions or emergency meetings where they do get together, but not with the head of the Federal Reserve.
Emergency meetings where the VP is included in the planning session would include situations related to dire national security in case the VP winds up having to take over.
(George Bush and Dick Cheney were exceptional to the point that everyone commented on how often the VP was included in meetings with the president, but I always figured that was because George Bush couldn’t think and speak without Cheney acting as the ventriloquist.)
In fact the meeting with the prez and vice prez is so rare that the White House is bending over backwards to assure the entire nation that the president is not meeting with Yellen to try to influence the Fed, which is required to act independently of politics (so they claim).
According to the White House, President Obama is meeting with the Fed chair and Biden to discuss the nation’s “longer-term economic outlook,” even though Yellen just told the entire nation that the economy was strong and had arrived nearly back at “full health.” The president says they will be “comparing notes.” Do their notes about the nation’s outlook disagree? “Compare notes” sounds sufficiently vague to cover everything imaginable.
“White House spokesman Josh Earnest said both Obama and Yellen are focused on ways to expand economic opportunities for the U.S. middle class. He called the meeting an opportunity for the two to “trade notes” while emphasizing that Yellen makes decisions about monetary policy independently."
Either such meetings are, indeed, extremely rare, or the White House doth protest to much because they spent more time this week emphasizing what the president was not going to do than what he was going to do in assuring us all that the president will not try to influence Yellen.
“The president has been pleased with the way that she has fulfilled what is a critically important job,” Earnest said. He added that Obama has “the utmost respect for the independent nature of her role.”
Earnest also said that, “even in a confidential setting” Obama would not “have a conversation that would undermine” the Fed’s ability to make “critical financial decisions independently.”
I’m waiting to here the next words - “trust us!”
If such meetings with the Fed are so rare they require careful defensive explanation, why the sudden call of the meeting, oddly timed between two specially called, emergency meetings of the Fed - or, at least, “expedited” meetings of the Fed.
It can’t just be that the president wants to plan what he will be saying at this week’s G-20 conference, if he’s to speak there. That kind of planning would happen in advance because one knows the conference is coming.
One striking peculiarity of the president’s meeting with the Fed is that it appeared to have been called immediately after the Fed announced Monday’s “expedited” meeting of the Board of Governors.
We are in an election cycle, and I already speculated in my last article that, with the anti-establishment, Fed-hating candidates Sanders and Trump doing so well in their bids for the presidency, we could be sure the Administration would be doing all it can with the Fed to put some accelerant on this economy and forestall the recession that I believe we have already begun.
Another Point to Consider: Shanghai Shock April 19, 2016: Yuan Based Gold Standard
China’s new gold-backed Yuan was issued on Tuesday April 19, 2016; the entire world now has the choice of a new currency to use for international trade: The old US Dollar which is backed by nothing, or the new Chinese Yuan, which is backed by gold. Which currency would YOU use?
The Great Tectonic Shift of Gold from West to East:
Switzerland plays a key role in the gold market because it is home to many big gold refiners, so its report confirms what we’ve been saying about gold’s move out of the West to the strong hands of the East. Swiss report showed an incredible 80 percent of gold shipments went to Asia.
Bloomberg states that “there’s no evidence” that China seeks to adopt a traditional gold standard. 6/5/2015
China is warning foreign banks that they must participate in Yuan-based gold price fixing. The first-ever Chinese benchmark is set to launch in April of this year. 1/5/2016
If China were to partially back its yuan with gold it would require a gold price of $64,000 per ounce, 50 times gold bullion’s price today, according to a recent article from respected Bloomberg Intelligence.
China has been quietly accumulating a significant amount of gold bullion in recent years. They are now the top producer and top consumer of gold in the world. They are believed to keep all of their domestic production, plus import significant amounts from other nations. In addition, they have been buying up gold mines around the globe at steep discounts and bringing home gold they had stored in London, New York and Switzerland.
After accumulating all of this gold, along with their close ally Russia, many believe they will eventually break the metal free from the price manipulation undertaken by the banks/governments in the United States and United Kingdom. Once price discovery moves from West to East, they will allow the price to float to free-market levels and the value of all the gold they have been accumulating will skyrocket.
Removing the gold price suppression will be accompanied by wholesale dumping of U.S. treasury bonds and test the world’s faith in the US dollar debt-based fiat currency system.
This will give China, Russia and others a greater influence in world financial markets and better stability in their currencies. It may give them a considerable strategic advantage over the United States, a nation that many believe no longer has the gold that they claim.
Indeed, with a lack of a comprehensive audit and unwillingness of officials to allow one, many believe the gold is no longer in Fort Knox.
Now we move to the really interesting part of this story. Not only has China been accumulating huge amounts of gold (on and off record), but they also launched their own international gold trading platform on the SGE. It has become the largest physical gold exchange in the world, with an estimated 52 times more physical gold withdrawals versus the predominantly paper exchange of the COMEX.
Is the American debt-note Factory nearing its end?
It's becoming pretty obvious that the days of Federal Reserve System hegemony are now limited, in that much of the world is dumping the US Petro Dollar and plans to shift to direct trade and use of Gold, Silver and commodity-backed real currencies.
They are finding out it is a private corporation, a franchisee of the privately owned Bank of London located in the City of London, a private Khazarian Mafia nation-state with its own ambassadors and police.
The City of London is not a part of the UK and pays no taxes to England.
It was infiltrated and completely hijacked by the Rothschild Banking family by use of some crafty covert operations.
Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window
The most notable major covert operation by the Luciferian Rothschild money-changers was a stock price suppression operation which allowed them to buy up vast quantities of stock at fire-sale prices. This was based on a false announcement a victory of Napoleon in the Battle of Waterloo, when it was just the opposite.
Another lessor but still very important covert operation was the use of Rothschild money power to place Oliver Cromwell in power in England. This prepared the way for the Rothschilds to deeply infiltrate the City of London.
Cromwell was a Rothschild family puppet who was willing to harass, abuse and even murder Rothschild opposition which allowed them to complete their hijacking of the City of London financial and Banking enterprises and make England the center of their ancient Luciferian dark-side Babylonian Talmudic black-magick powers.
From their new home base in England they were able to expand their private central banking kingdom as a replacement for the eroded and dying British Empire which when at it peak was claimed that the Sun never set upon it it was so worldwide and vast.
It was the Rothschilds who were allegedly anointed by Lucifer (Satan) to become the functional head of the Khazarian Mafia, the World’s biggest Organized Crime Syndicate based on the power of the dark side.
Those who run the dark side using the RKM and its Worldwide occult network of Evil must first give up their souls to Lucifer and must function as non-humans dedicated to living in an occult world of secret evil dedicated to performing the opposite of everything that is good, loving, just and righteous.
Hierarchy advancement to the higher positions of extreme power, privilege, wealth and status is based on participation in evil initiation rites based on deviant, perverted criminal acts such as satanic black masses, drug usage, pedophilia, child torture, child-hunting at private hunting lodges, child sacrifice, and human vivisection all secretly videoed for later blackmail purposes in the initiate ever goes outside their allowed behavioral parameters.
The RKM learned of the addictive nature of Turkish Opium and its medicinal and intoxicating powers, and its ability to temporarily stop time and remove all worldly cares.
Battle between the British war ships and the Chinese junks from the first Opium War– it is interesting that the RKM used its proprietary cutout the East India company as its chief opium trafficker
The English had been buying a lot of tea, spices and silk from China and had paid them a lot of silver and gold in exchange for these products which the English people demanded and paid high prices for.
The Rothschild decided they would traffick opium into China to create massive addictions and thereby recover all the silver and gold they had paid out to the Chinese for tea, spices and silk. Opium was deployed by the Khazarian mafia associated “bloodline families” as a weapon of covert economic war.
It didn’t take too long for the Chinese warlords to figure this all out and fight back. Thus the Opium Wars occurring. English troops prevailed but because they had suffered some losses negotiated treaties allowing some opium sales but with significant curtailment.
Ever since, at various times, the Khazarian Mafia has continued to deploy illegal, habit forming narcotics that are able to steal a person’s very soul and dirty them up for life in most cases, an addiction that usually takes everything they have including their life itself.
The Rothschild Khazarian Mafia (RKM) “Beast” is centered in the City of London (COL) and is run by the Luciferian Rothschilds.
It is these Banksters who are reputed to have been anointed and empowered directly by Lucifer who are the head of the occult beast known as the “Hierarchy” which uses the High Freemasonry, and the Worldwide Satanic and occult networks as cover, and has continually trafficked illegal habit forming narcotics.
The RKM have trafficked numerous illegal drugs into America as covert weapons of war to not only destroy America the Constitutional Republic but to raise vast “off the books” black funds for various worldwide covert criminal activities as well as to make the Bloodline families participating in the drug trade rich beyond reason.
Many of these funds are used to finance vast mercenary operations of mind-kontrolled dupes pretending to be and acting like bloodthirsty terrorists who have lost their souls and are no longer functionally human.
Because the RKM basically owns and control every head of most of the American Intel and Law Enforcement Agencies they are basically immune from any arrest and prosecution for their massive illegal drug trafficking into and across America and much of the World.
Only their small time cutouts are ever arrested as token LE prosecutions to fool everyone.
After many years of failed attempts, the Rothschild COL Banksters were able to buy off most members of the US Congress and the sitting US President and were able to establish a foothold inside America with their passage of the Federal Reserve Act of 1913.
President Andrew Jackson — a true Constitutional Populist
President Andrew Jackson had driven the RKM Banksters out of America and felt they were evil. He was correct. He fully understood that these COL Banksters were foreign based vipers and parasites.
“Gentlemen, I have had men watching you for a long time and I am convinced that you have used the funds of the bank to speculate in the breadstuffs of the country. When you won, you divided the profits amongst you, and when you lost, you charged it to the bank. You tell me that if I take the deposits from the bank and annul its charter, I shall ruin ten thousand families.
That may be true, gentlemen, but that is your sin! Should I let you go on, you will ruin fifty thousand families, and that would be my sin! You are a den of vipers and thieves.”
“If Congress has the right under the Constitution to issue paper money, it was given to be used by themselves, not to be delegated to individuals or corporations.”
These are quotes from Andrew Jackson, who was a distinguished Constitutional President of the United States 1829-1837, and who killed the RKM Bank and drove it out of America. Sadly, it successfully bribed its way back into America in 1913, this time to last for over 100 years; and the RKM bank effectively parasitized millions of American soldiers’ lives and health, along with most American’s earned wealth and assets.
Once these COL RKM Banksters were able to set up their stateside franchise, they were able to slowly and systematically change the US Dollar from Gold and Silver Certificates (real money) to their own FRS Fiat (counterfeit) money better known as Federal reserve notes.
These FRS notes are actually pernicious interest bearing debt-notes and slowly but surely all Gold and Silver backing was removed in 1971 by Richard Nixon and they became debt-notes only.
This final act of the JFK Assassination coup d’etat occurred in 1971 by the man Richard Nixon who was deeply involved in what he called “that Bay of Pigs Thing” with GHWB.
It was GHWB who served as the titular head of the Bush Crime cabal which ran the CIA as its personal tool on behalf of the Fourth Reich and it was he who planned and ran the JFK assassination of the behalf of the Fourth Reich which was functioning as a part of the RKM.
The Federal Reserve Board, 1913
This seems so counter-intuitive but when one pulls back the curtain one finds the RKM Babylonian Talmudic Zionists at the core of the RKM who work with every other major crime syndicate including the Fourth Reich which they set up and ran in the first place.
Henry Kissinger, Nixon’s national security advisor and high ranking secret RKM appointee of David Rockefeller and former Soviet Mole (Soviet secret code-named according to FBI files of “Bor”).
David Rockefeller has been the head of the American RKM franchise. Kissinger negotiated the US Petro Dollar deal with the Mideast Oil producers. The deal was the US Military and NATO will protect you and will make sure you have plenty of profitable western markets only if you agree to accept US Dollars for your oil sales.
If you want to know the ugly truth about Heinz Kissinger (“Bor”) invest about 8 hours listening to Kay Griggs’ video affidavit, a truly great American Hero like Gwenyth Todd and Sibel Edmonds.
This deal was made and soon the US Petro Dollar became the World’s Reserve Currency, a distinct advantage for the FRS franchisee of the COL RKM private central Banking System.
We now know for certain that the RKM private central banking system is international, and functions like an octopus with many tentacles.
That is why insiders have called it both the “Octopus” and the “Baby” which is short for the current form of the ancient Babylonian Talmudic “black magick” money from nothing Zionist system (aka the secret Sionist Luciferian occult black-magick money-creation system).
And we know that without question a strong association between the RKM private banking octopus has always been associated with both illegal narcotics and drug trafficking and the massive Rockefeller created oil cartel which started out as the Seven Sisters and has now morphed into a smaller number of much larger corporations.
We know that one of the main methods used by the RKM to infiltrate and hijack many nations has been through the infiltration and capture of control over the underworld or criminal organizations in each nation, as well as by infiltrating their banking and corporations and consolidating them.
All the significant RKM leaders are initiated into secret societies using criminal, sadistic and highly deviant rituals, which increase in intensity and severity at each higher level as one become initiated to move up to the next higher level in the RKM system (aka the Hierarchy). Once the RKM gains control over the leaders in every sector, the rest is relatively easy.
And if these leaders go outside their prescribed and allowed parameters, they are sanctions and sometimes their evil activities during initiations are weakened to the public through Press stooges for the Hierarchy.
We now have gained a simple understanding of how the RKM buys its way into (infiltrates), then hijacks large corporations and then consolidates them into larger and larger entities that operate as virtual monopolies in function only but not corporate structure.
The joke was on us, the American people with the Bankster Bailouts. The FRS threatened that there would be blood in the streets and martial law would have to be declared unless the FRS and the “too big to fail” Wall Street Banks were bailed out by the US Taxpayers. This trick was successfully pulled off — TWICE
Once an industry is consolidated, be it oil, manufacturing or entertainment or media, it is easy for the RKM to exercise control over these virtual monopolies because all of the CEOs are owned and controlled by the RKM or its Cutouts one way or another.
Despite the incredible power and control the RKM has exercised over every American institution including the Pentagon, Intel, Law Enforcement, Congress, the Judiciary and almost every administration, their system has been exposed and such knowledge is rapidly diffusing to the masses who are beginning to connect the dots and have now had about enough.
The question of how long the American masses are going to continue to allow several wrinkled up old Luciferian occult masters in wheel chairs to run their lives and destroy everything they ever worked for and America too, is now becoming a prominent issue.
These wrinkled up old Satanic pedophile mass-murderers and child-sacrificers have run the Hierarchy and gained reach all the way down to your street level through their control of local police, and state and federal agencies.
The answer seems to be “not much longer”. Why does this now seem a certainty? The answer will surprise many.
The private Federal Reserve System as well as it franchiser the City of London RKM are both nearing complete collapse.
And this is all due to a strange convergence of different factors including the end of the US Petro Dollar as the oil sales medium and the World’s reserve Currency, the emergence of the BRICs Development bank, the Chinese AIIB and their new swift type electronic exchange system, and numerous direct trade agreements between nations that avoid any use of the US Dollar at all.
The FRS has been buying up US Treasury notes from the Chinese and other nations who fear they are soon approaching a complete loss of value. Thus the FRS and the US Treasury are monetizing debt, which means they are kiting up the whole system to manipulate the statistics to look good, while the whole system nears ultimate collapse.
The top FRS officials know this as do the real owners of the FRS, who are the Bloodline families who have made immense unjustified riches off of the American taxpayer and renter of their fake FRS Debt-notes, which are little more than mere promises to repay the debt with pernicious accrued interest.
Certainly this is some kind of an admission of near complete FRS insolvency and a coming financial storm.
But it is also a request for a get out of jail free card and an apparent attempt to shift responsibility from the Bloodline owners of the FRS to the US Public.
This is a crafty new way to monetize the debt by shifting ownership of it to the American people.
It is being proposed because the FRS Bloodline families who are the true stockholders and owners of the FRS realize that they cannot squeeze much more value out of it anymore.
The FRS was used to covertly kite the system through built-in inflation by using each local member bank loan to create money from nothing and then charging pernicious usury to use what should have been owned by the American people directly themselves in the first place.
Most of the BRICS and AIIB members have already discussed in secret that these various new currencies will have to be linked to gold, silver and commodities as their backing for money.
Some believe it will end up being digitally based but still linked to Gold, Silver and commodities.
And there will have to be trade boards to adjust exchange rates between trading countries in a mutually agreeable fashion.
It was all the unConstitutional Free trade Agreements and the mad addiction by Wall Street Banks to various pyramid Ponzi scams such as the S&L scam and the Enron scam (CIA black fundraisers), the Mortgage balloon Scam, and addiction to out of control derivatives and their continual repackaging and fraudulent sales as equity backed securities when they were anything but securitized by equity, and actually were fraudulent paper.
And we still have numerous top corporate leaders claiming on behalf of the RKM that America has a shortage of educated skilled workers and are continually begging for more H1B foreign visa’d immigrant workers.
This claim is of course based on a lie and is designed to keep the wages low and to destroy America the Republic by removing jobs from mainstream highly educated American workers.
And that the lies surrounding free trade and unrestricted immigration that Donald Trump and Bernie Sanders are now exposing is just one major reason why their words are resonating with so many Americans.
Many Americans are starting to envision the new dream team of Trump for President with Bernie Sanders as his VP running mate. Actually they agree on most of the most important issues. If both are cheated out of becoming their party candidates, they should quit their parties and join forces to become independents which both have been before. This team if they could iron out their differences would be unbeatable.
Bernie Sanders is popular among college students and the younger, and Donald Trump is popular among a wide spectrum, including many African Americans and Hispanics which is turning out to be a surprise to many so-called political experts.
The American masses do not want the sleazy Clintons back in the White House with all Bill’s un-prosecuted rapes and sexual abuse incidents, and Hillary’s Whitewater scam, the Web Hubbell love child in the former First Family, the Vince Foster murder and being rolled up in the W.H. rug incident, and her W.H. Waco bloodfest tantrum.
Hitlery is the Satanic RKM’s choice, and we shall see if their current diminished state of American political power is great enough to keep her out of jail for running a company covert op on her email, while getting a big chunk of money for herself or enough fake votes to get her elected as POTUS.
So far, her course has been completely protected, and she has been promoted to a status similar to the Queen of England.
No wonder she acts so haughty and laughs off every good question without answering it.
She has the whole Hierarchy leadership behind her and is serving as a major Cutout right now. Of course they want her to be elected POTUS. If elected, she will be open for Hierarchy business 24/7.
With Hillary everything is always for sale, everything to anybody with enough money, and believe you me, it takes a lot to get what you want in DC these days.
But there are other secret forces at work here to expose her and block her, and these go deep within certain secret factions in the Pentagon and some powerful Intel agencies, and even Majesty, the beyond-black group that is alleged to handle the most sensitive Alien ET matters including secret negotiations and treaties with some such groups.
Far too many of their crimes were covered up and went unprosecuted because of their being appointed by the RKM Hierarchy to serve as master RKM puppets.
The Establishment wants the Clinton’s back in power because with them everything is for sale 24/7 and this is what the RKM members want so they can remain feeding off USG pork like pigs at the taxpayer trough.
As the RKM is now cornered by the rest of the World that is tired of their debt note private central Banksters Fiat counterfeit currency scam, it is becoming obvious by the day that the RKM is losing power and soon the Hierarchy itself will be taken apart at the seams.
Top Hierarchy members know this is happening and are scrambling to shift the FRS into the USG as a US Federal Agency owned by We The People to create cover and provide an escape from the peasants and their pitchforks.
Many Americans are now learning that the US Congress is spending about 40% more than it takes in in Tax revenues.
This means that it must borrow more and more FRS Petro-Dollar debt-notes from the unending, elastic American Money Factory which is a true monopoly and completely illegal and unConstititional.
If a law is unConstitutional, it is by definition illegal and no American has any obligation to obey it.
The only reason that 'We The People' pay taxes is because the RKM Banksters have transformed this world into their own police state with their “owned” judicial system, and their ability to use their unbridled power of the boot in your face and threatened imprisonment to force compliance.
[They know that. Now you know that. Wake up and stand up.]
This year it has been reported tax revenues are up. This is of course due to the secret actions of the “Plunge Protection team” which kites up stock with direct secret purchases and intercepts electronic trades using A.I. algorithms to make profits not otherwise available.
You can bet the Plunge Protection team has also been making secret tax deposits through various complex means to kite up the system and fool everyone.
When any government reached such a state that it has to borrow 40% or more money to balance its books, this is a scenario that is certainly a formula for complete financial collapse.
And when you add so-called Free Trade Agreements, massive foreign immigration into the picture, H1B visas and a World increasingly saturated in US Petro Dollars that are losing value by the day, you can see this is a formula for coming catastrophe.
The rest of the World is now catching on and is deeply committed to constructing serious firewalls against the US Petro Dollar such as BRICs, AIIB and direct trade agreements without the use of the US Petro Dollar.
The handwriting is on the wall, the days of the FRS and RKM World hegemony are now limited, and the end for them is near.
100 Days - Claiming Back New Zealand April 20 2016 | From: 100DaysToDemocracy Horrified and shocked-she isn’t the only one: This isn’t the New Zealand our parents and grandparents lived in* - and we’re certainly not the better for it.
So isn’t it high time we started holding to account the politicians who’ve been so very largely responsible for this, and for the fact that many New Zealanders are now finding it difficult to afford living here in what is – (or was?) – our own country?
It’s not a good sign when those returning from the UK, for example, comment on how much more expensive everything is now – food, electricity, very basic living costs.
Even more crucially, we now have the least affordable houses of any country in the world in relation to income – although we all remember Prime Minister John Key blatantly denying there was even a housing shortage in Auckland. How could he have not known?
NZ Herald: Home truths: Can you afford to buy in New Zealand?
So perhaps it’s not surprising that PM John Key has been so very keen to get rid of the flag that they* and we have long lived under…the one flying over us all. John Key wanted the Union Jack removed, and apparently, the politicized Chinese with whom he gets on so very well agreed with him. Of course.
But not Hong Kong Chinese, fighting for basic freedoms against their predatory neighbour. Hong Kong Chinese apparently value the Union Jack, saying it represents the freedoms they had under the British and no longer have, and that it expresses the difference in values between Hong Kong and its over-authoritarian Communist government.
All the nonsense talked by Key and parroted by the inner circles of government about New Zealanders “needing to discover our national identity” and “our own place in the world” is basically manipulation.
How many of us go to sleep fretting about our national identity?
Mind you, as it’s increasingly not being seen as our own country any more, this question is going to be raised – but not as the PM apparently wants. We pretty well knew our own place in the world – in fact we owned our own place. But do we now?
Increasingly New Zealanders feel that we don’t. Nor will many of us have been impressed by learning that Key also sent a text to former All Blacks captain Richie McCaw (whom we’ve recently seen in an advertisement for an Australian-owned bank) and his team-mate, Dan Carter, asking them to watch his video promoting a flag change.
Whether this is appropriate behaviour for a Prime Minister, and whether sporting figures would be wiser to refrain from being lured into looking too close to powerful politicians is another issue.
The PM, of course, has his devoted cheerleaders among the media, so perhaps it’s not so extraordinary as it would otherwise be that we can guarantee many of them are managing not to look too closely at the essentially vulgar antics which have been his trademark at a personal level.
However, more worryingly, what should be a proudly independent fourth estate manages to pretty well look the other way and to barely, if at all, mention happenings which are so extraordinary that they should have us all shocked and horrified – not just the individual who heard, second-hand, of the one below.
It has been, culpably, so little reported that we should be doubly grateful to Senior Herald reporter, David Fisher, for making us aware that the Prime Minister was the guest of honour at a private fundraising lunch held at an Auckland Chinese restaurant.
The point is that it was hosted by the Change the Flag lobby group to raise cash from wealthy Chinese donors who supported the flag change. A small handful of National’s MPs were there, too.
It was all to fund a last-minute push for votes, including a pamphlet to send out just days before the voting started. This small, exclusive lunch was not publicly advertised, and the Change the Flag chairman, Lewis Holden, confirmed not the names of the donors, but that over $100,000 was raised for the entire campaign.
He admitted that some was donated by the Chinese donors who wanted the Union Jack gone from the New Zealand ensign, Mr Holden commented – naively, some would say.
In January, Taiwan elected its first female president after a furore“We knew there was support in the Chinese community because of the Union Jack" just before Election Day when a 16 year old Taiwanese singer for a girl band was forced to give a forlorn apology for holding a Taiwanese flag on a TV show. China has refused to allow the 7.2 million people of Hong Kong a free vote next year on deciding who will lead the city.
And reportedly, an uproar in Hong Kong over the disappearance of five dissident booksellers believed to be in the hands of the Chinese security services has also understandably a had huge impact on public opinion in Taiwan.
This of course, is typical behaviour from a brutal Communist régime which imprisons, tortures and even executes dissidents (let alone its continued opposition to Chinese Christians, and its appalling record of “farming” the Falun Gong to forcibly remove their organs for live transplants organs.
Not that New Zealand ever officially and publicly protests – any more than many countries similarly turned a blind eye to the appalling and barbarous treatment that Nazi Germany showed to its Jewish population, in World War 11.
And yet, does or does not a country have a moral responsibility to make its views publicly known about a trade partner’s oppression of its own people? Is it okay to just look away, to pretend it isn’t happening or doesn’t really count?
Mr Holden should have specified that he was referring only to the increasingly large Communist Chinese community in this country.
Other long-settled Chinese in New Zealand would not only disagree (including a highly respected academic who protested in his youth at the butchery of Tiananmen Square) but are deeply concerned at the influence that Communist Chinese interests are apparently having on our National Party government, dominated by its acknowledged authoritarian leader.
In fact, Mr Holden admitted he was pretty surprised that John Key agreed to come. Concerned New Zealanders who have been asking what is happening to this country, and why we have the state we are now in, are not all surprised. After all, the buck stops at the top.
Interestingly enough, too, back in November, 2015, a Facebook user John Miller spotted another flag design – one of those proposed – appearing on the labelling for New Zealand apples in Shanghai. He asked, “Do the Chinese know something about the outcome of our flag referendum that we don’t know yet?"
The same flag was reported as being flown at a butcher’s shop in the United Arab Emirates. Somebody must have been pretty certain that the flag change was a done deal.
Three cheers for the New Zealanders who got the whiff, from somewhere, of a decaying rat, and put a stop to this attack on a heritage we can be proud of, in spite of all the unfair, and highly suspect, disparaging of colonialism.
As Hong Kong can testify, and as other African nations show us, it’s a wise observation that there are far worse things than colonisation, and that post-colonisation is apparently one of them.
Similar to the Prime Minister’s former denial of any problem with the Auckland current housing market has been his repudiating any connection with the uncontrolled immigration flooding the country.
The migration influx is breaking all records with, as reporter Hamish Rutherford informs us, the net gain last year being equivalent to a city the size of Nelson. In one year alone…
John Key’s simplistic assertion that unrestricted immigration is of economic benefit to the country has long been disproved. So why does he keep repeating it?
As Westpac senior economist Anne Boniface says, record immigration:
"Is helping to maintain a semblance of strong economic growth but the preponderance of people in the labour market is keeping wage growth lower than would otherwise be”.
And of course it is the unprecedented demand for housing from those flooding into the country, plus the ability of far more wealthy immigrants to outbid New Zealanders for our own houses, which has us at crisis point – although the government of course is not acknowledging this.
Nor is the building of new houses anywhere near able to compensate for the extraordinary demand, not with virtually 68,000 in the year ended in February this year.
The result is not only a dramatic shortage of houses but of decent jobs (some now observably preferentially offered to Chinese workers paid less by Chinese business owners and employers).
The flow-on effect includes shortages not only of housing – and of wealthy property investors outbidding New Zealanders to rent back what should be their own houses to them.
There’s now an unprecedented exodus to the provinces with a leap of house-buying driving house prices outside Auckland up beyond the reach of local residents.
Pressure has increased on land, on hospitals and all other social services
So the questions are being asked:
Why is National, under its leader, John Key, more interested in protecting the interests of potential NZ migrants and offshore investors – over and above the large and growing number of Kiwis priced out of the market?
The comments keep coming… that National has been in Government for 9 years and it has the power to effect change, but that it wilfully does not because John Key thinks that rising house prices are good politics.
But if it isn’t being brought home to more and more New Zealanders that it is shameful for our government to protect the interests of people who don’t even live here – above those of New Zealanders themselves -then it should be.
But is there more to all this than a seemingly naïve National Party leader having his own way? In the real world, where the uber-wealthy are looking for bolt-holes to escape the increasing scrutiny of their governments, New Zealand has long been viewed as a ripe plum ready for the picking.
Super-rich overseas owners, with obliging specialists lawyers to hand, have already hoovered up our high country sheep stations and farms, some owning multiple properties, including our scenic assets and, seemingly whatever takes their fancy (in spite of the OIO’s supposed scrutiny of the value of these land grabs to New Zealanders).
It doesn’t take anything more than commonsense to take on board the fact as more and more of our farms, our land and our houses are bought up by immigrants or pass into overseas ownership, more and more New Zealanders are being squeezed out of owning these.
It’s a depressing scenario for the dairy sector as banks face possible billions in write-offs. John Key admits that low dairy prices may see banks facing losses with farmers forced to sell, but, in a cavalier fashion dismisses the prospect – “as normal for businesses”.
This sort of pragmatism, an indifferent approach to those facing the devastating prospect of losing their family farms and homes, walks past the point of who is going to be in a position to actually buy the land – particularly when the Reserve Bank states that under its severe scenario it is unclear whether there would be sufficient cash among buyers to absorb the added number of farms which would inevitably be put up for sale.
Unclear in relation to New Zealand buyers, perhaps, but there is no shortage of finance from Chinese sources.
While a number of foreign nationals have been busy acquiring what they can, more or less under the radar, it is the very real threat to our sovereignty from Communist Chinese interests underpinning Chinese investment which is most ominous.
A Financial Times article of March 2016 by Lucy Hornsby – The Great Land Rush: China’s Pengxin hits overseas hurdles – points to the marketing of “Theland” with “where cows gaze on emerald grass below white clouds shaped like New Zealand”.
It makes the point that Pengxin;
"A little-known Shanghai real estate developer that owns Theland, will become the world’s largest private landowner if Australia’s authorities clear its most ambitious bid yet, to gain control of the grazing lands of the S Kidman & Co cattle empire. That, plus holdings in New Zealand, makes Pengxin the boldest of Chinese corporations investing in land, and has helped trigger a backlash."
It continues: “The financial Times, in a series of reports, is examining governments’ and private investors’ increasing interest in grand scale land deals. With the commodity supercycle ending, land – the ultimate resource – could either become the next big thing or the source of cross-border disputes… In November, Australia blocked the A$350 million sale on security grounds”. But there are further complications.
Pengxin’s bid for Kidman draws on its experience as China’s largest land investor in New Zealand.” However, (reportedly) “its expansion there has reached a limit only months after it announced plans to double its Kiwi assets to NZ$1bn, or 50 farms. In reply to written questions from the FT, Terry Lee, the president of overseas investment for Pengxin, wrote that “investing in New Zealand farmland…has been more challenging than we thought. “
This is excellent news and is no doubt due to those very few reporters and columnists to whom New Zealanders owe a great deal for their spotlighting of these issues – as well as to those who have been asking the questions that our government would apparently prefer not to answer.
What the Financial Times also noted was the understandable rising resentment in this country;
"After property documents, leaked to New Zealand media, showed buyers with Chinese surnames accounted for half the purchases of Auckland homes worth more than NZ$1m.”
Meanwhile, in Australia. Canberra is reviewing foreign investment rules, and has cut the threshold for approval of foreign acquisitions of rural land from A$252m to A$15m.
Moreover, a new registry of foreign-owned agricultural land goes public this year. Already, in Australia, there is much more scrutiny of foreign investors wanting to buy Australian housing stock, and each application must undergo appropriate review.
The paper further states that “as China’s urban sprawl consumes and pollutes farmland, Beijing has given tacit blessing to agricultural investment overseas.”
This is a considerable understatement. As a 60 Minutes programme pointed out, Chinese investors are being financially equipped by the Chinese government to buy up as much in the way of productive farmland, stock, and business fed by this industry – as well as means of transport, including shipping – for the benefit of China alone.
"Australia and New Zealand are top destinations because foreigners can own land outright, but resentment over Chinese investors buying residential property has curdled the political environment.”
In the eyes of New Zealanders it hasn’t curdled it enough, given that the government has not moved to protect New Zealanders from being disadvantaged in our own land.
Moreover, as one of the three primary obligations of government is the defence of the realm, it can be legitimately argued that the government is failing in its responsibility to defend New Zealanders from these takeovers.
Why, it is increasingly asked, can foreigners still buy up own land outright? Why is it is still being allowed to happen?
Reportedly, wooing Maori sellers and flying well-heeled Chinese tourists around New Zealand has paid well for those promoting sales of our assets. It can also be legitimately argued that enthusiastically promoting Chinese tourism may be working to our own disadvantage, for obvious reasons.
The fact, too, that Pengxin is reportedly building its own integrated dairy business, is a direct challenge to our already struggling Fonterra, our major dairy exporter upon whom thousands of New Zealand farmers depend.
No wonder that global market forces are coming into conflict with local populations, given the fact that nobody is making more land (except, in fact, the Communist Chinese, arousing disquiet through their aggressive military expansions – as well as through attempts to circumvent legal requirements within a host country) .
Yes, this comes from another political party. But don't let that fool you - notice how it doesn't matter which party is in power, they all follow the same agenda. And so while Labour is critical as the opposition - nothing would change under their leadership
Kerry Brown, Professor of Chinese studies at King’s College London, points out that China is a real problem for Australia and New Zealand – with its huge markets growth potential and very real needs. His warning is timely, namely, that underneath;
“China remains alien in terms of fundamental values and political beliefs."
The implications are clear, and as has been well stated, those who do not know their history are doomed to repeat it. The lesson of the Trojan horse – Timeo Danaos, et dona ferentes…
I fear the Greeks, especially when they are bringing gifts is to all intents and purposes ignored by the John Key government enthusing over a damaging flood of immigration and a level of foreign investment which threatens our own productive economy.
A recent National Business Review editorial points out Chinese companies have so far this year bought more foreign companies than during the whole of last year.
“In the past few years, most of the interest has been in agri-business. Recent deals in New Zealand have included dairy farms and factories, meat companies and horticultural ventures as well as companies such as PGG Wrightson…
The Chinese are also seeking high technology companies but this is proving difficult…the wave of purchases has spread to the hospitality sector and entertainment.”
An additional NBR editorial, discussing the revelations of the Panama Papers, notes that a third of the business of a law firm involved has been in helping Chinese clients ship their money overseas and out of reach of the Communist regime.
A BBC report “How China’s wealth is sneaked abroad”, implicates New Zealand “as a major target for a property-buying spree totalling US$ 32 billion around the world last year.
A featured comment will have resonated with many:
“The government should be embarrassed by this – not only have they turned a blind eye to the Communist Chinese money coming into NZ (despite the anti-money laundering rules), they have allowed the Auckland property market to be grossly inflated by a Chinese investors.”
Where to from here? The lesson from all this is that China is trouble. Not only are its Communist values in direct contrast to those of the democratic West, it is notorious for its electronic spying, including attempting to hack into government and defence security systems.
This of course, will predictably, include our own – a fact which raises the question: What was former left-leaning Prime Minister Helen Clark thinking when she allowed, in fact welcomed a procession of top-ranking Chinese military officials coming to be shown around New Zealand – inspecting our military bases, our equipment and familiarising themselves with our obvious inability to defend this small country?
Does anyone really believe she was simply ignorant of Communist China’s ambition in this area? If not, what was her motive in doing so?
And now, at the very time when concern about Chinese military aggression in the Pacific has America considering setting up military bases in Australia, it needs to be far more widely known that that late in 2015, National ’s Defence Minister, Gerry Brownlee, farcically lectured our giant, predatory neighbour, exhorting it to behave “like a big country” in the South China sea (where it is causing tension with other regional powers, and with the USA.)
Sent of course by our Prime Minister, he thought it fit to sign a five-year military defence alliance with this Communist country, while clumsily stating “that New Zealand’s relationships with Chinese and US defence forces are not mutually exclusive.”
But in fact they are. It’s almost incomprehensible that we should have signed such a military defence pact with this aggressively confrontational country. China’s Communist leadership, with its natural affinity for North Korea, is, for all its trade alliances, no friend to the West – a fact that most New Zealanders perceive – even though Key’s National government is apparently determinedly avoiding facing this fact.
As a consequence, and given the weakness of what should be our major Opposition party, New Zealanders are well and truly on the way to becoming tenants in our own country.
For this reason, even those who do not support the left-wing Chris Trotter’s political views, may well agree with his statement that New Zealanders’ disengagement from the political process (“in which we were once among the world’s most enthusiastic participants”) has been accompanied, and justified, by the widely held belief that “politics has become an almost entirely disreputable profession.”
His vague assertion that – “the answer lies with, and in us – the New Zealand electorate” suggests no concrete solution.
But there is one. It does not matter that it would be a most unwelcome one to by far the majority of our politicians, and to those with the money and influence “to assist” the government in its decision-making. And here I recall former Finance Minister Ruth Richardson thanking millionaire Doug Myers, then Chairman of the New Zealand Business Roundtable for his valuable help to her in her portfolio…)
We all know that we have moved a long way from being a far more democratic country that we once were. The loss of our freedoms has been gathering pace – even freedom of speech – let alone the ability to be genuinely involved in the decision-making of our governments – although this very much affects us.
Reforms are undertaken from time to time – as with the now signalled, but well overdue simplification of our tax system. Too little, too late for so many. But apart from our ability to routinely throw out governments which have caused perceivable damage to our country, in the interval between our elections the government elected as the lesser of two evils inevitably claims a mandate for actions for which it has no genuine mandate at all.
The solution? It is what the highly intelligent Swiss have long insisted on – the reform of our political system so that any legislation passed by Parliament, no matter what party is in power, nor what deal-making has gone on behind the scenes, has to wait for 100 Days.
This mandatory stop on all proposed laws gives the people of the country time to examine it for fishhooks. If satisfied, they allow it to pass. If they are not, it takes a very small proportion of their electorate (50,000 in a county with double our population) to call for a special kind of referendum, the results of which are binding on their government.
The fact that this provision is there puts a stop to constant trade-offs, in contrast to the never-ending passing of legislation which pours forth from our own government – whereas Swiss parliamentarians meet only once a week, and are able to hold down day jobs.
For more information on how the Swiss govern themselves, visit our website at www. 100days.co.nz
Above all, we need to remember that there is nothing so powerful as an idea whose time has come – and there is nothing more effective than individuals joining together to achieve a tipping point to insist on being genuinely part of our country’s decision-making.
Controlling our politicians though the eminently achievable 100 days initiative, now well under way, is available to each of us.
Each of us – not everybody else. If you are concerned about what is happening to our country, please support us! We need you all.
NSW Bar Association Warns Against New Police Powers April 20 2016 | From: AustralianNationalReview The New South Wales Bar Association has warned against a move to give more powers to the police at the detriment of citizens’ independence.
The new powers could see bans being placed on citizens in New South Wales. They could also face restrictions on movement and face curfews without even having committed a crime. The association said that the proposals would create a ‘rival criminal justice system’ that could harm people on mere suspicion.
The NSW government had made the proposals as part of introducing new powers to the police. Called serious crime prevention orders, it would offer unprecedented rights to the police to interfere in the affairs of the citizen, the bar association claimed.
If such powers are given to the police, they would be able to invoke the same powers to seek and impose control over alleged criminals as they do on terrorism suspects. That the police would have so much power in their hands without needing to prove the crime of a suspect makes the law dangerous and amenable to manipulation.
Police would be able to restrain any citizen and interfere with his/her basic rights. Even when a person is acquitted of a criminal offence, police could still seek such an order to treat him or her as per the provisions of the controversial rule.
The penalty for breaching an order could be up to five years’ imprisonment or AUD33,000 as fine for an individual. In the case of corporate entities, the fine would be AUD165,000.
In a submission, the NSW Bar Association criticised the government’s hurry in pushing through the legislation. It said:
“No evidence has been cited as to the ineffectiveness of the administration of criminal justice by a process of trial for ‘reducing serious and organised crime’ in New South Wales.
The bill effectively sets up a rival to the criminal trial system and interferes unacceptably in the fundamental human rights and freedoms of citizens of NSW.”
The association also said that it was at loss to explain why the government wanted the new norms in the place of long-settled principles.
Police minister, Troy Grant, said that the measures were aimed at reducing serious and organised crime. The new provisions would allow the NSW police, the NSW Crime Commission and the NSW director of public prosecutions to seek orders from a judge to impose the restrictions on citizens or corporations.
The judge must be satisfied there are “reasonable grounds” for the request. However, the bar association said that while the laws could be applied to individuals who had been convicted of a serious criminal offence, they would also be applicable to behaviour that was considered “serious crime-related activity.”
It went on to allege that the new rules interfered with rights of the citizens and had doubtful constitutional validity.
The Trillion Dollar Lawsuit April 19 2016 | From: Ellaster Part One: Neil Keenan’s battle Against the World Wide Conspiracy of Bankers
End of 2011 the Irish-American businessman Neil Keenan (agent of the Asian Dragon family) filed a claim in the Federal court in New York.  Neil Keenan’s lawsuit is not just about the stolen bonds with a face value of 134,500 billion dollars.
It entails the largest fraud in the financial world. The story behind the claim exposes the corruption within the banking industry. It also uncovers the involvement of world leaders with these corrupt practises and unveils the sinister agenda of the Cabal (secret ruling elite, also called Illuminati). Furthermore it reveals the true motivations behind the Second World War and 9/11.
And if the claimed amount of more than a trillion dollar is not spectacular enough, the list of defendants is at least as impressive: Dal Bosco (financial advisor of the Vatican), the Italian government, Prime Minister Berlosconi, the United Nations, Ban Ki-moon (UN), World Economic Forum and the Federal Reserve Bank in New York. 
One would almost think that this is not a serious case, but nothing could be further from the truth. This case is dead serious and everything indicates that this story is the absolute truth. A chilling truth, at least for the Cabal, as this most likely will be the sword of Damocles that hangs over their head.
In June 2009 two Japanese men were arrested in the Italian Chiasso, near the Swiss border. The two Japanese, Yamaguchi and Watanabe, carried in the double bottom of their suitcase Federal Reserve Bonds with a face value of 134,500 billion dollar. 
The two were accused of having counterfeits in their possession and after the arrest their bonds were confiscated by the Italian police. After they were brought before the court, they were quickly released and there is no police or legal report anywhere to be found, neither in the Italian police record, nor at the Financial Police, nor at Interpol.
However, the confiscated bonds remained in the hands of the Italians and there is proof that they have been redeemed by the Italian government and the Federal Reserve Bank in new York and placed in a financial program of the United Nations.
The History of the Dragon Bonds
In order to understand the origin of these bonds and their astronomical value, one needs to go back to the time of the silk route. For thousands of years the West is engaged in trade with the East and particularly since the era of the East Indian Trading Company this trade intensified.
Merchandise like silk, ceramics, spices and other valuable goods were imported from Asia. The Asians only accepted gold as payment and this is how 85% of the worldwide gold ended up in the East.
This gold belonged to the Dragon family - China’s dynastic rulers before the communists came to power - and is now spread over various Asian countries: Indonesia, Thailand, South-Korean, Japan, the Philippines, Malaysia and Taiwan. 
In order to regain this gold, the Cabal in the West made a secret agreement to plunder it from Asia by means of three world wars. This plan dates from 1776, the year that the Illuminati was founded as well.
Later on in 1921, 18 years prior to when World War II would start, another secret agreement was signed by the American, British and French government, the future Japanese Emperor Hirohito and the Chinese communist leaders, to start the Second World War and steal the gold of the Dragon family. A copy of this agreement will be submitted in Neil Keenan’s lawsuit.
Part of the plan was a false flag attack by a Japanese proxy that stole part of the gold in China in the twenties.  This convinced the Dragon family to safely put away part of their gold in the Federal Reserve Bank in the US. The first part was shipped in 1934 and in 1938 seven tankers fully loaded with gold-bars left for the US.
Example of Federal Reserve bond with face value of $ 100,000. Bonds with higher values, half a million to 100 million per bond, were also issued
In exchange the Dragon family received Federal Reserve Bonds with gigantic values, varying from a million to 100 million dollar per bond. A condition of this deal was that the gold would be used to finance humanitarian projects to develop and modernize Asia and Africa.
Bretton Woods Agreement
In 1944 the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank were founded as part of the Bretton Woods agreement.  This was the start of the current worldwide financial system. The US demanded that from then on the Federal Gold Reserve would form the basis of the monetary system.
The 1944 Bretton Woods Agreement: Power Bloc Coup
At the United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference held in Bretton Woods, New Hampshire, from July 1 to July 22, 1944. The agreement included the formation of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and, most importantly, the proposed introduction of an adjustable pegged foreign exchange rate system.
Currencies were pegged to gold and the IMF was given the authority to intervene when an imbalance of payments arose.
The truth is that in 1944, Britain, France and United States were given a fifty-year term of Global Control over the global financial system. The Agreement was supposed to develop and modernize the planet, when in fact, Roosevelt was poisoned (assassinated) and then most of the world’s gold was taken off-market, blacklisted or hidden in caves.
This allowed the fascist coup to finalize their fiat currency system control over the world. The military-industrial complex, instead of developing the planet, would actually start controlling and stealing from the world.
It was a clever ruse to make sure that a large part of the gold in the hands of the Dragon family that was not part of the Federal Reserve, would this way be non-tradable. The gold that was handed over to the Federal Reserve Bank was lent for a period of 60 years. When this term ended in 1994 for the 1934 bonds the Dragon Family demanded their gold back.
Because the promises made by the West to modernize the third world by humanitarian projects were not kept and furthermore the funds were used to finance various wars.
9/11 Was Related to 200,000 Tons of Gold
Because the Federal Reserve Bank did not want to return the gold, the Dragon family filed a lawsuit at the International World Court in The Hague. The trial took place behind closed doors and when the Dragon family won the case the Federal Reserve Bank was obligated to return 200,000 tons of gold.
The deadline when this gold had to be sent back was September 12 2001, the day after 9/11. The gold was stored in the vaults in the basement of the World Trade Centre, and has disappeared ever since the attacks. Cantor Fitzgerald Securities the shipping company that was in the possession of the insurance and transportation documents was located in WTC 1.
During the 9/11 attacks all 600 employees were killed and all documents vanished. The Treasury Police was located in WTC 7 and when this building came down, their documents disappeared as well.
The message to the Dragon family was loud and clear; the Fed did not have the intention to return the gold. 
The gold that had to be sent back was stored in the vault below the WTC. The shipping and insurance documents were destroyed after WTC 1 and WTC 7 came down after the 9/11 attacks
The Chiasso Incident
In 2009 the Dragon family appointed the Irish-American businessman Neil Keenan to help them with the bonds. This successful international businessman was experienced with negotiating with top diplomats and heads of state and was known for his integrity. Keenan was also granted a mandate of the DFFI (Dragon Family Financial Instruments).
Yamaguchi and Keenan
reviewing bonds and notes
According to Neil Keenan, also spokesperson for the Dragon family, another lawsuit took place after 9/11. Again the Federal Reserve Bank was obligated to return the gold. Thereon the US sent false gold bars back to China, made of a worthless tungsten covered by a layer of gold. 
In the meantime the Federal Reserve Bank neglected to pay the (full) interest over the bonds since the sixties. The yearly interest is significantly higher than the value of the bonds when redeemed, where just a small part of the face value would be paid out. Despite this, Keenan and the Dragon Family decided to redeem part of their bonds on a trial basis.
With the first part of bonds, just a very small amount, all the required authorisations were provided, a procedure that could take a number of weeks. Then two representatives of the Dragon Family, the Japanese Yamaguchi and Watanabe travelled to Italy with 134,500 billion dollar bonds in their possession.
After the arrest of the Japanese and the confiscation of their bonds a news paper article was published in an Italian newspaper that the two had carried counterfeits. However, these bonds have never been formally declared false.
Furthermore, Neil Keenan has proof that Prime Minister Berlosconi redeemed these bonds and shared half of the loot with the Federal Reserve Bank in New York. The redeemed bonds are placed in a program of the United Nations. This program had a revenue of 20-30% and this profit went directly to the defendants.
Italian police with confiscated bonds. After Yamaguchi’s and Watanabe’s arrest an article in the Italian press claimed that the two were taken into custody because they carried counterfeits.
Lies and Deceit at the Highest Level
That the bonds were secretly and illegitimately redeemed  would be discovered by Neil Keenan much later in the game. After the arrest of Yamaguchi and Watanabe, Neil Keenan travelled to Italy and Switzerland to mediate with representatives of the Italian government.
There he also met Dal Bosco that promised to help him to redeem the bonds through the Italian Treasury Police. Dal Bosco was a financial advisor of the Vatican and treasurer of the P2 lodge in Rome. 
As part of the negotiations Keenan always took his own stack of bonds with him, a set comparable with Yamaguchi’s confiscated set of bonds and with a face value of 145,500 billion dollars.
To make sure they would not be stolen when traveling he entrusted them with Dal Bosco, also knowing they could not be redeemed without the required signature of Yamaguchi. At least, that is what he thought…
However, a dirty game was played and Dal Bosco offered Neil Keenan a 100 million dollar bribe in return for transferring the mandate of the DFFI (Dragon Family Financial Instruments) to them. The DFFI have an actual value of several trillions. Dal Bosco assured Neil Keenan that it was safe to go along with the proposed deal and implied that the Italian government, Vatican and P2 lodge agreed with the deal.
“So you see there is no possible way we can have a problem. We can cloak ourselves with the immunity shield and everyone will go away. Just another day in the UN!
Ban Ki-moon of the UN had stated: “From the very top we’re protected.” “There is no reason for anyone, including Keenan, to worry about any sort of repercussions.” The Federal Reserve Bank “had no problems with the actions about to be taken so long as some candy was tossed to them.”" 
Implications of Neil Keenan’s Lawsuit
The above story became the basis of Neil Keenan’s claim against the Federal Reserve Bank in New York and the other defendants.
This will by no doubt become one of the most outstanding lawsuit of all times and the implications of this lawsuit are enormous.
It will irrevocably lead to the Federal Reserve Bank’s bankruptcy. Many whistle-blowers have stated that the Federal Reserve no longer has the gold and by no means can return it.
Furthermore, through the submitted evidence a network of large scale financial fraud will be exposed, a criminal cartel at the highest level. A team of experts around Keenan, who call themselves Group K, prepares the final death blow. Group K claims to have truck loads of evidence that irrefutably prove their claims. There are documents, audio recordings, bank statements, etc.
Beginning of 2012 Neil Keenan redrew the lawsuit after the first judge was replaced by a corrupt judge with close connections to Washington DC.
Moreover there was a jurisdiction problem, because part of the claim was addressed to several Italian parties and the International United Nations, but filed in the US. Meanwhile Keenan now has collected enough evidence to undoubtedly prove the complicity of the Federal Reserve Bank in New York.
He expects to refile the case this year, first in New York, later in Europe. Hopefully the case will lead to many arrests and will end the era of financial tyranny, the financial system as we know it today. 
The End of Financial Tyranny is the Beginning of the Golden Age
Neil Keenan’s lawsuit was initially a claim and request for compensation for the stolen bonds. Now it has become a case about the future of the world. There is something fundamentally wrong and that needs to be rectified. Team-K, a team of experts like: former bankers, financial and legal advisors, assist Keenan in his mission to expose the Cabal (secret ruling elite) and cut off their funds.
“The Cabal has built the financial system and we’re trying to tear it down because it’s just no damn good. Because they wanted to kill 5-6 billion people, out of 7 billion people. We woke up in time.” 
Benjamin Fulford, investigative journalist and spokesperson for the White Dragon Society (an Asian secret society) verified this. Members of the White Dragon Society eavesdropped on one of the conversations at the Bohemian Grove conference and heard about their plans to start World War III and reduce the world population through a created pandemic (by means of the SARS or Ebola virus). 
Subsequently Benjamin Fulford suggested that the Asians could stop this insane plan by cutting off their funds, because it could not be executed without Chinese and Japanese money.
Keith Scott (former member of Group K) confirms this:
“If you take the money away from them, you take away their chance to do anything. […] This lawsuit is the key to doing that.” It’s like a key to Pandora’s box that we are going to open.
The world is then going to see what is really going on. Then people will see that the entire system is corrupt.” 
Chris Bosnahan (former top banker and now assisting Team-K) about the banking industry: “The amount of corruption… it’s absolutely completely and utterly rotten with corruption. It’s a dangerous machine to stop.” 
Black Book of Codes
How corrupt the financial system really is becomes evident now Team-K gained access to the black banking system. Since they got hold of a copy of the Black Book (also called the Book of Codes) they can get access to this black shadow economy, which in size is at least as big as the official world economy.
Group K has a certified copy of the JP Morgan Blue Book with an overview of the Cabal families that illegally controlled the black shadow economy.
“The Black Books got the codes to open the ‘black screens’. […] You have to be a government level or royal family to open up a black screen.”
With the codes from the Black Book heads of state and royal families have access to add millions, even billions to their own bank account. The black screens are a high-tech network where all the black money is been kept hidden.
Bosnahan: “The Black Books have the full history of every government that has been using leased gold [through the Federal Reserve]from 1934 to today. The Black Book is the key to open everything that can not be argued with and Neil has those books secured." 
95% of the money is nothing more than numbers in the computer. Just 5% of the money is physical money. Digital codes provide access to this money and bankers do not want to give up these codes.
Through the codes in the Black Book and opening the ‘black screens’ bankers have added ridiculous amounts of trillions of dollars to their accounts; 33 times more than is present as capital in the total world economy. This happened especially when the US went off the gold standard. According to Chris Bosnahan the current monetary system is rotten to the core and can not be repaired.
With the codes to open these black screens, Group K can demonstrate that the gold of the Dragon family that was lent to the Federal Reserve Bank and meant for humanitarian purposes, in reality was used for military and industrial purposes. With the Black Book Keenan has a powerful weapon in his possession to prove the corruption of the Cabal.
An Indictment Against the Bilderberg Group and Other Secret Societies
The Cabal is not one group, but a number of various factions like the Illuminati, the Nazis, the Zionists and Jesuits, that gather in secret societies used to roll out their world agenda.
These secret societies are also guilty of stealing large sums of money as becomes evident in an additional claim by Team-K that was filed against all 12 Federal Reserve Banks in the US.  Quote:
“All persons from several organizations of persons who consider themselves to be the global elite have illegally used these assets - making fortunes for themselves, or otherwise benefiting from the illegal use of these accounts.
Key among these are members of (but not limited to):
The Committee of 300
Skull and Bones Society
The Bilderberg Society
The Trilateral Commission
Council on Foreign Relations"
The hidden agenda of these secret societies like the Bilderberg Group, is to create a world government and total control of their own banking system. Dismantling the current socio-economic structures and destruction of the society as we now know it, are part of this occult agenda.
The Dutch Royal family founded the Bilderberg Group. In an additional claim that Neil Keenan filed against the 12 Federal Banks in the US, the Bilderberg Group is mentioned to be one of the secret societies that through the black screens large sums of money were credited to their own bank accounts.
Murder and Bribes
As to no ones surprise, there were several murder attempt on Neil Keenan’s life and his team members. At least one person from Team-K got killed, another survived a staged car accident.5 Additionally large sums of bribes were offered to Keenan again and again to withdraw himself from the case or sell the Black Book of codes.
Amounts of 15 to 20 trillion were offered, even though it’s a mystery how one thinks to pay these amounts. But it doesn’t matter, as Keenan is not interested. This is a battle between good and evil.
He will not give up until the Federal Reserve Bank is brought down. After that he will target the European Union & the European Central Bank. Neil Keenan:
“We have a bunch of counterfeit notes and we want to be compensated for them. We’re not talking a trillion or two, we’re talking tons. And if they can’t do it, we’ll throw them into bankruptcy. End of European Union, bye bye.” 
It is evident that something is at stake in the financial world. This is also illustrated by the large number of suicided bankers since 2013. ‘Suicided’ is a term used for people forced to commit suicide when put under enormous psychological pressure, or being killed where their death appears the be the result of either suicide or a tragic accident.
This faith happened to at least 72 bankers.  Whether these people had to be eliminated as potential witnesses or if these bankers are in any way related to Neil Keenan’s case is not clear, but it is an indication of major changes in the financial world.
A Financial Reset and Mass-Arrests
Neil Keenan’s case will irrevocably lead to a reset of the world wide financial system. Besides this case there are other initiatives to remove the power from the Cabal. Much of the world capital, placed in a Central World Fund, has been used for their own benefit by the Cabal. They played Money Magick by means of computer games and created money based on a gold reserve they in fact had no access to.
In the past years these financial institutes have been heavily infiltrated by White Hats (opponent of the Cabal), whereby certain transactions by the Cabal could no longer go through the system and had their funds confiscated.
Thereby the Cabal has lost their access to the Central World Fund. This has caused huge panic among the Cabal. This was also a reason for the 3/11 Fukushima attack and had everything to do with a confiscated banking transaction. 
When all secrets will be revealed through the trillion dollar lawsuit: the actual gold reserve, the fraud with the bonds, the financing of wars, the truth behind 9/11, the fraud with the black screens, then the entire system comes crashing down. That’s why a plan for a financial reset was developed.
This plan for the reset goes hand in hand with the plan of the freedom movement in the US and other countries to overthrow the government and restore justice. There is a concrete mass arrest plan that includes hundred thousands of bankers and politicians to be arrested.
According to Drake bailey - contact of whistle-blowers within the American military, the Pentagon, CIA and other government agencies, as well as the US Militias - there are sufficient legal grounds to arrest (former) political leaders like Bush and Obama. Neil Keenan is well connected with Drake Bailey to prepare this final death blow. 
Benjamin Fulford, investigative journalist, broke the story about the stolen bonds and the pending lawsuit.
Reason for Optimism: A New Golden Age
During the financial reset the banks will close down for a while. During this time the Cabal’s bank accounts will be frozen. That will also be the end of the debt crisis. According to Benjamin Fulford (former bureau chief of Forbes’ Asia Pacific edition) a financial reset will lead to the blossoming of the economy. He states that there is enough capital to completely solve world poverty and environmental pollution.
Besides the capital in the current world economy, Asia is perched on top of a gold mine.  The amount of gold present in Asia is not even closely related to the official gold standard. Most of the gold was never made part of the Federal Reserve and has been deliberately kept off the books.
The exact amount of gold is up for debate, some claim it is 10 times larger, some even claim it is 100 time larger than the official gold reserve.
The Dragon family who are the guardians over a large part of this gold reserve, wish to use it through the Global Collateral Accounts for humanitarian purposes, but only after the Cabal is arrested.
It will be a big shock to many people when they realize how much gold there really exist and how this has been systematically plundered from mankind. There is so much gold. And when this gold is being put into the system in a dosed and responsibly fashion, there is enough capital to have 7 billion people live in prosperity.
That will be a major paradigm shift. There is no scarcity. And that is perhaps the Cabal’s biggest secret. Because once that sinks into the people’s mind, they will demand their piece of the pie.
Neil Keenan: “Well you know Drake, they do own the system. They still got all the money. But the bottom line is the money is fake, most of it nowadays. At one time it used to be real. They built the system. And we’re trying to tear it down because it’s just no damn good. Because they wanted to kill 5-6 billion people, out of 7 billion people. We woke up in time. That lawsuit that I filed opened up a lot of eyes and caused a lot of trouble. Wait ’til they see the one we’re going to refile.”
Quote from this claim: “All persons from several organizations of persons who consider themselves to be the global elite have illegally used these assets — making fortunes for themselves, or otherwise benefitting from the illegal use of these accounts. Key among these are members of (but not limited to) :
The Committee of 300 Skull and Bones Society The Bilderberg Society The Trilateral Commission Council on Foreign Relations
Hypocrisy And The Water Debate April 19 2016 | From: NZPCR The water debate is heating up, with orchestrated attacks on water bottling companies. Maori leaders want a price on water.
With the resource estimated to be worth $35 billion a year, they know that once National give them control of fresh water, they will be able to claim royalty payments for future use and compensation for lost revenue.
As the Maori Council chair Maanu Paul said on Tuesday;
“Any commercial operation will have to pay a fee, and that is the issue as far as the council is concerned – because these people are profiting from the use of a common good that belongs to Maori.”
Previous governments have rejected such opportunistic claims by Maori leaders. But in an astonishing act of hypocrisy, the National Party MP, who is advancing the current attempt by Maori to control fresh water, led the campaign against their attempt to control the foreshore and seabed.
While Nick Smith is now turning a blind eye to New Zealanders’ concerns over Maori control of water, in 2003 he stood up for the public. During a protest march down the main street of his Nelson electorate, he said;
“Ordinary New Zealanders, who have shown a huge degree of tolerance to treaty claims and spending on Maori issues, have had enough.”
Dr Smith claimed that while senior Labour Government ministers were negotiating with Maori over the ownership of the foreshore and seabed to find a “win-win” solution, the answer was “very simple”:
“The Government should pass legislation confirming the Crown as owner on behalf of all New Zealanders. Anyone who wants to divide up the shoreline for one exclusive group of citizenship must be stopped”.
In 2004, the National Party published a newspaper advertisement opposing the Government’s bill to give Maori control of the foreshore and seabed, calling on the public to send in submissions.
Their ad criticised the Government for giving Maori special rights:
“Labour’s basic message to Kiwis is: if you’re not Maori, then no matter how long you live here, you can never love this land as deeply – or care for it as responsibly – as Maori. Provisions like these will disempower your family forever…”
National opposed Labour’s plan to give Maori ‘the power of veto’ over resource consent applications:
“You know what that means. You want to build a boat ramp. But the local iwi says ‘Not so fast. Your ramp will have a significant adverse effect on our customary rights’. You then have two choices. A court case (bound to be long and expensive). Or a bribe (merely expensive). You pay the koha. Nothing’s changed. New name, same old scam.”
The ad opposed Maori being given ‘joint management’ rights, saying the new law would “give Maori strengthened ability to participate in decision-making processes. Strengthened ability? That means only one thing. Joint management.”
They complained that Maori claims to the foreshore and seabed would be ‘hard to oppose’:
“The Government has created a situation where these orders will be rubber-stamped by the Maori Land Court – a judicial jack-up. Say an iwi applies for an order. You can bet no-one will object. Why? Because they won’t even know about it… No hearing. No debate. No comeback.”
National warned that under Labour’s new bill, “The koha racket will continue. Part-Maori descendents of signatories to the Treaty of Waitangi will still be able to hold up any development … until their terms are met. There’s only one word for that. Extortion.”
And they claimed the new law was divisive: “This legislation will divide our country, not bring it together. This is not the way to build a better future for all of us. National says the foreshore and seabed is Kiwi property. Not iwi property.”
National’s present position, as outlined in Dr Smith’s consultation document on fresh water reform, reeks of double standards.
Maori tribes will be given joint management rights and the power ofveto over councils – the very things National objected to in Labour’s foreshore and seabed legislation.
Their plan to pass the responsibility for rubber stamping iwi claims to fresh water onto local authorities, will make such deals hard to oppose – again something National complained about in their ‘fish hook’ ad.
And with multiple tribal groups involved in the control of freshwater in any catchment, iwi consultation and the whole koha racket will skyrocket.
Comment: The 'racial divide' call is made often. The truth is however that the corruprtion is equally represented on both sides. Whether referencing political parties, Iwi, Maori, Pakeha - there are those on both "sides" who are more than happy to screw over their "own people" in the interests of themselves and / or their globalist handlers.
Back in 2003, with local authorities spending $3.4 million a year consulting with iwi, and the Corrections Department alone spending $2.2 million consulting iwi over three new prisons, National spoke out strongly against the rising cost of iwi consultation.
Nick Smith also objected to the inclusion of Maori spiritualism in the RMA:
“It is political correctness gone mad when key decisions on infrastructure are made on the basis that… it will adversely affect Maori spiritual beliefs and self-esteem. This decision is an invitation for backhanders…”
“There can be no certainty of property rights when the fantasy world of Hollywood starts being given credibility by our courts. This example follows previous rulings by the Environment Court about diverted waters adversely affecting Maori self esteem, and motorways and prisons being diverted or held up over taniwha. It shows just how politically correct and stupid the Resource Management Act has become and highlights the desperate need for reform.”
He made a promise:
“National is committed to a thorough cleanup of the Resource Management Act to remove any references to the spiritual world. This sort of hocus pocus has no place in the courtroom.”
After eight years in government, not only has the “hocus pocus” not been cleaned up, but Dr Smith is about to make it a whole lot worse. Through sweeping co-governance rights and the power of veto over democratically elected local authorities, the radical Iwi Participation Agreements proposed for the RMA will condemn councils into endless consultation with multiple tribal groups.
The result will be more and more abandoned projects as property owners decide it’s not worth the hassle.
Bob Jones explained what it was like consulting with iwi in 2014, when he wanted to restore a window in a commercial building in central Auckland that had been removed by a tenant.
Since the building was within 50 metres of one of thousands of new designated Maori heritage sites introduced by the Auckland Council’s Maori Statutory Board, under the Draft Unitary Plan, it needed a resource consent. To gain that consent, Sir Bob had to seek the approval of 13 iwi, ranging from Taranaki to Whangarei. Letters were duly written.
“Five replied stating they had no concerns while others said they were considering the matter, presumably calling huis to weigh up this window crisis. One respondent bearing that fine old Maori name of Jeff Lee, representing something called Ngai Tai Ki Tamaki, contacted the planner…
After advising the planners verbally that no Cultural Impact Assessment Report was required for the window, he nevertheless asked them to consider it – brace yourselves – given his ancestors, centuries ago, gathered in the vicinity. Lee then wrote, outlining his terms for ‘assessing the window’s cultural impact’ which, he said, would take him ‘a total of six to eight hours’. For this he sought $90 per hour plus GST and ‘travel expenses of 0.77c per km’.”
Unsurprisingly, Mr Lee was told to “get stuffed”.
Treaty Settlement Acts are now littered with requirements to involve iwi in decision-making. Anyone wanting resource consents in the vast number of areas where statutory acknowledgements exist must consult all iwi individually – with each no doubt charging substantial fees for their pro-forma cultural assessments.
In fact, stories of RMA rorts are everywhere – and National knows it has become legalised corruption. But rather than taking a principled approach and removing race-based requirements from the law – to create a much-needed level playing field – they clearly intend making the problem a whole lot worse.
Further, instead of fulfilling his promise to take spiritualism out of the RMA, Nick Smith embedded it, through “Te Mana o te Wai”, in the 2014 National Policy Statement on Fresh Water.
Dr Smith should know only too well how inappropriate it is to include cultural spiritualism in water quality controls – but such is his hypocrisy that he intends strengthening the concept in the forthcoming reforms:
“When Te Mana o te Wai is given effect, the water body will sustain the full range of environmental, social, cultural and economic values held by iwi and the community.”
In his fresh water consultation document, Dr Smith proposes “to require regional councils, when setting freshwater objectives, to identify the values of the iwi and hapu that have associations with those freshwater bodies.
Hand-in-hand with recognition of their association with water bodies, there needs to be ways for iwi and hapu to participate in decision-making about those water bodies. This decision making occurs through development of regional policy statements, regional plans, catchment plans, and consenting.”
His approach will result in Maori tribes controlling waterways throughout New Zealand, clipping the ticket whenever anyone applies for consents – and, if a price is put on water, pocketing a royalty every time a tap is turned on.
The Northland Regional Council has spoken out against plans to give Maori authority over “freshwater bylaws, consents and other statutory responsibilities”. They are adamant that decision-making is the job of elected councillors.
Chairman Bill Shepherd also explained how “the government’s use of the word ‘iwi’ in consultation documents was problematic for Northland, where the landowners were primarily hapu – and there were 190 of them.”
Imagine having to negotiate with 190 tribal groups every time you want to make a decision! National’s approach highlights the absolute hypocrisy of the claims by Minister Nick Smith, that their RMA reforms will bring consistency into local government.
This week’s NZCPR Guest Commentator, former Judge and law lecturer Anthony Willy, has been examining the powerful forces behind the fresh water reforms:
""Nick Smith the Minister responsible for the government’s fresh water policy said at a recent public meeting in Auckland called to discuss the matter, ‘There would be an obligation on local councils to consult with iwi about the use of water in which they might have a special interest, but there was to be no suggestion of co-governance…’”
Anthony refutes these claims, quoting from “a memorandum filed by the government’s lawyers in the Waitangi Tribunal Registry should there be a need for a resumed hearing”.
He concludes, “This puts it beyond doubt that the government is open to discussing both co governance with the Iwi Leaders Group and the allocation of fresh water to persons of Maori blood on a race basis.”
The document confirms that the Crown worked closely with Iwi Leaders throughout 2015, developing fresh water policy proposals “to be included in the public consultation process”. It states their priority for 2016 will be “Economic Development”.
They intend “developing a range of mechanisms to enable iwi/hapu to access fresh water in order to realise and express their economic interests”.
He concludes, “This puts it beyond doubt that the government is open to discussing both co governance with the Iwi Leaders Group and the allocation of fresh water to persons of Maori blood on a race basis.”
What this means, is that once National gives iwi control of fresh water, they intend to develop mechanisms to generate economic returns. As sure as night follows day, there will be an iwi levy on water.
If you haven’t put in a submission opposing all race-based proposals for fresh water reform, then please do so as numbers really matter on issues like this. A simple email to email@example.com stating your position is all that is needed.
Click on the image above to open a PDF version in a new wondow
And why not send it on to all National MPs (their addresses are here), as they are the ones who are responsible for these dreadful proposals, and they really need to hear what the public thinks.
If you believe that other New Zealanders should be informed about what’s going on, so they too can send in submissions and contact MPs, then please support our ad here. It’s not too late. The ads will start running this weekend – and if we have enough support, next weekend as well.
Bang: Robert De Niro Wakes Up And Opens Up On Vaccines + Another Vaccine Whistleblower Steps Out Of The Shadows April 18 2016 | From: JonRappoport / AustralianNationalReview / Infowars / Various On NBC’s Today Show, Robert De Niro just broke his trance and started talking sense about vaccines. He refused to back down and knuckle under. Watch the interview here.
It’s the leading edge of a new storm. De Niro wouldn’t accept the canned notion that vaccines are remarkably safe and effective and necessary. He expressed doubts. He linked vaccines to autism. He stood with the mothers who know their children were tragically damaged after being vaccinated.
You could say this is too little too late, because the actor already canceled Vaxxed (trailer) at Tribeca, his film festival, but it isn’t too late. Vaxxed is playing in New York at the Angelika Theater (through April 21). It’s going to travel. The demand for it is great.
Trailer: Vaxxed From Cover Up to Catastrophe
Again, watch De Niro’s interview.
So let me now broach the wider subject of medically caused death and damage, because the background is essential to understanding the medical edifice, and why the media, at the deepest level, must remain silent.
“If instead of drugs like warfarin, dabigatran, levofloxacin, carboplatin, and lisinopril (the five leading killers in the FDA database), the massive numbers of deaths per year were led by gingko, ginseng, vitamin D, niacin, and raw milk, what do you think would happen?
“I’ll tell you what would happen. SEALS, Delta Force, SWAT teams, snipers, predator drones, tanks, and infantry would be attacking every health-food store in America. The resulting fatalities would be written off as necessary collateral damage in the fight to keep America safe and healthy.”
Starfield reported that the US medical system kills 225,000 Americans a year. 106,000 as a result of FDA-approved medical drugs, and 119,000 as a result of mistreatment and errors in hospitals. Extrapolate the numbers to a decade: that’s 2.25 million deaths. You might want to read that last number again.
I interviewed Starfield in 2009. I asked her whether she was aware of any overall effort by the US government to eliminate this holocaust, and whether she had ever been contacted by any government agency to consult on such an effort. She answered a resounding no to both questions.
Here is another citation: BMJ June 7, 2012 (BMJ 2012:344:e3989). Author, Jeanne Lenzer. Lenzer refers to a report by the Institute for Safe Medication Practices:
“It calculated that in 2011 prescription drugs were associated with two to four million people in the US experiencing ‘serious, disabling, or fatal injuries, including 128,000 deaths.’"
The report called this “one of the most significant perils to humans resulting from human activity.”
The report was compiled by outside researchers who went into the FDA’s own database of “serious adverse [medical-drug] events.”
Therefore, to say the FDA isn’t aware of this finding would be absurd. The FDA knows. The FDA knows and it isn’t saying anything about it, because the FDA certifies, as safe and effective, all the medical drugs that are routinely maiming and killing Americans.
Previously, I have documented that the FDA knows; because the FDA had, until recently, a page on its own website that admits 100,000 people are killed every year by medical drugs, and two million more people are severely injured by the drugs. A few months ago, the page was removed.
Why won’t major media report these facts?
The obvious reason: their big-spending pharmaceutical advertisers would drop them like hot potatoes.
But there are other reasons.
Every medical bureaucrat or medical shill or medical expert who jumps aboard the media train, to assure the public that drugs and vaccines are remarkably safe, is sitting on the time bomb I have described above.
This is a key, key fact. If this bomb were widely recognized, who would continue to believe these professional liars? Who would accept anything they say? How could they possibly sustain their credibility?
"Well, the system I represent kills 2.25 million people per decade, and maims between 20 and 40 million more people per decade, but I want to assure you this vaccine presents no problems at all. It’s incredibly safe.”
It would be on the order of Joseph Stalin, who sent 20-40 million people to their deaths, stating that hard work in harsh conditions improved general health.
Every single pronouncement, on any subject, issued via the medical cartel’s Ministry of Truth would fall on disbelieving ears, and only increase general outrage. The assuring attitudes of its professional representatives would immediately be taken as rank fraud of the worst kind.
And this would just be the beginning of the trouble.
Mainstream reporters and editors and publishers are well aware that telling the truth and continuing to pound on it would do great damage to the whole medical system. The fact that the damage is deserved is beside the point. Undermining a basic institution of society is not on the media’s calendar.
VAXXED: The ABC News Interview that Big Pharma Didn't Want You to See
This is the full UNCUT interview that ABC World News conducted with Del Bigtree of the "VAXXED" documentary now censored by Robert De Niro and the Tribeca Film Festival.
ABC News used only five seconds from this interview... Find out what else they didn't want you to see...
The media are there to give credibility to society and its structures. That’s why they’re called “major” instead of “minor.”
When hard rains fall, the media are there with an umbrella to hold over organized society’s head. To walk away in the middle of a downpour would leave the status quo unprotected.
“Defending the Crown” is another way to put it. The King may make mistakes, he may commit heinous offenses, but he is the King, and therefore his position must remain secure.
Young journalists learn this point quickly. If in their zeal, they cross the threshold and attempt to expose a central myth, fairy tale, legend, they’re put back in their place.
They absorb the message. Journalism has limits. Certain truths are silent truths.
Over the years, I’ve talked to reporters who are solidly addicted to obfuscations. Like any addict, they have an army of excuses to rationalize their behavior. They’re all attitude. They snarl and grouse if you push them too far. They assert their position, as if they own their territory, as if they’ve earned their titles.
They remind me of drunks with significant bank accounts. They’re not winos drifting in alleys. Oh no. They imbibe the good stuff. They take pride in that.
The medical experts are worse. Their pretense of idealism knows no limits, and is matched only by their claim to bullet-proof knowledge. They resemble elite new anchors, who above all learn superior acting skills. The central mission of both professionals: sound and appear utterly convincing.
What would you do if you were an actor working in a major Broadway production, along with several actors who were, in real life, murderers? Every night you go out on the boards and do your turns, and you know the play is, in a real sense, a cover for the terrible deeds your partners are committing.
I can tell you what news anchors and reporters do in that situation. They polish their performance, hoping to establish such a high degree of credibility that the secrets they conceal will never be suspected, or God forbid, exposed.
When you peel the veneer away, they are enablers, persons of interest, co-conspirators. There is nothing quite like a high-minded, socially-positioned, card-carrying member of the King’s circle of protectors. The arrogance is titanic. Because what is being protected is so explosive.
225,000 deaths a year at the hands of modern medicine. Two to four million maimings. 2.25 million deaths per decade. The Crown is responsible. The Crown commits these crimes.
And yet it is the duty of the Crown to make his subjects feel safe and protected and even loved. No wonder he needs such a large army of trained helpers in and around the press. He has them.
But their monopoly is breaking down. We’re at the beginning of a new breakout level of truth. Stay tuned.
New Documentary: Whistleblower Claims CDC Covered up Vaccine-Autism Links
The debate over whether vaccines cause autism has become one of the most controversial disputes of late. In this episode of Truth In Media, the focus is not on whether vaccines are responsible for autism.
The issue at hand here is a study that was performed at the CDC and the question of whether the agency was complicit in a cover-up over a decade ago. Watch the documentary here. Background information and supporting documents included below:
For nearly two years, Truth In Media has explored the allegations of Dr. William Thompson, a CDC scientist who came forward in 2014, hired a whistleblower attorney, and claimed that important data regarding a study on vaccines and autism was eliminated.
Thompson’s claims have led to a divide among Americans, with some believing that Thompson’s allegations are credible and should be investigated further, and others convinced that the documents Thompson handed over mean absolutely nothing. In December 2015, Ben Swann was the first journalist to obtain the documents from Congressman Bill Posey.
In this episode, Swann further examines not only Thompson’s claims, but also the documents related to the study, with the assistance of doctors, journalists, authors and former CDC specialists who joined Swann in discussing every document that was handed over. Watch the documentary here.
Another Vaccine Whistleblower Steps Out of the Shadows
The new film Vaxxed (trailer) highlights one whistleblower, researcher William Thompson, who publicly admitted he and his CDC colleagues lied, cheated, and committed gross fraud in exonerating the MMR vaccine and pretending it had no connection to autism.
The Daily Mail has the story (3/29/16): “Former [British] science chief: ‘MMR fears coming true’”.
"A former Government medical officer responsible for deciding whether medicines are safe has accused the Government of ‘utterly inexplicable complacency’ over the MMR triple vaccine for children.”
“Dr Peter Fletcher, who was Chief Scientific Officer at the Department of Health, said if it is proven that the jab causes autism, ‘the refusal by governments to evaluate the risks properly will make this one of the greatest scandals in medical history’.”
“He added that after agreeing to be an expert witness on drug-safety trials for parents’ lawyers, he had received and studied thousands of documents relating to the case which he believed the public had a right to see.”
“He said he has seen a ‘steady accumulation of evidence’ from scientists worldwide that the [MMR] measles, mumps and rubella jab is causing brain damage in certain children.”
“But he added: ‘There are very powerful people in positions of great authority in Britain and elsewhere who have staked their reputations and careers on the safety of MMR and they are willing to do almost anything to protect themselves’.”
“In the late Seventies, Dr. Fletcher served as Chief Scientific Officer at the DoH [Dept. of Health] and Medical Assessor to the Committee on Safety of Medicines, meaning he was responsible for deciding if new vaccines were safe.”
“He first expressed concerns about MMR in 2001, saying safety trials before the vaccine’s introduction in Britain were inadequate.”
“Now he says the theoretical fears he raised appear to be becoming reality.”
“He said the rising tide of autism cases and growing scientific understanding of autism-related bowel disease have convinced him the MMR vaccine may be to blame.”
“’Clinical and scientific data is steadily accumulating that the live measles virus in MMR can cause brain, gut and immune system damage in a subset of vulnerable children,’ he said.”
“’There’s no one conclusive piece of scientific evidence, no “smoking gun”, because there very rarely is when adverse drug reactions are first suspected. When vaccine damage in very young children is involved, it is harder to prove the links.’”
“’But it is the steady accumulation of evidence, from a number of respected universities, teaching hospitals and laboratories around the world, that matters here. There’s far too much to ignore. Yet government health authorities are, it seems, more than happy to do so’.”
The pressure is building on the medical establishment and their press lackeys. Of course, they will try to keep the lid on. But more and more people around the world - many through bitter personal experience with vaccines - are waking up.
The statements of establishment front men ring hollow.
"Well, of course these vaccines are safe, remarkably so. How could any sane person think otherwise?”
Sane people are thinking otherwise. They know they’re being conned, and their health and the health of their children is under attack.
More whistleblowers are going to come out of the closet. The strange notion of having an actual conscience is making a comeback.
Even media androids, whose job it is to spread disinformation, are going to realize they’re nothing more than dupes for the vaccine cartel. And some of them aren’t going to like the realization, especially when it interrupts their sleep at night.
Especially as they come to understand they’re aiding and abetting the lifelong infliction of brain damage on innocent children.
Not everyone can blithely go on their way, doing their dirty work, in the face of that knowledge.
I’ve been working as an independent reporter for 30 years, and I can tell you that at this point, the whole vaccine propaganda apparatus is like a porcelain vase sitting on a table. And an earthquake is commencing.
Somewhere, right now, as I write this, a vaccine expert none of us yet knows about is sitting in his office thinking: “Thompson and Fletcher have come forward. It might be time for me to tell what I know, what I’ve been hiding all these years.”
He isn’t a hero. He’s a chronic scientific liar who can’t stand the conspiracy of silence any longer. He’s remembering what a conscience is. And he’s calculating the relative consequences of voluntarily coming clean now vs. being exposed later.
He’s sniffing which way the new wind is blowing.
Autism Cover-Up Investigative Documentary 2016 on CDC and Vaccines
Half Of All Published 'Scientific' Literature Is Completely Fabricated Or False April 18 2016 | From: NaturalNews For years, alternative news sources such as Natural News have been warning the public about industry-generated scientific research which incorporates falsified data to produce desired results.
These charges have now been corroborated by Dr. Richard Horton, editor-in-chief of the world's best known medical journal, The Lancet. Dr. Horton has publicly stated that as much as half of the scientific literature being published is unreliable and often completely false.
From a commentary by Dr. Horton published in The Lancet:
"The case against science is straightforward: much of the scientific literature, perhaps half, may simply be untrue. Afflicted by studies with small sample sizes, tiny effects, invalid exploratory analyses, and flagrant conflicts of interest, together with an obsession for pursuing fashionable trends of dubious importance, science has taken a turn towards darkness."
Those are very strong words, particularly since they came directly from the horse's mouth. For someone in Dr. Horton's position to make such statements is indeed compelling evidence that (in his words): "Something has gone fundamentally wrong with one of our greatest human creations."
"Peer-Reviewed" Studies no Longer Reliable
According to Dr. Horton, scientists often "sculpt data" to fit a theory or "retrofit hypotheses" to fit the data – even "peer-reviewed" studies published in journals such as The Lancet are no longer reliable.
"It's common for many to dismiss a lot of great work by experts and researchers at various institutions around the globe which isn't "peer-reviewed" and doesn't appear in a "credible" medical journal, but as we can see, "peer-reviewed" doesn't really mean much anymore. "Credible" medical journals continue to lose their tenability in the eyes of experts and employees of the journals themselves, like Dr. Horton."
Biased Industry-Sponsored Research
Dr. Horton is not the only one among his peers who has been compelled to speak out. Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor-in-chief of The New England Journal of Medicine, has written extensively about corrupt methodology and the influence of industry on scientific research:
"Clinical trials are also biased through designs for research that are chosen to yield favorable results for sponsors. ... In short, it is often possible to make clinical trials come out pretty much any way you want, which is why it's so important that investigators be truly disinterested in the outcome of their work."
There are a number of dirty tricks that are routinely used by industry-sponsored researchers. For instance, by not publishing the results of unfavorable studies, the makers of useless or dangerous drugs often manage to market their products to an unsuspecting public.
In the case of one antidepressant drug – paroxetine – which resulted in a record $3 billion lawsuit against GlaxoSmithKline, a dangerous and ineffective medication was prescribed to millions of children before it was revealed to cause an elevated suicide risk.
When legal proceedings uncovered the truth, it was found that GlaxoSmithKline had hidden not only the fact that their product was only slightly more effective than a placebo, but also that it caused suicidal behavior.
Is There a Solution?
It is now clear that publication of spurious or falsified research has become endemic within the research publication community.
Dr. Horton offers some suggestions for restoring integrity to scientific research methodology:
"Part of the problem is that no-one is incentivised to be right. ... Instead of changing incentives, perhaps one could remove incentives altogether. Or insist on replicability statements in grant applications and research papers. Or emphasise collaboration, not competition. Or insist on preregistration of protocols. Or reward better pre and post publication peer review. Or improve research training and mentorship."
The bad news, according to Dr. Horton, is that even though "science is beginning to take some of its worst failings very seriously... nobody is ready to take the first step to clean up the system."
Panama Papers Have Caught UK Politicians Off Guard + John Key Testy With Media Over Link To Foreign Trust? April 17 2016 | From: VeteransToday / TVNZ / Various Oh my, our prayers have been answered. The Panama Papers scam is being burned down as I type, and with it what little reputation that corporate media and the think tank subverts thought they might still have.
London has shot itself in both feet on the Panama Papers scam
The British papers were nothing more than a lynch mob with their over-the-top coverage that Putin was the new Midas in Russia, when they never met a Russian thieving oligarch whom they did not love on sight, no matter how unscrupulously they have obtained their wealth.
The idea of moral leadership coming out of Britain itself is a bad joke, as it treats its own people like coolies while being a purveyor of modern colonialism to the best of its ability. This includes wanting to spend tens of billions on their Trident nuclear submarine upgrade, so they can have their version of Teddy Roosevelt’s “Big Stick”.
The City of London is the unofficial pirate base of Europe, even having special laws passed to not have its “financial independence” fiddled with. This is a more polished version of when the Italian-Jewish mob in the US tried to take over Cuba to have their own country to operate from with diplomatic immunity. They forgot to get Castro on board that effort.
John Key Testy With Media Over Link To Foreign Trust?
'You don't want to get your arses sued off you.' The Prime Minister has hit back at attention on whether he has financial interests with a firm that specialises in setting up foreign trusts in New Zealand.
The Prime Minister has been questioned about his links to Antipodes Trust Group, and is not happy about it
John Key has a short term deposit with Antipodes Trust Group to cover the costs of a family trust.
Mr Key says he has no foreign trust interests and his deposit is handled by Antipodes Trust Group because his long-time personal lawyer moved to the firm.
"I don't deal with people unless they're highly ethical and they do things well. He's (Mr Key's lawyer, Ken Whitney) changed firms and that might get everyone else excited but from my point of view it's just situation normal," said Mr Key.
Asked if Mr Key would prefer that Antipodes Trust Group didn't advertise itself as being able to help out people wanting to set up foreign trusts here, Mr Key said;
"There's a legitimate place, as I've been saying, for financial services when it comes to foreign trusts."
Addressing journalists after a business lunch in Wellington, Mr Key went on to say;
"As you guys were very careful last night, I think, in your coverage of these matters; the reason you were is because you don't want to get your arses sued off you because actually they are a legitimate business. They're not the Devil incarnated."
"I mean, if a political party wants to say, 'I'm no longer going to have foreign trusts being allowed to be registered and supported in New Zealand' that's a call they can make. I mean, I think there'd be significant implications of that."
It has been estimated that foreign trust business earns New Zealand around $24 million annually.
Focus on foreign trusts has arisen after the leak of the so-called Panama Papers suggesting that, in some cases, such trusts are used to avoid paying tax.
Although Washington is using the so-called Panamanian Papers to wage a propaganda war against politicians it despises, especially in Russia and China, this operation has recently come to a screeching halt due to the lack of convincing evidence in those papers.
So what we are witnessing now is simple allegations that the political elites of the two above mentioned countries are engaged in some inappropriate financial activities.
However, this recent information attack has already backfired against Washington itself along with its closest allies. For instance, we’ve learnt from these papers that London is most probably the global capital of money-laundering.
The responsibilities of Mossack Fonseca were reduced to purely technical functions while the actual transfer and concealment of money was carried out by a number of banks and law firms.
"Almost 2,000 British middlemen helped to create a network of offshore companies and move billions of pounds secretly around the world, according to the Panama papers. Lawyers, accountants, banks and company formation agents based in Britain were involved in setting up 32,000 of the 200,000 offshore companies incorporated by Mossack Fonseca, the Panamanian law firm."
Furthermore, as it follows from yet another publication of The Times for over 16 years thousands of offshore companies that own property in the Great Britain were providing the addresses of the largest UK largest law firms in the City like Clifford Chance, Farrer & Co and Withers as their own.
For instance, A British banker Nigel Cowie who resided in North Korea for over two decades created an offshore finance company that was allegedly used by the Pyongyang regime for arms trade and be able to carry on developing its nuclear program, says The Guardian.
According to the released documents, Nigel Cowie was behind a Pyongyang front company, DCB Finance Limited, registered in the British Virgin Islands.
The full responsibility for the unprecedented scale of shadowy business scheme being pulled out in the UK is being placed on the British Prime Minister – David Cameron. For instance, The Independent took a somewhat straightforward approach, claiming:
"What’s most stinging is the sheer hypocrisy of Cameron. After all, this is the man who made great efforts to increase funding for HMRC tax inspectors; abolished permanent non-dom status from April 2017 and proposed an international anti-corruption drive in the light of the Fifa scandal.
David Cameron is a man with a reputation seemingly made of titanium. Really, who does this guy have to piss off to merit serious calls for his resignation Considering it’s just been revealed that he did actually have a stake in his father’s offshore investment fund, the lack of outrage is astonishing."
It’s now clear that Ian Cameron was part of the scheme as a director of Blairmore Holdings Inc. On top of it The Guardian, one of the 109 international media sources that was granted access to the Panamanian Papers, claims that over the past 30 years Blairmore Holdings Inc. hasn’t been paying any taxes to the British treasury.
Moreover, in a brochure for investors released back in 2006 it would state (emphasis added):
"The directors intend that the affairs of the fund should be managed and conducted so that it does not become resident in the UK for UK taxation purposes Accordingly… the fund will not be subject to UK corporation tax or income tax on its profits."
Those facts manifest the blatant hypocrisy of the British Prime Minister. After all, he publicly opposed offshore practices back in May at the recent Anti-Corruption Summit in London, while claiming that his supporters would develop a comprehensive legislation that will put an end to the illegal activities of the so-called British tax haven.
Back in 2012 David Cameron criticized offshore structures, while claiming that they are definitely not fair and not right. At a G8 summit in Enniskillen three years. ago, he demanded even more transparency, claiming that:
"I’ll continue to make the case for transparency with international partners, including the British overseas territories and crown dependencies and I am willing to go further, and take concrete steps to force the pace."
Under these conditions, the British society seems to be determined to pursue the resignation of the vicious Prime Minister, forcing a vote of no confidence to be taken.
Several British parliamentarians said that after the scandal with offshore companies, David Cameron should leave the position of the deputy chairman of the Labour Party, while Labour’s deputy leader Tom Watson urged Cameron to hand over all the money that he received through offshore companies to the British treasury.
But the Panamanian Papers have not simply exposed the shadow schemes that are constantly being at play in London, that Washington and London have been desperate to impose upon the Middle East and Africa and other regions around the world along with the so-called “Western style democracy”.
It also makes one to wonder why in recent decades the UK has become a safe heaven for numerous “political foundations for the struggle for democracy” (such as The National Endowment for Democracy and the likes of it), and whether those are also involved in such financial scams under the guise of fighting for the right cause?
Top Quotes From Putin’s 2016 Q&A April 17 2016 | From: TheSpiritScience Russian President Vladimir Putin answers questions during the annual Direct Line with Vladimir Putin broadcast live by Russian TV channels and radio stations.
From Turkish reluctance to fight jihadist militants to ‘saving’ Poroshenko or Erdogan, President Vladimir Putin’s annual Q&A session was anything but a dull affair. Over three million people wanted to ask the Russian leader questions.
The Russian president categorically denied that Russia is “encircled by enemies,” saying it would be impossible for such a thing to happen. Putin pointed out that Russia maintains good relations with the vast majority of countries around the globe.
Turkey is doing more to collaborate with jihadist extremists than it is doing to combat them, according to Putin. He mentioned that he did not think that Turkey was safe for Russian holidaymakers, though said he had no problem with the Turkish people. "We have problems with a few politicians whose behavior we consider inadequate."
Heroic Kurds Fight Terror
Putin called the Kurds “courageous” and “selfless” people who have shown great strength in trying to combat jihadist militants. “The Kurds fight incredibly selflessly and don’t think about themselves,” he said, adding that they are an important force in the fight against terrorism in the Middle East and in particular in Syria.
Obama: A Decent Man
Putin called US President Barack Obama a “decent man” for admitting that what followed military intervention in Libya was the “greatest mistake” of his presidency. The Russian leader said he was speaking sincerely without any irony because to make such admissions is not easy, while adding that “only a strong-minded person” such as Obama could take such steps.
Oligarchs in Ukraine
The Russian leader said the crisis in Ukraine was “manmade,” while it was obvious it was “an instrument to change power” in the country. The president added that little had changed with “oligarchs still remaining in power.” Citing rising costs faced by the general public, Putin mentioned that “they did not think about the people.”
Sanctions Here toStay?
Despite Russia by and large upholding their end of the Minsk agreement, Putin does not believe the West will look to end sanctions placed against Russia. “I don’t think our partners will lift their sanctions or restrictions they placed on Russia any time soon,” he said. In news that is likely to be met with delight from Russian farmers and dairy producers, Putin said “this will mean that we will maintain our sanctions against their products.”
Erdogan or Poroshenko?
Twelve-year-old Varya Kuznetsova posed President Putin a rather challenging question, asking: “Who would you rescue first if they were drowning, Erdogan or Poroshenko?” Putin opted not to pick a ‘favorite,’ but in a barb to both the Turkish and the Ukrainian leaders said, “If someone is determined to drown, you can’t save them, but we are willing to extend a hand to anyone, as long as they want that.”
Russian Economy: ‘Grey Streak’
Answering the question on the state of the Russian economy – whether it is in a “run of good or bad luck” (‘white or black streak’ in Russian), Putin said the economy is in a transitional phase, stressing it is slowly improving. He added that he considers it necessary to return the economy to a path of sustainable growth through balanced macroeconomic and budgetary policies, and ensure the country’s budget deficit does not exceed three percent GDP.
The Truth Is Coming And It Cannot Be Stopped April 16 2016 | From: TheSpiritScience Shortly after Edward Snowden went public with his findings on the NSA’s surveillance program, he uttered some very powerful words: “All I can say right now is the US Government is not going to be able to cover this up by jailing or murdering me. Truth is coming, and it cannot be stopped.”
Truth is coming, and it cannot be stopped.Exciting words for most of the general population, but troubling for a select few in Washington, New York, London and Brussels.
From Snowden’s testimony, he covertly said from the very beginning that there was and is an end-game in play. Who’s? That is not yet made known.
What he is describing, believe it or not, is the true definition of “Apocalypse” – The “Lifting of the Veil”, when all truths become known and public… Hidden information revealed, including, that pertaining to the purposeful use and abuse of the common people of earth.
From Snowden’s testimony, he covertly said from the very beginning that there was and is an end-game in play. Who’s? That is not yet made known.
Graffiti that is sympathetic to NSA leaker Edward Snowden is seen stenciled on the sidewalk on June 11, 2013 in San Francisco
In other words, there are white hats (good guys) within “the matrix” aimed at taking down the banking / political cabalists.
Though it may be difficult for many to believe that such powerful forces will see the darkness and corruption of their actions and rituals exposed, the world is already seeing the beginning of such things come to light…and with much more to come.
For those who are interested, here is some key ingredients in the current drama’s are unfolding.
In middle November of 2015 at the G-20 Summit in Antalya, Turkey, Vladimir Putin surprised most of the world when he announced that Russia’s collected data showed that ISIL was (and probably still is at the time of this writing) being financed by 40 countries and that some of those countries were G-20 members.
In other words, he stated at the G-20 Summit that members present at the gathering were helping to fund ISIL.
This call-out is of extreme magnitude.
What is most important to evaluate from this disclosure is that this situation is also still in play. Since that time, Russia has publicly presented evidence that Turkey is one of those countries, but has not listed the other 39. Are we really to believe Putin and Russia will just forget about this and not reveal the other 39 countries?
It seems much more likely that a chess game is being played behind the geopolitical scenes of the world and that Putin may be simply waiting for the “right time” to reveal such things.
Imagine the ramifications, especially in the United States and Europe, when this high-level disclosure takes place. It is truly not difficult to see why we are seeing the elite panic in so many different directions right now, as well as continue to unsuccessfully attempt to propagandize Putin as the “bad guy.”
In reality, Putin could have several aces up his sleeves and the global elite know it.
In early January 2016, former US attorney Joe Digenova stated that the FBI is coming to a “critical mass” point in its investigation of Hillary Clinton. He followed that by saying that if the Department of Justice does not indict, the FBI is in a position to “basically revolt.”
More easily put, the global elite are in a very difficult spot. Let the DoJ indict their preferred choice for president (Hillary), or do not allow an indiction and watch the FBI and other intelligence agencies begin coming forth to the public en masse with their evidence on this case and most likely evidence of even deeper stories.
Since January, much more has come to light as over 30,000 emails have been released. Just a few of the biggest stories within these emails, as Wikileaks has revealed, include Hillary’s extremist role in Libya, her push to privatize oil Mexico, claiming a Sunni-Shiite war would be good for the West and Israel.
They also included her suggestion to overthrow a sovereign government in Syria and remove Assad.
Though some people believe all of this will lead to nothing and to her getting off the hook, that scenario is becoming increasingly less likely as the Washington Post just a few days ago reported that at least 147 FBI agents are investigating this case. Even if the DoJ would choose not to indict, do you really believe these 147+ FBI agents (and probably many other intelligence agency members) would simply stay quiet? Or would they indeed revolt as Joe Digenova stated earlier?
The Dam Is About To Break
As we can see, there are huge stories all still in play and all affecting each other in different ways. What is clear is that we are indeed in the “quickening” of this entire scheme and that the truth is continuing to come out at an ever-increasing rate.
In fact, we may already be at the “critical mass” point in relation to disclosures of truth occurring.
"The notion of critical mass-that comes out of physics is a very powerful model. Adding success factors so that a bigger combination drives success, often in a non-linear fashion, as one is reminded by the concept of breakpoint and the concept of critical mass in physics. You get a little bit more mass and you get a lollapalooza result.”
Pillow talk these nights in Washington, New York, London, Brussels and elsewhere must be getting very interesting.
These stories are all incredibly important and deserves questioning and investigation, though one must ask what Snowden, Wikileaks and Anonymous know on an even bigger story most media outlets have yet to touch:
Auckland: No Consultation Needed ForStopping Or Starting Fluoridation + Fluoridation Decision Is An Attack On Democracy April 16 2016 | From: FluorideAlert / Scoop Chair of Auckland Council’s Policy and Strategy committee decided unilaterally yesterday that a petition from Fluoride Free New Zealand could be received but not debated on. This left councillors no option other than to vote to accept the petition or not.
In 2014 Watercare changed the source of water to the Franklin communities of Buckland, Patumahoe, Clarks Beach, Waiau Beach and Glenbrook Beach to a fluoridated supply. These communities had never had fluoridation in the past. Council was made aware of this last week through a petition that was lodged with the Council.
Council should have been allowed to have a discussion on this and then decide what should be done. Instead, one councillor has dictated to the entire council.
He decided the issue could not be considered even though it is hugely signifcant and puts Auckland Council in the position of endorsing the fluoridation of these communities without the required consultation and without even advising the residents of this important change to their water supply.
It is also concerning that only one councillor was provided with the legal advice that Watercare obtained and this advice was denied to other councillors. According to the councillor who received it, Watercare said that their only obligation was to provide potable water and adding fluoridation chemicals to the drinking water did not make the water less potable.
If this argument can be used to start fluoridation without consultation then the same argument can be used to stop fluoridation as not adding fluoridation chemicals to drinking water, definitely does not make a water supply less potable. In fact this decision means not only can councils stop fluoridation without consultation, they don’t even have to notify anyone.
According to the 2002 Local Government Body Act, councils are legally required to consult communities on issues of significance.
Since then all other councils have considered fluoridation to be an issue of significance and fluoridation has not been stopped or started without some form of consultation such as a referendum, Tribunal style process, or inclusion in the draft annual plan.
In 2010 when the Kapiti Coast Council nearly stopped fluoridation, the Ministry of Health threatened to instigate a judicial review as they did not believe they had been sufficiently consulted. This was despite the fact that Kapiti Coast Council had undertaken consultation via the draft annual plan process.
It is highly likely that if any council in New Zealand chose to stop fluoridation without public consultation the Ministry of Health would legally challenge that decision.
Auckland Council is now ignoring the law, and astonishingly has allowed Watercare, an Auckland Council owned business contracted to the Council to provide water services, and not elected by the community, to ride roughshod over the Franklin residents.
Where is democracy at Auckland Council if councillors are not even allowed to discuss important petitions that are put before them?
In putting those decisions in the hands of District Health Boards, the Minister has forced those against fluoridation to have to deal with their main opponents in previous council fora.
District Health Boards have spent large sums of money on fighting pro fluoridation campaigns - money that should have been spent on improving people's food and drink choices.
The democratic decisions of hard fought referenda will be cast aside, and New Zealand will be heading in the opposite direction to the rest of the world which has been getting rid of water fluoridation.
Shocking Hillary Quotes + Hillary's Emails Confirm France And US Killed Qaddafi For His Gold And Oil April 15 2016 | From: HillaryClintonQuotes / Sott / Geopolitics Get to know the psychopath known as Hillary Clinton a little better.
These are 100% sourced and verified quotes. We recommend you share these far and wide.
With the recent release of Hillary Clinton's emails by Wikileaks, the public now knows exactly how the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) went from a collective defense organization to the new Barbary Coast Pirates of imperialism.
G8 Summit, Italy, 2009
During the 2011 Libyan uprising, the United Nations Security Council passed Resolution 1973 which called for a ceasefire and authorized military action to protect civilian lives. A coalition formed, centered around NATO with the March 17, 2011 passing of the Resolution. Its purpose -- a so-called "no-fly zone" over Libya.
The irony that the U.S.-dominated NATO military organization would be concerned with "protecting" Arab civilians is all too obvious since the United States is the nation most responsible for killing Arab civilians.
The real reasons for the attack have been dealt with most directly by America's famous reformed "economic hitman," John Perkins.
Perkins points out that the attack on Libya, like the attack on Iraq, has to do with power and control of resources, not only oil, but gold. Libya has the highest standard of living in Africa. "According to the IMF, Libya's Central Bank is 100% state owned. The IMF estimates that the bank has nearly 144 tons of gold in its vaults," Perkins wrote.
NATO went there like modern Barbary Coast Pirates -- to loot Libya's gold. The Russian media, in addition to Perkins, reported that the Pan-Africanist Qaddafi, the former President of the African Union, had been advocating that Africa use the gold so plentiful in Libya and South Africa to create an African currency based on a gold dinar.
"It is significant that in the months running up to the UN resolution that allowed the U.S. and its allies to send troops into Libya, Muammar al-Qaddafi was openly advocating the creation of a new currency that would rival the dollar and the euro.
In fact, he called upon African and Muslim nations to join an alliance that would make this new currency, the gold dinar, their primary form of money and foreign exchange.
They would sell oil and other resources to the US and the rest of the world only for gold dinars,"Perkins explained.
Revelation in Email to Hillary Clinton
Wikileaks released an unclassified U.S. Department of State document emailed to Hillary dated April 2, 2011, key Clinton aide Sidney Blumenthal confirmed that the Perkins was right and the attack on Libya had nothing to do with Qaddafi being a threat to the United States and NATO and everything to do with looting his gold.
"Qaddafi's government holds 143 tons of gold, and a similar amount in silver. During late March, 2011, these stocks were moved to Sabha (south west in the direction of the Libyan border with Niger and Chad); taken from the vaults of the Libyan Central Bank in Tripoli," Blumenthal reported to Clinton.
Blumenthal pointed out the purpose of Qaddafi's precious metal:
"This gold was accumulated prior to the current rebellion and was intended to be used to establish a pan-African currency based on the Libyan golden Dinar. This plan was designed to provide the Francophone African Countries with an alternative to the French franc (CFA)."
Blumenthal spells out the reason for NATO's attack and France's imperial plunder;
"French intelligence officers discovered this plan shortly after the current rebellion began, and this was one of the factors that influenced President Nicholas Sarkozy's decision to commit France to the attack on Libya."
There were five reasons for France's illegal war with NATO against Libya. Sarkozy sought, according to Blumenthal:
"a. A desire to gain a greater share of Libyan oil production, b. Increase French influence in North Africa, c. Improve his internal situation in France, d. Provide the French military with an opportunity to assert its position in the world, e. Address the concern of his advisors over Qaddafi's long term plans to supplant France as the dominant power in Francophone Africa."
Under the neo-colonialism favored after World War II during the period of the Cold War, we preferred to bribe various African leaders to help us loot their nation's resources. The U.S., of course, killed any Pan-African aspirations as well as potential leaders like Patrice Lumumba.
This highjacking of Arab and African resources and slaughtering of Arab civilians is a long-standing plan put forth by neo-conservatives in the United States. The Project for the New American Century (PNAC) has had a "hit list" of Arab nations and little regard for Arab casualties.
General Wesley Clark wrote in "Winning Modern Wars" that "As I went back through the Pentagon in November 2001, one of the senior military staff officers had time for a chat. Yes, we are still on track for going against Iraq, he said. But there was more. This was being discussed as part of a five-year campaign plan, he said, and there was a total of seven countries beginning with Iraq, then Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Iran, Somalia, and Sudan.
What we witnessed in Libya was old-fashioned 19th century imperialism -- the deliberate plundering of a sovereign nation-state's resources by more powerful Western conquistadors.
Clinton’s Leaked eMails Confirm Libya Plunder by Killing Qaddafi
It was broad daylight robbery and murder when US , France, and the rest of NATO, hunted down Muammar Qaddafi, and destroyed the most prosperous nation in Africa, i.e. Libya., in 2011.
The picture at the top of this article was taken during the G8 Summit Italy, in 2009.
Libya used to be one of few countries with sovereign central banks. Muammar Qaddafi, President of the African Union at that time, was planning to issue gold denominated African dinar to replace Francs in Francophone Africa, to help his African brothers from centuries of economic plunder.
But that’s not all.
The West just hated Muammar Qaddafi’s internal policies which were kept from the rest of the world by Rothschild controlled mainstream media.
Here’s some of them:
There is no electricity bill in Libya; electricity is free for all its citizens.
There is no interest on loans, banks in Libya are state-owned and loans given to all its citizens at zero percent interest by law.
Having a home considered a human right in Libya.
All newlyweds in Libya receive $60,000 dinar (U.S.$50,000) by the government to buy their first apartment so to help start up the family.
Education and medical treatments are free in Libya. Before Gaddafi only 25 percent of Libyans were literate. Today, the figure is 83 percent.
Should Libyans want to take up farming career, they would receive farming land, a farming house, equipments, seeds and livestock to kickstart their farms are all for free.
If Libyans cannot find the education or medical facilities they need, the government funds them to go abroad, for it is not only paid for, but they get a U.S.$2,300/month for accommodation and car allowance.
If a Libyan buys a car, the government subsidizes 50 percent of the price.
The price of petrol in Libya is $0.14 per liter.
Libya has no external debt and its reserves amounting to $150 billion are now frozen globally.
If a Libyan is unable to get employment after graduation the state would pay the average salary of the profession, as if he or she is employed, until employment is found.
A portion of every Libyan oil sale is credited directly to the bank accounts of all Libyan citizens.
A mother who gives birth to a child receive U.S.$5,000.
40 loaves of bread in Libya costs $0.15.
25 percent of Libyans have a university degree.
Gaddafi carried out the world’s largest irrigation project, known as the Great Manmade River project, to make water readily available throughout the desert country.
These things Qaddafi was doing while the West maintains its exceptionalist mindset of being the epitome of freedom and democracy throughout the globe. Nothing could be farther from the truth.
These are the faces of the people that would murder him more than a year later.
Now, with the fall of CIA Daesh Islamic State in Syria, Libya is hosting the highest population of ISIS terrorists, and added itself to a growing number of failed states in the region.
ISIS Massacred Over 300 West African Migrants In Libya
The Khazarian Nazionist agenda in the Middle East, and the methods being used against the Arabs and Africans, are still the same methods that were used by Western pirates not too long ago in the Pacific, which includes:
Bribery of local overlords to help them loot the country; Saudi Arabia is a perfect example; Leaders in Latin America were also subjected to the same attacks by “economic hitmen”;
Removal of uncooperative leaders through color revolutions;
Total destruction of the State through divide and conquer using multiple warlords and pitting each other;
For the last 400 years, another resource rich country like the Philippines fall victim to all three methods.
The Project for the New American Century (PNAC) has a “hit list” of Arab nations to conquer obviously with little regard for Arab casualties. Such hit list includes a total of seven countries beginning with Iraq, then Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Iran, Somalia, and Sudan.
The leaked Clinton email confirms that what they did and continue to do in Libya is the fulfillment of this hit list:
Frances Client & Quaddafi's Gold
From: Sidney Blumenthal
To: Hillary Clinton
Date: 2011-04-01 21:00
Subject: FRANCE’S CLIENT & QADDAFI’S GOLD
UNCLASSIFIED U.S. Department of State Case No. F-2014-20439 Doc No. C05785522 Date: 01/07/2016
A high ranking official on the National Libyan Council states that factions have developed within it. In part this reflects the cultivation by France in particular of clients among the rebels. General Abdelfateh Younis is the leading figure closest to the French, who are believed to have made payments of an unknown amount to him. Younis has told others on the NLC that the French have promised they will provide military trainers and arms.
So far the men and materiel have not made an appearance. Instead, a few “risk assessment analysts” wielding clipboards have come and gone. Jabril, Jalil and others are impatient. It is understood that France has clear economic interests at stake. Sarkozy’s occasional emissary, the intellectual self-promoter Bernard Henri-Levy, is considered by those in the NLC who have dealt with him as a semi-useful, semi joke figure.
Rumors swept the NLC upper echelon this week that Qaddafi may be dead or maybe not.
Qaddafi has nearly bottomless financial resources to continue indefinitely, according to the latest report we have received:
On April 2, 2011 sources with access to advisors to Saif al-Islam Qaddafi stated in strictest confidence that while the freezing of Libya’s foreign bank accounts presents Muammar Qaddafi with serious challenges, his ability to equip and maintain his armed forces and intelligence services remains intact.
According to sensitive information available to this these individuals, Qaddafi’s government holds 143 tons of gold, and a similar amount in silver.
During late March, 2011 these stocks were moved to SABHA (south west in the direction of the Libyan border with Niger and Chad); taken from the vaults of the Libyan Central Bank in Tripoli. This gold was accumulated prior to the current rebellion and was intended to be used to establish a pan-African currency based on the Libyan golden Dinar.
This plan was designed to provide , the Francophone African Countries with an alternative to the French franc (CFA). (Source Comment: According to knowledgeable individuals this quantity of gold and silver is valued at more than $7 billion.
French intelligence officers discovered this plan shortly after the current rebellion began, and this was one of the factors that influenced President Nicolas
UNCLASSIFIED U.S. Department of State Case No. F-2014-20439 Doc No. C05785522
Sarkozy’s decision to commit France to the attack on Libya. According to these individuals Sarkozy’s plans are driven by the following issues:
A desire to gain a greater share of Libya oil production,
Increase French influence in North Africa,
Improve his internal political situation in France,
Provide the French military with an opportunity to reassert its position in the world, address the concern of his advisors over Qaddafi’s long term plans to supplant France as the dominant power in, Francophone Africa. )
On the afternoon of April 1, an individual with access to the National Libyan Council (NLC) stated in private that senior officials of the NLC believe that the rebel military forces are beginning to show signs of improved discipline and fighting spirit under some of the new military commanders, including Colonel Khalifha Haftar, the former commander of the anti- Qaddafi forces in the Libyan National Army (LNA). According to these sources, units defecting from Qaddafi’s force are also taking a greater role in the fighting on behalf of the rebels.
They were monitoring where the gold is heading, and they got what they wanted.
Fortunately for us, they were interrupted in Syria and Iran as the BRICS, and 180 more allied countries, decided to stand up to these few old men and women with kleptocratic and eugenics tendencies.
But it is extremely important to remind ourselves that the United Nations and mainstream media were complicit to all of these high crimes committed against the sovereign people of Libya, and other countries.
Finger In Every Pie: How CIA Produces Our ‘News’ And Entertainment April 14 2016 | From: 21stCenturyWire / Sputnik In so many respects, ‘our’ media is not our own. In the past, 21WIRE has detailed various aspects of Operation Mockingbird and other CIA-related media pursuits, as well as many other bogus news stories which appear on a regular basis.
Claire Danes as Carrie Mathison in Homeland
Previously, we showed how the Hollywood hit ZeroDarkThirty was a completely fabricated piece of fiction which was passed on to the public as a “true story”. Also, the popular TV series, Homeland, is one of the most obvious propaganda productions in recent years, designed to reinforce many flawed assumptions and false believes about the world outside of the United States.
Did you know that the CIA has actually produced a number of high-profile ‘history’ TV programs that appear on US and world media channels?
Yes, it’s true…
Finger in Every Pie: How CIA Became Involved in Entertainment Business
The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) has a finger in every pie including… the entertainment business: it turns out that the CIA has played a role in producing at least 22 entertainment projects; investigative journalist Adam Johnson argues that by doing this the US intelligence agency puts American media workers at risk.
Related: Maybe She’s Born With It? CIA Funds DNA-Collecting Skincare Line
It seems that the US Central Intelligence Agency follows the theory that says that there are no little or insignificant things. The intelligence agency has long been keeping an eye on the Western entertainment industry and has even had a role in producing popular fiction movies and documentaries.
In his article for Fair.org media watchdog investigative journalist Adam Johnson argues that this type of collaboration may cast a shadow over the image of US media workers and even put them at risk.
"For years, artists from across the entertainment industry - actors, authors, directors, producers, screenwriters, and others - have been in touch with the CIA to gain a better understanding of our intelligence mission," the CIA public website reads.
According to the website, the CIA's goal in engaging with the industry is to ensure "an accurate portrayal of the men and women of the CIA, and the skill, innovation, daring, and commitment to public service that defines them."
Johnson cites the recent article by Jason Leopold of VICE News who shed some light on how deep the CIA's Office of Public Affairs (OPA) has been involved in US popular entertainment projects.
"Vice's Jason Leopold has uncovered documents showing the CIA had a role in producing up to 22 entertainment 'projects,' including History Channel documentary Air America: The CIA's Secret Airline, Bravo's Top Chef: Covert Cuisine, the USA Network series Covert Affairs and the BBC documentary The Secret War on Terror-along with two fictional feature films about the CIA that both came out in 2012," Johnson narrates.
He points out that the CIA has a long history of "helping" to produce films and documentaries.
"The Agency, for example, secretly bought the rights to Animal Farm after Orwell's death in 1950 and produced an animated adaptation centered on demonizing the Soviet Union rather than capturing Orwell's broader critiques of power," the investigative journalist underscores.
And, yes, the CIA and other intelligence agencies are also recruiting prominent media figures.
In September 2015 the conservative group Judicial Watch released a 2012 CIA inspector general's audit covering the CIA's OPA cooperation with the entertainment industry.
The report specifically criticizes the CIA's OPA for excessive engaging with the media figures, in particular for inviting entertainment industry workers to secret briefings and other events.
"There was an instance in which the CIA allowed an entertainment industry representative to attend a CIA event in which information classified at the SECRET level was discussed," the document reads.
Johnson emphasizes that it is no secret that Hollywood players took part in various covert operations. He refers to the fact that legendary film producer Arnon Milchan worked for years for Israeli intelligence dealing arms and obtaining sensitive technical information for defense programs.
Sydeny Pollack in 'Eyes Wide Shut'
Remarkably, in his interview with BBC in 2013 Milchan admitted that Academy Award-winning director Sydney Pollack had also been involved in covert intelligence operations.
"In such revelations, an important point is often overlooked: The CIA assisting or posing as filmmakers, journalists and other creative roles-a practice the Agency reserves the right to partake in to this day-puts actual filmmakers, journalists and other creators at risk overseas," Johnson emphasizes.
According to the investigative journalist, it is dangerous to "blur" the lines between covert intelligence and legitimate media activities, because it puts the media workers at risk of being considered CIA associates.
"The spectacle of Hollywood teaming up with US intelligence agencies to make propaganda - especially given the dodgy historical context - no doubt stokes the fears of countries already hostile to Americans within their borders," he explains.
"Every time this type of behavior is normalized, or shrugged off, or made sexy, real journalists and real filmmakers overseas are put further at risk," Johnson concludes.
Related: The American Media Is A CIA Front - Paul Craig Roberts
I reported honestly the facts of the US coup that overthrew the elected Ukrainian government in 2014 (see my columns in February and March 2014). However, the US print and TV media, led by the New York Times, lied through their teeth.
Indeed, the “mainstream” US media functioned as agent and propagandist for the Washington neoconservatives who destroyed Ukrainian democracy and imposed massive suffering and death on Ukrainians.
There is no crime that the American presstitutes will not commit and no lie that they will not tell.
Yesterday (April 11, 2016) Robert Parry held the sordid presstitutes accountable:
Why Is April Always A Big Month For Illuminati Mischief? April 14 2016 | From: CosmicConvergence First things first, when referring to the mythology of Aries, it is important to note that there are two distinctions to make. Myths about “Aries, the Ram” are different from myths about “Aries, the Greek god” (whose name is more often spelled “Ares”).
In Greek mythology Ares is the god of war. It is important to make a distinction between the role that Ares (Greek mythology) plays and the role that his sister Athena (Greek mythology) plays. Athena was also a god (goddess) of war, but unlike Ares, Athena was strategic and disciplined, where Ares was chaotic and destructive.
Having these two Greek gods represent the two different sides of war is very telling as to how the ancient Greeks viewed war. If Athena was Napoleon then Ares was Rambo. Ares was known for his lust for blood, his chaotic nature, and his thoughtless aggression.
"Interestingly enough some of these characteristics (to a much lesser extent) are attributed to those born under Aries, the Ram, in astrology."
Very few residents are aware but those who truly run the world consult astrology and mythology, numerology and mythology just as much (and even more) than they refer to the ‘hard sciences’.
TPTB who rule the entire planet via a World Shadow Government (WSG) have always conceived and timed their major ‘events’ according to the stars. They employ the very best astrologers in existence and conduct their many enterprises according to the arcana of occult astrology and numerology.
It’s now quite obvious to those who have researched these matters that the very business of the ruling elites is perfectly timed according to the confluence of astrology (e.g. Aries), numerology (e.g. power numbers 11, 22, and 33) and chronology (e.g. Shemitah phenomenon).
Remember, the same cabal set up every major chronological system in use today. The World Shadow Government, in fact, is quite meticulous about executing their black operations and implementing their false flag terror attacks on specific dates and in certain places in order to greatly intensify their impact and desired effects on the planetary civilization.
Your Birth Date and Location, Your DNA and Bloodline
Did you know that those who own and operate Planet Earth, Inc. have access to the birth date and birth location of every human born ever born here? They also have a massive database of the DNA records and bloodline history of every single person alive today. All the birth records, which they have quick and easy access to, provide them with this information and much, much more.
You see, in this way TPTB leave absolutely nothing to chance. On a certain level, that is, they know everything they think they need to know about each one of us. Our karmic blueprints are revealed by our astrological birth chart just as our destinies are carried through our bloodlines.
Of course, nature is only one piece of this very complicated puzzle of destiny. It’s well known that nurture can change the future of one whose nature is to do good or do evil. Nurture is really the controlling factor here, but not when the nature is so strong that it cannot be overridden. This will occur when the karmic influences are so heavy that the destiny is literally carved in stone.
Hence, they (TPTB) know - without any doubt - exactly who those old souls are who will be as predictably incorrigible as they are intractable. As they say in America, they’ve got their number - ALL OF THEM -both literally and figuratively. In so doing the ruling cabal is quite aware of who precisely will give them problems and how they might do so.
If the renegade’s chart shows much promise as a writer or speaker, that individual will most likely become a Thomas Paine or Thomas Jefferson or Sir Thomas More or Thomas Merton or Thomas Mann or Thomas à Becket.
Yes, TPTB are also obsessed with onomastics which concerns itself with the esoteric meaning of one’s personal name. Both the numerology of a person’s full name and its etymological origin reflect the energetic imprint associated with the individual’s current incarnation. If they happen to be born in the month of Aries they will be courageous and bold, impulsive and pioneering. They will charge ahead with the missions in life like a battering ram.
What Does All of this Have to do With April of 2016?
The forgoing revelations were only presented in order to impress upon the reader that they really do have your number just as they use their various numerological systems to control the Global Economic & Financial System.
Everything the ruling cabal does is perfectly timed and coordinated for maximum effect on human consciousness with the explicit purpose of exerting complete control over the entire Earth realm. This is their domain, so they think, and they are determined to keep the place in total lockdown - 24/7.
Toward that end they routinely use certain months to accomplish certain goals. The month of April has always been one of their favorites for many reasons.
Not only is the weather very nice with Spring in full bloom, many folks around the world have full-blown Spring Fever. However, it is the astrological energies associated with Aries which they really like to exploit.
They do this by capitalizing on the vibrations of war that are inherent in the very astrology and numerology of the month of April. The window of April 15th through the end of April is usually a very active time for these inveterate war-makers.
"Were one to deeply research the individual astrology and numerology of all the government soldiers and mercenary soldiers of fortune, it would become apparent how they have all been corralled on this battle flied or that battleground in order to fight it out in good fashion.
Since most 'Men are originally from Mars' just as most 'Women are from Venus', it ought to be clear how easy it has always been to move the warmongering males to just about any theater of war in Creation.
Likewise, TPTB are fully cognizant of how easy it is to ramp up the war cries with this battle cry or that battle hymn, this military-adnminstered vaccine or that recreational war drug."
Now many will ask the question about Aries officially ending on or about April 19th or 20th from year to year. And, yes, that’s correct, except that there are different astrological systems at work here. As follows:
"Under the tropical zodiac, the Sun transits this sign mostly between March 20 and April 19 each year. This time duration is exactly the first month of Solar Hejri calendar (Farvardin). Under the sidereal zodiac, the sun currently transits Aries from April 15 to May 15 (approximately)."
Here’s an historical example of how TPTB use the earlier Aries energies to wage their wars of aggression around the globe.
"The 2003 invasion of Iraq lasted from 20 March to 1 May 2003 and signaled the start of the Iraq War, which was dubbed Operation Iraqi Freedom by the United States (prior to 19 March, the mission in Iraq was called Operation Enduring Freedom, a carryover from the War in Afghanistan)."
Not only was that war of conquest and control deliberately initiated on March 20, it was started on that date in order to inaugurate a multi-year campaign of war and terrorism to transform the whole Middle East in to a regional theatre of war and conflict.
What Else has the Controlling Cabal Done During the Month of April?
Make no mistake about it, from the 15th to the 30th of April is the real playtime for the mischievous elites. This is when they line up their battle plans for optimal effect both locally and globally.
The "Germans introduced poison gas on Apr 22, 1915" which was the first time chemical weapons had been known to be used on a wide-scale basis.
It’s also interesting that Adolf Hitler allegedly committed suicide on April 30 in 1945.
The Falklands War was officially begun on Friday, 2 April 1982.
On April 30, 1975 Saigon falls and the North Vietnamese take Saigon; the war in Vietnam ends.
The whole orchestrated Arab Spring was actually timed around the bellicose frequencies of the main month of Spring - April.
Many countries throughout the Mideast saw the most violent protests and revolutions during March and April of both 2011 and 2012.
The ongoing Syrian War began on 15 March, 2011.
The civil war in the Ukraine was started on 6 April 2014.
What follows is another list of momentous April events which fall into the very same April timeline. Each of these meticulously manufactured happenings was highly consequential and fabricated to produce a desired outcome by the WSG.
April 17th has already been placed very high on the radar screen by various astrologers. Not only does this date fall squarely within the preferred range of the ruling elites to make war or perpetrate crimes against humanity, it also serves as a HUGE trigger point.
That does not necessarily mean that Sunday, April 17th will see a major earth-shattering event; rather, only that it may trigger the energies toward a future conflagration of some sort. It may manifest as a single short-term calamitous event or function as the start date for a long-term march to a World War III.
Here’s what one astrologer (a practitioner of Jyotish) has written about this April:
Whenever humanity sheds the light of awareness on a predicted event, they hold the power to transform it, for good or for ill.
This is exactly what happened with last year’s widely prophesied Shemitah financial breakdown and economic crash.
Yes, it happened in various ways, but was significantly diminished in its effects because so many had written and spoken about it.
"If, during the years leading up to 9/11, there were books written about a scheme to take down the Twin Towers via a controlled demolition, would the false flag operation still have been executed?
If the internet was abuzz with conspiracy theories - before September 11, 2001 - about a cruise missile from the U.S. military arsenal being fired at the Pentagon, would the perpetrators still have followed through?
If the modern-day prophets and televangelists, rabbis and ministers were warning the people of a grave event that would close the stock market for a week and shut down the airline industry, would the conspiracy proceed as planned?
The point is that the September Shemitah is very much a manmade event that would only have proceeded if there was no likelihood of exposure. If those who conceive and coordinate the 7 year Shemitah crashes and collapses don’t want to be known, would they still implement their conspiratorial plot?
Particularly during the month of September of 2015 - the prognosticated “biggest month of the millennium”, why would they dangerously give themselves away?"
Should you change your attitude toward whatever befalls you or your community, the whole world will conform itself to your positive and life-affirming posture. The heavens will support your every effort to overcome the seemingly insurmountable obstacles.
Whenever the light of consciousness is directly aimed at a particular worry or concern, an anxiety about the future or regret about the past, it will slowly defuse it. The sheer knowledge of a prognosticated event can either magnify it or minimize it.
By facing the upcoming challenges of 2016 and beyond with great courage and undeterrable resolve, the unseen forces of the Universe will congregate in your corner.
The more one understands that the predominant collective awareness, which is held around any specific prophecy, will either bring it into Creation or keep it from manifesting. By becoming aware of these possibilities, much can be done to prevent many of the more severe prophecies from occurring. After all, True Prophecy Is Always Uttered To Avert Catastrophe, NOT Predict It.
True, there is no stopping some of the earth-shaking changes which are nearly upon us, but they can be alleviated. The more we pay attention to the cosmic messages being delivered from on high daily, the more compelled we will be to make the necessary alterations in behavior, both individually and collectively.
China’s $50 Trillion Global Clean Energy Project Muted By Panama Papers April 13 2016 | From: Geopolitics We have been following how the BRICS would implement their ambitious free energy transition from fossil fuels: China announced that it is planning to interconnect all existing and soon to be constructed solar farms for continuous power supply throughout the globe.
Yet, only NBC out of many in the mainstream media published it with prominence. Those same media which flooded the world with “global warming” hoax, or the more generalized “climate change” narrative, the so-called environment loving institutions are either so silent about it, or have buried it out of sight, or calling it crazy outright.
But one could only wonder how extensive their coverage was, and still is, when only 3 days after that very significant China’s $50 Trillion Global Clean Energy Project announcement, Soros’ ordered the release of Panama Papers which turned out to be a cheap shot at Putin, and Xi Jinping.
While Putin is handling the matter with cool, Xi takes a more proactive stance, i.e. censorship as usual. How else could the Nazionist propaganda be neutralized in China?
They are far smarter that those who are crying “suppression of free speech” who are themselves guilty of doing the same. Keeping a large country intact is far more important to China than free speech, at this very crucial time in our history.
Of course, Xi Jinping is expected to take measures on the leaked offshore companies of his comrades as he is proven to be a reformist in running after government corruption since coming to power.
Through this ambitious, yet feasible $50 trillion clean energy plan, approximately 80% of the Earthlings’ power requirement could be satisfied.
"China has unveiled a proposal for a $50 trillion global electricity network that would help fight pollution and the effects of climate change.
The plan envisions linking existing and future solar farms, wind turbines and electricity plants in Asia, Europe, Africa and the Americas, according to the head of State Grid Corporation of China.
The proposal is in its initial stages and would require huge investment from around the world. If it goes ahead, it would be the world’s largest infrastructure project. It could be operational by 2050, according to backers."
The logic being that solar power could be used round the clock even at sundown since on the other side of the planet the sun is already rising.
Realistically, the year 2050 is so far away, so why should we be optimistic about this?
This announcement is only meant to inform the world, especially Big Oiligarchs, that the East is very serious about moving away from oil. This is to give all countries enough time to divest from oil and retool their industries to cleaner sources of energy, which is what some Western oil drilling companies are already doing.
Man with a plan: Mohammed Bin Salman, Saudi Arabia’s Deputy Crown Prince.
Saudi Arabia is getting ready for the twilight of the oil age by creating the world’s largest sovereign wealth fund for the kingdom’s most prized assets.
Over a five-hour conversation, Deputy Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman laid out his vision for the Public Investment Fund, which will eventually control more than $US2 trillion ($2.6 trillion) and help wean the kingdom off oil.
As part of that strategy, the prince said, Saudi will sell shares in Aramco’s parent company and transform the oil giant into an industrial conglomerate. The initial public offering could happen as soon as next year, with the country currently planning to sell less than 5 per cent.
"IPOing Aramco and transferring its shares to PIF [the Public Investment Fund] will technically make investments the source of Saudi government revenue, not oil,” the prince said in an interview at the royal compound in Riyadh that ended at 4 am Thursday.
“What is left now is to diversify investments. So within 20 years, we will be an economy or state that doesn’t depend mainly on oil.”
That’s another reason why Saudi Arabia is flooding the world with cheap oil.
Iran is also developing its post-sanction economy away from oil.
Iran has no problem with U.S. companies investing in its economy and creating joint ventures, President Hassan Rouhani said on Tuesday, and he called for foreign investment and diversification away from oil.
The president said the lifting of sanctions last month under a nuclear deal with world powers would see foreign investment turn Iran into an exporter of manufactured goods and ease the economy’s reliance on oil exports.
What these divestments illustrate is that the world is tired of wars for oil. It’s time for humanity to grow up.
The only concern we might have with regards to linking all power grids into one is it could be used to facilitate technocratic dictatorship. But, that could only happen if we will allow it to happen.
China itself is saying that the power grid setup would be much more like the internet where anyone can go offline anytime he wishes to.
In the end, the economic system itself must be upgraded to do away with money itself. That’s why the enemy is doing everything it can to sustain mass vaccinations, chemtrails and genetic manipulations.
Vigilance is still paramount, and only a perpetual revolution could set us free.
The Original Sin – A Myth Whose Time Is Up April 13 2016 | From: ZenGardner Of all the deceptions pulled on humanity over the ages, The Original Sin is probably the most devastating. Yet hugely successful from the perspective of the perpetrators.
Almost everywhere the doctrine of Christianity forged its zealous mission to convert the masses, so the Original Sin accompanied it. Imposing the rationale of guilt on untold millions whose open minds no doubt thought they were receiving a message of emancipation and light.
Not so my friends, you were in fact receiving a message just about as dark as darkness gets!
The extraordinary power of a message, properly formed, packaged and publicized, is something we have all come to learn a lot about in recent decades. ‘The medium is the message’ declared Marshall McLuhan back in 1964. And that edict could easily pass for the moment the first biblical texts let it be known that a man called Adam and a woman called Eve got the whole human race off to a very bad start… from which it appears to have never recovered.
However the reason it got off to a bad start and has still failed to fully recover, cannot be pinned on any fault of Adam and Eve, as we shall see, but lies squarely at the feet of a masterful plot to falsify what is actually a potent story of human emancipation and growing inner conviction.
This ‘human race’ to which the biblical text refers, was set on its way by a starting pistol fired by someone who didn’t want anyone participating in this race to actually win. He or she or it, only wanted losers; and that’s pretty much what they got.
See What I Mean by Successful?
The story goes like this: there were just two human beings on this planet at the moment the starting pistol was fired. There was a beautiful garden as well, and in that beautiful garden were these two humans: a man called Adam and woman called Eve, and there was also an apple tree (in full fruit) and a serpent.
In this ensuing myth, God makes it clear to Adam that he can do whatever he likes in this garden except “eat of the fruit of the Tree of Knowledge.” But, well, being human, and having been given ‘free will’ by divine rite, he doesn’t really see the logic in this command from above.
The serpent seems in accord with him in this, and somehow or other tempts Eve into plucking this big juicy apple and taking a bite before then offering it to Adam.
"And he did eat thereof. And the eyes of them both were opened, and they knew that they were naked; and they sewed fig leaves together, and made themselves aprons.”
They were, we are informed “ashamed.” Both on account of taking a forbidden action and of being revealed unto themselves as ‘naked’.
It is around this infamous ‘eating of the fruit’ – an action most of us would likely have taken out of simple curiosity – that millennia of Christian shame and guilt have their inception.
Fun fact: The first model from apple computer sold for $666.66
Here is where a pervasive irrational suffering concerning our natural physical condition has its origins. Where our ‘private parts’ became privatized. Where the natural pleasures of physical intimacy were turned to guilt: unless of course the so called ‘Church of God’ authorized such acts via formal marriage in the Christian place of worship.
A great plethora of ‘thou shalt not’s’ were soon pinned onto what was essentially Adam and Eve’s courageous original act of ‘civil disobedience’: the refusal to be cowed by a seemingly higher authority.
Yes, by looking deeper into this infamous story, we see that Adam and his accomplice Eve did something pretty special in this Garden of Eden. Their action, when viewed in a manner freed from the typical conditioned response, looks very much like a ‘giant step forward for mankind’. Something which Neil Armstrong was told to say while getting out of a papier mache lunar capsule constructed and filmed in Pinewood studios, London in 1969.
But the mythical Adam was not faking it, as Armstrong was on behalf of those who worship a god named ‘technology’. He and his mythical Eve conspired to start a great ball rolling down the ages which would, one day, lead to man acquiring real knowledge, real independence and real self awareness. Except, of course, that this was the last thing that the manipulators of this story wanted.
On further examining the symbolism of this tale, one can recognize that eating the apple of the Tree of Knowledge opened the eyes of this man and woman to the fact that they were adequately equipped to take their destinies into their own hands and forge their own path in life.
A path which would reveal to them that they were not just subjects to be ordered around according to the will of their master, but were blessed with a unique gift: the ability to think and act creatively and rationally. Even to reflect on their own condition and existence. And, equally contrary to the classic interpretation, it was indeed their Creator himself who wished this to be so.
For this Creator felt the pain of loneliness – and longed to have company in the great quest of life. But in order to have this company, his Adam and Eve had to pass the first great test: that of defying false authority and daring to eat from the Tree of Knowledge.
Only then could they start on the road of becoming ‘strivers with God’ and companions to the supreme; blazing that unchartered course whose direction only becomes known through embracing the insecurity of the creative process. Taking that momentous ‘leap in the dark’ which is the mother of all great quests. All great adventures.
However, the biblical text upon which we were all raised, tells us something very different. It tells us that Adam and Eve were ‘cast out’ of this Garden of Eden due to their unforgivable and sinful act of disobedience. Disobedience to God himself, no less. Which caused them to be ‘ashamed’: both of their nakedness and their disobedience.
We are told by the church, which sees itself as the spokesperson of this biblical story, that thanks to Adam and Eve, we all carry ‘the shame’ to this very day. That we must pay the price of this ‘original sin’ and be humbled by the magnitude of this human error. An error of such supposed gravity that it became known as ‘The Fall’ .
In this translation of the stories surrounding certain key events of prehistory, man ‘falls’ before he has even begun to walk – and everything that follows is tainted by this supposedly tragic error of human judgment* see the link at the end for further reading).
What Does this Nakedness Really Symbolize?
It is the moment when we realize that everything we thought was one thing actually turns out to be another. A lot of stuff drops off us in that instant. We become naked, because the old clothes don’t fit any more and the new clothes have to be woven from fresh wool.
It is the dawn of true knowledge. Knowledge that makes us aware that there exists a divine state – and also a corruption of that state. That, at any one time, both exist. And that we must choose our course in life based on this knowledge.
The Garden of Eden is representative of a state of essentially ‘passive’ potential. An as yet unignited and unmoving potential. What was needed was a spark to set the whole thing off. And that spark came when Eve, who was in subconscious communication with the serpent, reached up and plucked that ruddy round apple and took a bite out of it. It was she who broke the ‘obeisance to authority’ taboo.
How About The Serpent’s Role in this Drama?
The serpent is the anima of a rising energy. The Kundalini serpent, entwined around the spine (trunk) of the tree of knowledge. Get it?
When the serpent spoke to Eve, it was ‘the word’. “In the beginning was The Word”. However this word was not an actual word, but a vibration. An impulse. Energy directed from within. And this energy said to Eve “Do It”. And she did. Her action bears the hallmark of the first stirrings of a divine mission: the stirring into movement of that which is fecund – yet unable to act.
The female divine force it was – which enabled Adam and Eve to ‘come awake’ and find that they were no longer just innocent hippies frolicking in the cozy garden of the unconscious; unchallenged and unaware of the greater reality of existence. It is a prerogative of ‘attaining the knowledge of good and evil’ to then set off on that path of greater knowledge, no matter what!